Faculteit Economie en Bedrijfskunde Faculty of Economics and Business. Studiegids Student Handbook Opleidingen Degree programmes

Faculteit Economie en Bedrijfskunde Faculty of Economics and Business

Studiegids 2012-2013 Student Handbook 2012-2013 Opleidingen Degree programmes

1

Studiegids 2012-2013 / Student Handbook 2012-2013

Inhoudsopgave / Table of contents A.

Bachelorprogramma’s / Bachelor’s degree programmes 9

A.1.

BSc Accountancy & Controlling

9

A.1.1. A.1.2. A.1.3. A.1.4.

Programmabeschrijving Overzicht studieprogramma Substitutie- en/of overgangsregeling Regels en keuzes

9 10 11 12

A.2.

BSc Bedrijfseconomie

14

A.2.1. A.2.2. A.2.3. A.2.4.

Programmabeschrijving Overzicht studieprogramma Substitutie- en/of overgangsregelingen Regels en keuzes

14 16 17 18

A.3.

BSc Bedrijfskunde

20

A.3.1. A.3.2. A.3.3. A.3.4.


20 22 24 24

A.4.

BSc Econometrics and Operations Research

27

A.4.1. A.4.2. A.4.3. A.4.4.

Programme description Degree programme Substitution and/or transition regulations Rules and choices

27 28 29 29

A.5.

BSc Economics and Business Economics

31

A.5.1. A.5.2. A.5.3. A.5.4.


31 34 37 37

A.6.

BSc Fiscale Economie

40

A.6.1. A.6.2. A.6.3. A.6.4.


40 42 42 43

A.7.

BSc International Business

44

A.7.1. A.7.2. A.7.3. A.7.4.


44 46 47 48

2

A.8.

BSc Technologiemanagement

50

A.8.1. A.8.2. A.8.3. A.8.4.


50 51 55 55

A.9.

Verbreding binnen de bacheloropleiding / Additional options within the Bachelor’s degree 57

A.9.1. A.9.2. A.9.3. A.9.4. A.9.5.

Minoren Bachelor Honoursprogramma Arbeidsmarkt en competenties Minors Bachelor’s Honours programme

57 58 58 59 60

B.

Schakelprogramma’s (Nederlandstalig)

61

B.1.

Schakelprogramma Accountancy & Controlling (voor HBO-BE)61

B.1.1. B.1.2. B.1.3.

Programmabeschrijving Overzicht studieprogramma Regels en keuzes

B.2.

Schakelprogramma Technology and Operations Management 64

B.2.1. B.2.2. B.2.3.


64 65 66

C.

Pre-Master’s programmes (English)

67

C.1.1.

Introduction

67

C.2.

Pre-MSc Business Administration

68

C.2.1. C.2.2. C.2.3. C.2.4.

Pre-MSc BA - Change Management Pre-MSc BA - Organizational and Management Control Pre-MSc BA - Small Business and Entrepeneurship Pre-MSc BA - Strategic Innovation Management

69 69 69 70

C.3.

Pre-MSc Finance

70

C.4.

Pre-MSc Human Resource Management

71

C.5.

Pre-MSc International Business and Management

71

C.6.

Pre-MSc International Economics and Business

72

C.7.

Pre-MSc International Financial Management

72

C.8.

Pre-MSc Marketing

73

61 62 62

3


C.9.

Pre-MSc Supply Chain Management

73

C.10.

Pre-MSc Technology and Operations Management

73

C.11.

Rules and choices

74

D.

Masteropleidingen / Master’s degree programmes

76

D.1.

MSc Accountancy & Controlling

76

D.1.1. D.1.2. D.1.3. D.1.4. D.1.5. D.1.6. D.1.7.

Programmabeschrijving Overzicht studieprogramma Substitutie- en/of overgangsregelingen Regels en keuzes Programmabeschrijving MSc A&C voor HBO-AC Overzicht studieprogramma MSc A&C voor HBO-AC Regels en keuzes MSc A&C voor HBO-AC

76 77 78 78 79 80 82

D.2.

MSc BA – Change Management

83

D.2.1. D.2.2. D.2.3. D.2.4.


83 84 85 86

D.3.

MSc BA – Organizational & Management Control

87

D.3.1. D.3.2. D.3.3. D.3.4.


87 88 89 90

D.4.

MSc BA – Small Business & Entrepreneurship

91

D.4.1. D.4.2. D.4.3. D.4.4.


91 92 94 94

D.5.

MSc BA – Strategic Innovation Management

95

D.5.1. D.5.2. D.5.3. D.5.4.


95 96 97 97

D.6.

MSc Econometrics, Operations Research & Actuarial Studies

98

D.6.1. D.6.2. D.6.3. D.6.4.


4

98 99 102 102

D.7.

MSc Economics

103

D.7.1. D.7.2. D.7.3. D.7.4.


103 104 106 106

D.8.

MSc Finance

107

D.8.1. D.8.2. D.8.3. D.8.4.


107 108 110 111

D.9.

MSc Fiscale Economie

112

D.9.1. D.9.2. D.9.3.


112 113 113

D.10.

MSc Human Resource Management

114

D.10.1. D.10.2. D.10.3. D.10.4.


114 114 115 116

D.11.

MSc International Business & Management

117

D.11.1. D.11.2. D.11.3. D.11.4.


117 118 120 120

D.12.

MSc International Economics & Business

122

D.12.1. D.12.2. D.12.3. D.12.4.


122 123 126 126

D.13.

MSc International Financial Management

127

D.13.1. D.13.2. D.13.3. D.13.4.

Programme description Degree programme Substitutions and/or transition regulations Rules and choices

127 128 129 130

D.14.

MSc Marketing

131

D.14.1. D.14.2. D.14.3. D.14.4.


131 132 135 136

5


D.15.

MSc Supply Chain Management

137

D.15.1. D.15.2. D.15.3. D.15.4.

Programme description Degree programme Substitution and/or transition rehulations Rules and choices

137 138 139 139

D.16.

MSc Technology and Operations Management

140

D.16.1. D.16.2. D.16.3. D.16.4.


140 141 142 142

D.17.

Research Master in Economics & Business

144

D.17.1. D.17.2. D.17.3. D.17.4.


144 145 149 149

D.18.

MSc Lerarenopleiding Economie en Bedrijfswetenschappen 150

D.18.1. D.18.2. D.18.3.


E.

Double degree programmes

153

E.1.

Introduction

153

E.2.

DD MSc Finance – UAIC of IASI, Romania

154

E.2.1. E.2.2.

Programme description Programme content (for students from Iasi, 2011-2013)

154 155

E.3.

DD MSc IB&M – NUBS, Newcastle

156

E.3.1. E.3.2. E.3.3.

Programme description 156 Programme content (for students who started in Groningen, 2012-14) 158 Programme content (for students who started in Newcastle, 2012-14) 159

E.4.

DD MSc IE&B – Corvinus University, Budapest

160

E.4.1. E.4.2. E.4.3.

Programme description Programme content (for students from FEB) Programme content (for students from CUB)

160 163 164

E.5.

DD MSc IE&B – Georg-August University, Göttingen

166

E.5.1. E.5.2. E.5.3.

Programme description Programme content (for students from FEB) Programme content (for students from GOT)

166 168 168

6

150 151 152

E.6.

DD MSc IE&B-Economics-IB&M – Fudan University, Shanghai 170

E.6.1. E.6.2. E.6.3. E.6.4.

Programme description Programme content (for MSc Economics students from FEB ) Programme content (for MSc IB&M students from FEB ) Programme content (for MSc IE&B students from FEB )

170 173 174 175

E.7.

DD MSc IFM – UU, Uppsala

177

E.7.1. E.7.2.

Programme description Programme content

177 179

E.8.

DD MSc Marketing – BI, Oslo

180

E.8.1. E.8.2. E.8.3.

Programme description Programme content (for students from FEB) Programme content (for students from BI)

180 182 183

E.9.

DD MSc TOM and SCM – NUBS, Newcastle

184

E.9.1. E.9.2.

Programme description Programme content

184 186

F.

Substitutie- en overgangsregelingen / Substitution and transition regulations 187

F.1.

Substitutie- en overgangsregelingen bacheloropleidingen / Substitution and transition regulations Bachelor’s degree programmes

F.1.1. F.1.2. F.1.3. F.1.4. F.1.5. F.1.6. F.1.7. F.1.8. F.1.9.

F.2.

F.2.1. F.2.2. F.2.3. F.2.4.

187

Algemeen / General 187 Substitutieregeling BSc Accountancy en Controlling 188 Substitutieregeling BSc Bedrijfseconomie 190 Substitutie- en overgangsregelingen BSc Bedrijfskunde 192 Substitution and transition regulations BSc Econometrics and Operations Research 194 Substitution and transition regulations BSc Economics and Business Economics 196 Substitutieregeling BSc Fiscale Economie 198 Substitution and transition regulations BSc International Business 200 Substitutieregeling BSc Technologiemanagement 203

Substitutie- en overgangsregelingen masteropleidingen / Substitution and transition regulations master’s degree programmes

206

Algemeen / General Substitutieregeling MSc Accountancy en Controlling Substitution regulation MSc BA, traject Business & ICT Substitution regulation MSc BA, track Business Development

206 207 207 208

7


F.2.5. F.2.6. F.2.7. F.2.8. F.2.9. F.2.10. F.2.11. F.2.12. F.2.13. F.2.14. F.2.15. F.2.16. F.2.17. F.2.18. F.2.19. F.2.20. F.2.21. F.2.22. F.2.23.

8

Substitution regulation MSc BA, track Change Management 208 Substitution regulation MSc BA, track Finance 209 Substitution regulation MSc BA, track Marketing 210 Substitution regulation MSc BA, track Organizational & Management Control 211 Substitution regulation MSc BA, track Operations & Supply Chains 211 Substitution regulation MSc BA, track Small Business & Entrepreneurship 212 Substitution regulation MSc BA, track Strategy & Innovation 213 Substitution and transition regulations MSc Econometrics, Operations Research & Actuarial Studies 214 Substitution and transition regulations MSc Economics 216 Transition regulation MSc Finance 218 Substitution and transition regulations MSc Human Resource Management 219 Substitution and transition regulations MSc International Business and Management, track IB&M 220 Substitution regulation MSc International Business and Management, track IFM 221 Substitution and transition regulations MSc International Economics and Business 222 Transition regulation MSc International Financial Management 223 Transition regulation MSc Marketing 224 Transition regulation MSc Supply Chain Management 224 Substitution and transition regulations MSc Technology and Operations Management 225 Substitution and transition regulations Research Master Economics and Business 227

Bachelorprogramma’s / Bachelor’s degree programmes

A.


A.1.

BSc Accountancy & Controlling

A.1.1.

Programmabeschrijving

Opleidingsdirecteur: dr. E.P. Jansen, 050-363 6382, [email protected] Opleidingscoördinator: mw. I.M. Luttmer-Noest, 050-363 3768, [email protected] Secretariaat: mw. E.H. van der Voort-Toisuta, 050-363 3768, [email protected] Studieadvies: Student Support Desk, http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/bachelorstudent Taal: Nederlands Instromen in de BSc-opleiding Accountancy & Controlling is niet langer mogelijk. Studenten die accountant of controller willen worden, wordt geadviseerd om te kiezen voor de BSc-opleiding Bedrijfskunde en in studiejaar 2 in te stromen in de track Accountancy & Controlling van die opleiding. In 2012-2013 worden het tweede en het derde studiejaar van de BSc-opleiding Accountancy & Controlling nog aangeboden aan studenten die eerder met deze opleiding zijn begonnen. In 2013-2014 wordt het derde studiejaar nog aangeboden. Doel/inhoud Het vakgebied Accountancy & Controlling richt zich op de betrouwbaarheid van informatie voor de besturing van organisaties en voor het afleggen van verantwoording over het gevoerde beleid aan de interne en externe stakeholders. Om betrouwbare bestuurlijke informatie te kunnen verschaffen is inzicht nodig in de belangrijkste aspecten van het beleid van organisaties. Daarom heeft de opleiding als doel je niet alleen wetenschappelijke kennis van, inzicht in en vaardigheden op het gebied van accountancy en controlling bij te brengen, maar ook wetenschappelijke kennis en inzicht op het gebied van de bedrijfswetenschappen. In het begin van de bachelor ligt het accent op een brede kennismaking met het gebied van de economie en bedrijfskunde. Daarnaast wordt veel aandacht besteed aan wetenschappelijke methoden en technieken en academische en praktische vaardigheden. Later in het programma worden de gebieden accountancy en controlling geïntroduceerd. Vakgebieden die aan de orde komen zijn onder meer: organisatie en management, productiemanagement, statistiek, financial accounting, boekhouden, management accounting, internal control, financiering en recht. Al deze aspecten zijn van belang voor een goede sturing en beheersing van organisaties. De opleiding stimuleert een analytische en kritische benadering van meestal interdisciplinaire organisatieproblemen en ontwikkelt kennis en vaardigheden om tot implementeerbare oplossingen te komen.

9


Carrièreperspectieven Met het oog op je carrièreperspectieven is het zeer aan te bevelen na afronding van je bacheloropleiding de masteropleiding Accountancy of Controlling te volgen (en eventueel de daarop aansluitende Executive Master of Accountancy (Registeraccountant) respectievelijk Executive Master of Finance and Control (Registercontroller)). Gelet op het brede bedrijfseconomische/bedrijfskundige profiel, biedt het bachelordiploma Accountancy & Controlling echter ook diverse mogelijkheden voor functies in profit- en non profit-organisaties. Hierbij moet in eerste instantie worden gedacht aan uitvoerende en ondersteunende functies op financieel-administratief gebied, zoals (bedrijfs)administrateur, assistent-controller, financieel-administratief beleidsmedewerker e.d. A.1.2.

Overzicht studieprogramma

V = Verplicht; K = Keuze; KG = Keuzegroep; ** = Vak kan ook buiten de aangegeven periode gevolgd worden; raadpleeg de vakbeschrijving in Ocasys. Opleiding: Studiejaar: Profiel: sem 1.1-2 1.1-2 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 2.1-2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.2 2.2

10

BSc Accountancy & Controlling/A&C 2 BSc A&C aansluitend op propedeuse A&C (=E&M/BE)

vaknaam Belastingrecht 1 voor FE / A&C Belastingrecht 2 Gedrag in organisaties A&C Statistiek II A&C Business Research Methods BE/FE/A&C Management Accounting BE/FE/A&C Bedrijfsk. org.diagn. en vaardigh. Financiering II BE/FE/A&C IT-toepassingen A&C Human Resource Management of Micro-economie II of Organisatieverandering Boekhouden II A&C Financiële en Actuariële Rekenkunde Strategic Management

vakcode RGAFI30103 RGMFI00406 EBB738C05 EBB875B03 EBB018A05 EBB846B05 EBB606A05 EBB823B05 EBB025A03 EBB617A05 EBB853A05 EBB711A05 EBB017A05 EBB822A05 EBB649B05

EC 3 6 5 3 5 5 5 5 3 5 5 5 5 5 5

V/K V V V V V V V V V KG KG KG V V V

taal NL NL EN NL NL NL NL NL NL NL NL NL NL NL EN


Opleiding: Studiejaar: Profiel: sem 1.1-2 1.1-2 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.1-2 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.2 2.2

vaknaam Belastingrecht 1 voor FE / A&C Belastingrecht 2 Financieel beleid A&C Omgevingsanalyse Statistiek II A&C Boekhouden Ib A&C Management Accounting BE/FE/A&C of Operations Management Bedrijfsk. org.diagn. en vaardigh. Financiering II BE/FE/A&C Marketing A&C Boekhouden II A&C Financiële en Actuariële Rekenkunde Strategic Management

Opleiding: Studiejaar: sem 1.1-2 1.1-2 1.1 1.2 2.1-2 2.1-2 2.1 2.1 A.1.3.

BSc Accountancy & Controlling/A&C 2 BSc A&C na propedeuse Bedrijfskunde vakcode RGAFI30103 RGMFI00406 EBB675A05 EBB641A05 EBB875B03 EBB016A03 EBB846B05 EBB644A05 EBB606A05 EBB823B05 EBB640A05 EBB017A05 EBB822A05 EBB649B05

EC 3 6 5 5 3 3 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

V/K V V V V V V KG KG V V V V V V

taal NL NL NL EN NL NL NL NL NL NL

vakcode EBB915A10 EBB918A10 EBB901B05 EBB807A05 EBB924A10 EBB884A10

EC 10 10 5 5 10 10

V/K V V V V V V

taal NL NL NL NL NL EN

EBB801A05 EBB943A05

5 5

V V

NL NL

NL NL EN

BSc Accountancy & Controlling/A&C 3

vaknaam Financial Accounting II BE/A&C Internal Control: Grondslagen Ondernemingsrecht A&C/FE Voortgezet boekhouden Bachelorafstudeerwerkstuk A&C Spec. Course OMC: Management Accounting Business & ICT A&C Theoretische inleid. Auditing & Control Substitutie- en/of overgangsregeling

Zie hoofdstuk F.1.2

11


A.1.4.

Regels en keuzes

Regels en keuzes BSc Accountancy & Controlling Eerstejaars voorlichting Februari en april/mei, met informatie over keuze 2e jaar. Toelatingseis post-propedeuse propedeuse Accountancy & Controlling, of propedeuse Bedrijfseconomie, of propedeuse Fiscale Economie, of propedeuse Bedrijfskunde, of propedeuse International Business/IB&M Vanuit enkele andere propedeuses (E&BE, Economics, IE&B, TM) is inschrijving mogelijk nadat is voldaan aan aanvullende eisen. Zie par. 5.1 van de BSc-OER. Eisen voor voorlopige toelating tot Voldoen aan de BSA-norm, d.w.z. 45 EC van (het eerste jaar van) de posthet propedeutisch programma moet zijn propedeuse, tijdens het tweede jaar behaald. van inschrijving. Voor meer informatie over het Bindend Studieadvies (BSA): zie par. 9.3 e.v. van de BSc-OER en/of par. 1.4.1 van het algemene deel van deze gids. Ingangseisen bachelorvakken Zie de vakbeschrijvingen in Ocasys. Ingangseisen definitieve toelating tot de postpropedeuse, bachelorafstudeerwerkstuk en 60 EC van de post-propedeuse (inclusief vrijstellingen) is behaald, waaronder Business Research Methods BE/FE/A&C (EBB018A05) of Onderzoeksmethoden I & II (EBP616A05 & EBP625A04) en bachelorprogramma is goedgekeurd. NB Deze regeling is van toepassing op alle studenten die staan ingeschreven voor de opleiding. Goedkeuring vakkenpakket Aanvragen via Progress, uiterlijk 6 weken vóór start bachelorafstudeerwerkstuk. Zie informatie op internet. Mastervoorlichting November en april/mei, met informatie over de twee profielen. Doorstroommasters MSc Accountancy & Controlling, MSc Lerarenopleiding Economie & Bedrijfswetenschappen. Voor toelating tot andere masters: verzoek naar toelatingscommissie. Toelatingseis doorstroommasters BSc Accountancy & Controlling

12


Instroommoment(en) doorstroommaster

1 september en 1 februari

13


A.2.

BSc Bedrijfseconomie

A.2.1.


Opleidingsdirecteur: dr. P.P.M. Smid, 050-363 3668, [email protected] Opleidingscoördinator: dr. C.A. Huijgen, 050-363 7206, [email protected] Secretariaat: mw. G. Pol, 050-363 3685, [email protected] Studieadvies: Student Support Desk, http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/bachelorstudent Taal: Nederlands Doel/inhoud De bacheloropleiding Bedrijfseconomie (BE) is een wetenschappelijke opleiding die zich bezighoudt met het economisch functioneren van organisaties. Deze opleiding biedt een academische vorming tot bedrijfseconoom, waarin naast het verwerven van gedegen wetenschappelijke kennis en inzicht op het bedrijfseconomische subdomein ook aandacht wordt besteed aan basiskennis op het algemeen economisch subdomein. Binnen het bedrijfseconomische gebied ligt het accent op onderwerpen als organisatiekunde, marketing, financiering en accounting. Onderwerpen die binnen het algemeen economisch subdomein aan de orde komen zijn bijvoorbeeld microeconomie en macro-economie. Door deze combinatie van bedrijfseconomie en algemene economie leren studenten het functioneren van organisaties zowel op een analytische, micro-economische wijze te benaderen, als in een macro- en internationaal economische context te plaatsen. Daarnaast wordt aandacht besteed aan recht en ICT. Om extra diepgang betreffende de oorspronkelijke bedrijfseconomische basisdisciplines te kunnen bereiken, is er binnen de opleiding veel ruimte voor ondersteunende gebieden zoals wiskunde en statistiek. Ook wordt ruim aandacht besteed aan het ontwikkelen van academische vaardigheden en een academische attitude en worden sociaal-communicatieve vaardigheden aangeleerd. De opleiding biedt studenten daarnaast de mogelijkheid zich internationaal te oriënteren. Daartoe bevat het programma een onderdeel Engels. Ook worden diverse vakken in het Engels verzorgd. Bij die vakken participeren diverse exchange studenten. Door deze aandacht voor de Engelse taal kunnen studenten ook een Engelstalige master volgen. In het derde studiejaar kunnen studenten zich verbreden via een minor in een ander domein dan het economische, een zgn. universitaire minor, of kiezen voor een minor die bedrijfseconomische verdieping aanbrengt, de zgn. facultaire minor. Het is ook mogelijk een minor in het buitenland te doen. Zie voor meer informatie over de minorkeuze hoofdstuk A.9.1 van deze gids of de handleiding Minoren binnen de BSc Bedrijfseconomie, te vinden op de Nestor Community van de BSc Bedrijfseconomie. Het eerste jaar van de bacheloropleiding BE is in het studiejaar 2011-2012 voor het laatst aangeboden. Voor de inhoud van de propedeuse wordt verwezen naar de studiegids 2011-2012.

14


In het tweede studiejaar, dat in 2012-2013 voor het laatst zal worden verzorgd, vindt een verdere verdieping en verbreding plaats. Ook volgen studenten in het tweede studiejaar het onderdeel Business Research Methods, waarin een goede ondergrond wordt gelegd voor het zelfstandig kunnen uitvoeren van onderzoek. Ten behoeve van het schrijven van het bachelorafstudeerwerkstuk in het derde studiejaar moet zo’n onderzoek door studenten zelfstandig kunnen worden uitgevoerd. Het programma bevat verder een vakoverstijgende vaardighedenlijn die een logische opbouw vertoont en waarvoor geldt dat het afstudeerwerkstuk het sluitstuk vormt. De academische en sociaal-communicatieve vaardigheden en de attitude worden zo op een niveau gebracht dat behoort bij een academische bacheloropleiding. In het derde studiejaar wordt, via een gebonden keuze uit diverse vakken, de kennis van de verschillende basisdisciplines op het niveau gebracht dat gegeven de geambieerde eindkwalificaties noodzakelijk is. De inhoud van deze ‘Specialization courses’ wordt deels gevoed door de onderzoekservaring van de docenten. Dit komt onder meer tot uiting in de papers die studenten moeten schrijven in het kader van die onderdelen. Ook schenken docenten expliciet aandacht aan (eigen) onderzoek op het terrein van de basisdiscipline. De afgestudeerde heeft op het terrein van de gekozen specialization courses een zodanige gespecialiseerde kennis verworven dat zonder moeite kan worden doorgestroomd naar de daaraan verwante bedrijfswetenschappelijke masteropleidingen. De afstudeeropdracht (het bachelorafstudeerwerkstuk) biedt goede koppelingsmogelijkheden tussen het onderzoek van de student en dat van de docenten. Door het volgen van een verbredende (universitaire) minor, dan wel – in het geval dat een verdiepende (facultaire) minor wordt gekozen – via een gerichte invulling van de keuzeruimte, kan in het derde jaar additionele academische breedheid worden verworven. Zie voor meer informatie over de minorkeuze paragraaf A.9.1 van deze gids en de ‘Minorenhandleiding BE’, te vinden onder de knop Studieinformatie op de Nestor Community van de BSc Bedrijfseconomie. Carrièreperspectieven Met het oog op je carrièreperspectieven is het aan te bevelen na afronding van je bacheloropleiding een aansluitende masteropleiding te volgen. De bacheloropleiding BE biedt een goede voorbereiding op de aansluitende masteropleidingen, die door FEB worden aangeboden, en voldoet aan internationaal geaccepteerde maatstaven. Daardoor zullen afgestudeerden ook relatief eenvoudig toegang kunnen krijgen tot andere nationale en internationale bedrijfswetenschappelijke masteropleidingen. Na voltooiing van de bacheloropleiding BE kunnen afgestudeerden werken in bedrijfseconomische functies waarbij analytisch en kritisch denken en handelen vereist zijn. In zijn algemeenheid kan worden gesteld dat een afgestudeerde van de bacheloropleiding BE een brede kennis heeft verworven van de diverse onderdelen van de bedrijfseconomie en derhalve in aanmerking komt voor een breed scala aan toekomstige functies. Hierbij kan in eerste instantie worden gedacht aan ondersteunende functies op een breed bedrijfseconomisch terrein in ‘profit’ en ‘non-

15


profit’ organisaties. Mede afhankelijk van de gevolgde keuzevakken in het derde jaar, kan het hierbij gaan om functies op het gebied van bijvoorbeeld het algemeen management, het financieel management of het marketing management van organisaties, waarbij analytisch en kritisch denken en handelen vereist is. Door verdere studie en specialisatie en door het verkrijgen van werkervaring kunnen na verloop van tijd meer specialistische staffuncties of leidinggevende managementfuncties bereikbaar zijn. A.2.2.


V = Verplicht; K = Keuze; KG = Keuzegroep; ** = Vak kan ook buiten de aangegeven periode gevolgd worden; raadpleeg de vakbeschrijving in Ocasys. Opleiding: Studiejaar: Profiel: sem 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.1-2 2.1-2 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.2

vaknaam Openbare Financiën Statistiek II BE Strategisch Management BE Business Research Methods BE/FE/A&C Management Accounting BE/FE/A&C Wiskunde II BE Engels BE IT-toepassingen BE Financiering II BE/FE/A&C Micro-economie II Business & ICT BE Marketing II BE

Opleiding: Studiejaar: Profiel: sem 1.1-2 1.1-2 1.1-2 2.1-2 2.1-2 2.1-2

16

BSc Bedrijfseconomie/BE 2 basisprogramma BSc BE vakcode EBB856A05 EBB875B05 EBB843B05 EBB018A05 EBB846B05 EBB890B05 EBB021A05 EBB026A05 EBB823B05 EBB853A05 EBB808B05 EBB849A05

EC 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

V/K V V V V V V V V V V V V

taal NL NL NL NL NL NL EN NL NL NL NL NL

vakcode

EC 30 30 30 10 20 20

V/K KG KG KG V KG KG

taal EN

BSc Bedrijfseconomie/BE 3 basisprogramma BSc BE

vaknaam buitenlandminor** of facultaire minor of universitaire minor Bachelorafstudeerwerkstuk BE keuzevakken BSc BE (20 EC zie lijst) of vrije keuzeruimte post-proped.vakken

EBB926B10

NL NL


NB

Voor een universitaire minor kan gekozen worden uit het aanbod aan universitaire minoren dat te vinden is op de minorensite van de RUG. De gekozen minor mag geen substantiele overlap vertonen met de rest van het BE-programma. Voor een facultaire minor kan 30 EC aan vakken gekozen worden uit de lijst van derdejaars keuzevakken van de BSc BE (zie hieronder). Voor de buitenlandminor kan 30 EC aan postprodeutische vakken gekozen worden die geen substantiele overlap vertonen met de rest van het BE-programma. Hiervan mag maximaal 5 EC besteed worden aan een taalvak. Zie ook de facultaire website. Studenten met een universitaire minor of een buitenlandminor dienen in semester II twee vakken te volgen uit de lijst van derdejaars keuzevakken van de BSc BE (zie hieronder). Studenten met een facultaire minor dienen in semester II voor 20 EC aan postpropedeutische keuzevakken te volgen. Het Bachelorafstudeerwerkstuk kan zowel in het 1e als in het 2e semester gevolgd worden, mits de propedeuse en minimaal 60 EC van de post-propedeuse behaald zijn, waaronder Business Research Methods BE/FE/A&C (EBB018A05). Keuzevakken BE en vrije keuzevakken kunnen op elk moment van het jaar gevolgd worden.

Opleiding: Studiejaar: Profiel:

BSc Bedrijfseconomie/BE 3 keuzevakken BSc BE

sem 1.1-2 1.1-2 1.1-2 1.1-2 1.1-2 1.1-2 2.1-2 2.1-2 2.1-2 2.1-2 2.1-2 2.1-2

vaknaam Financial Accounting II BE/A&C Spec. Course Business & ICT Spec. Course Finance Spec. Course Marketing Spec. Course OMC: Management Acc. Spec. Course Operations & Supply Chains Financial Accounting II BE/A&C Spec. Course Business & ICT Spec. Course Finance Spec. Course Marketing Spec. Course OMC: Management Acc. Spec. Course Operations & Supply Chains

A.2.3.

Substitutie- en/of overgangsregelingen

vakcode EBB915A10 EBB661A10 EBB881A10 EBB937A10 EBB884A10 EBB660A10 EBB915A10 EBB661A10 EBB881A10 EBB937A10 EBB884A10 EBB660A10

EC 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

V/K K K K K K K K K K K K K

taal NL EN EN EN EN EN NL EN EN EN EN EN

Zie hoofdstuk F.1.3

17


A.2.4.

Regels en keuzes

Regels en keuzes BSc Bedrijfseconomie Eerstejaars voorlichting Februari, met informatie over keuze 2e jaar. Toelatingseis post-propedeuse

Eisen voor voorlopige toelating tot (het eerste jaar van) de postpropedeuse, tijdens het tweede jaar van inschrijving.

Ingangseisen bachelorvakken Keuze Specialization Course

Ingangseisen bachelorafstudeerwerkstuk

Goedkeuring vakkenpakket

Mastervoorlichting Doorstroommasters

18

propedeuse Bedrijfseconomie, of propedeuse Accountancy & Controlling Vanuit enkele andere propedeuses (Bedrijfskunde, E&BE, Fiscale Economie, IB/ IB&M) is inschrijving mogelijk nadat is voldaan aan aanvullende eisen. Zie par. 5.2 van de BSc-OER. Voldoen aan de BSA-norm, d.w.z. 45 EC van het propedeutisch programma moet zijn behaald. Voor meer informatie over het Bindend Studieadvies (BSA): zie par. 9.3 e.v. van de BSc-OER en/of par. 1.4.1 van het algemene deel van deze gids. Zie de vakbeschrijvingen in Ocasys. Het verdient aanbeveling je al in het tweede jaar te oriënteren op je masterkeuze om voor het derde jaar de gewenste en/of sterk aanbevolen Specialization Course te kunnen kiezen. definitieve toelating tot de postpropedeuse, en 60 EC van de post-propedeuse (inclusief vrijstellingen) is behaald, waaronder Business Research Methods BE/FE/A&C (EBB018A05) en bachelorprogramma is goedgekeurd. NB Deze regeling is van toepassing op alle studenten die staan ingeschreven voor de opleiding. Aanvragen via Progress, uiterlijk 6 weken voor start bachelorafstudeerwerkstuk. Zie informatie op internet. November en april/mei. MSc Business Administration, MSc Finance, MSc Human Resource Management, MSc International Business & Management, MSc International Economics & Business, MSc International Financial Management, MSc Marketing,


MSc Supply Chain Management, MSc Technology and Operations Management, MSc Lerarenopleiding Economie & Bedrijfswetenschappen. Voor toelating tot andere masters: verzoek naar toelatingscommissie. Toelatingseisen doorstroommasters BSc Bedrijfseconomie, en (voor de Engelstalige masteropleidingen): voldoende kennis van het Engels. Instroommoment(en) 1 september en 1 februari doorstroommasters

19


A.3.

BSc Bedrijfskunde

A.3.1.


Opleidingsdirecteur: prof.dr. J. de Vries, 050-363 3679, [email protected] Opleidingscoördinator: mw. dr. G.C. Ruel, 050-363 7314, [email protected] Secretariaat: mw. M.A. Gorter-Bruinsma, 050-363 7529, en mw. I.C. Wieringa-van der Veen, 050- 363 3679, ([email protected]) Studieadvies: Student Support Desk, http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/bachelorstudent Nederlands: Nederlands Doel/inhoud De bacheloropleiding Bedrijfskunde is een interdisciplinaire, wetenschappelijke en praktijkgerichte opleiding met ruime aandacht voor vaardigheden die in de beroepspraktijk van belang zijn. De opleiding stelt studenten in de gelegenheid om een brede academische vorming op te doen met betrekking tot het functioneren van en het ingrijpen in organisaties. De opleiding vormt in de eerste plaats een kennismaking met de bedrijfswetenschappelijke disciplines en de belangrijkste functionele gebieden. Inzicht in de samenhang tussen deze gebieden, een integratieve benadering, de relatie met de externe omgeving en aandacht voor technologische, financiële en organisatieveranderings-processen zijn daarbij belangrijke aandachtspunten. De opleiding is praktijkgericht in die zin dat er veel aandacht wordt besteed aan het leren toepassen van wetenschappelijke kennis bij het oplossen van organisatievraagstukken. Hierbij behoort ook het versterken van sociale en communicatieve vaardigheden van studenten. De afgestudeerde bachelor is een bedrijfskundige professional die beschikt over een wetenschappelijke houding en die probleem- en oplossingsgericht werkt. Opbouw van het programma De bacheloropleiding kent een driejarig studieprogramma dat is opgebouwd uit een propedeutische fase (het eerste studiejaar) en een postpropedeutische fase (het tweede en derde studiejaar). De eerste twee studiejaren kennen uitsluitend verplichte studieonderdelen. In het derde studiejaar is veel ruimte voor het volgen van keuzevakken in de vorm van een minor. De propedeuse heeft een oriënterende functie waarbij een kennismaking met de verschillende bedrijfsprocessen het vertrekpunt vormt. Het propedeuseprogramma kent naast reguliere vakken verschillende practica waarin een integratie en toepassing van kennis gerealiseerd wordt en waarin verschillende wetenschappelijke vaardigheden worden getraind. In de propedeuse maakt de student kennis met de basiswetenschappen (organisatiekunde, gedragswetenschappen, financial accounting, informatiekunde). Daarnaast bekwaamt de student zich in verschillende wetenschappelijke methoden en technieken van onderzoek.

20


In het tweede studiejaar worden de studieonderdelen die in het eerste jaar zijn aangeboden verdiept en in samenhang toegepast. De vakken die in het tweede jaar worden aangeboden, worden geïntegreerd toegepast in intensieve practica waarbij je werkt aan je academische en professionele vorming. Tijdens deze practica werk je in groepen onder begeleiding van een staflid aan een probleem dat gerelateerd is aan de vakken van het tweede jaar. Bij het eerste practicum ligt daarbij het accent op de vakken Omgevingsanalyse en Marketing, bij het tweede practicum op de vakken Operations Management en Informatiemanagement en bij het derde practicum op Organisatieverandering en Human Resource Management. Het derde studiejaar van het programma staat in het teken van integratie (in casu het Management Game) en individuele professionalisering. Je dient in het derde studiejaar tevens een minor van 30 EC te volgen. Je kunt daarbij kiezen voor een universitaire (verbredende) minor, een facultaire (verdiepende) minor of een buitenlandminor. Zie voor meer informatie over de minorkeuze paragraaf B6 van deze gids of de handleiding ‘Minoren Bachelor Bedrijfskunde’, te vinden op de Nestor Community van de BSc Bedrijfskunde. Naast het volgen van een minor is in het derde jaar van het bachelorprogramma Bedrijfskunde de verplichting opgenomen om een zogenaamde specialization course (10 EC) te volgen. Deze specialization course is tevens een voorbereiding op de masterfase en de keuze van de specialization course dient dan ook weloverwogen te geschieden. Indien je overweegt om na de bacheloropleiding één van de trajecten van de Masters Business Administration te volgen doe je er verstandig aan de specialization course zo te kiezen dat deze hier zoveel mogelijk op aansluit. Het derde jaar wordt afgesloten met het schrijven van een werkstuk. Door het schrijven van een bachelorafstudeerwerkstuk wordt getoetst of je op een zelfstandige en wetenschappelijk verantwoorde wijze een bedrijfskundig onderzoek kunt uitvoeren. Indien je vanaf het studiejaar 2012-2013 met de bacheloropleiding Bedrijfskunde begint, zul je een vernieuwd onderwijsprogramma volgen. Naast een gemeenschappelijk onderwijsdeel van 90 EC (inclusief vernieuwde propedeuse) dien je in het tweede studiejaar een keuze te maken uit een van de volgende tracks: accountancy en controlling, business en management of technologiemanagement. Het volgen van een van deze drie tracks (90 EC) stelt je in staat om je verder te specialiseren in één van de deelgebieden binnen de bedrijfskunde. Gedetailleerde informatie over de bacheloropleiding Bedrijfskunde staat op de Nestor community BSc Bedrijfskunde. Naast actuele informatie over het programma zijn op deze community ook goedkeuringsregelingen en informatie over de organisatie van de opleiding te vinden. Verder kun je op de Nestor community meer informatie te vinden over het volgen van vakken aan buitenlandse universiteiten en het vernieuwde onderwijsprogramma zoals dat vanaf het studiejaar 2012-2013 van start gaat. Carrièreperspectieven Met het oog op je carrièreperspectieven is het aan te bevelen na afronding van je bacheloropleiding een aansluitende masteropleiding te volgen. Afhankelijk van de te kiezen masterspecialisatie wordt het volgen van de relevante specialization course

21


sterk aanbevolen. Afgestudeerde bedrijfskundigen komen na het behalen van een masterdiploma op zeer uiteenlopende functies terecht. Afhankelijk van de masteropleiding valt hierbij te denken aan functies op het gebied van human resource management (bijvoorbeeld personeelsadviseur), marketing (bijvoorbeeld productmanager), financieel beleid (bijvoorbeeld controller), productie en logistiek (bijvoorbeeld inkoopmanager), kwaliteit (bijvoorbeeld kwaliteitsfunctionaris), informatie- en communicatietechnologie (bijvoorbeeld ICT-adviseur) en organisatieadvisering (bijvoorbeeld consultant). A.3.2.


V = Verplicht; K = Keuze; KG = Keuzegroep; ** = Vak kan ook buiten de aangegeven periode gevolgd worden; raadpleeg de vakbeschrijving in Ocasys. Opleiding: Studiejaar: Profiel: sem 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.2 2.2

vaknaam Management Science Marketing BDK Organisatie en technologie BDK Gedrag in organisaties Statistiek BDK Supply Chain Operations** Academic Skills I Financial Accounting BDK Informatiemanagement BDK Academic Skills II Management Accounting BDK Organisatie en omgeving

Opleiding: Studiejaar: Profiel: sem 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.1 2.1 2.1

22

BSc Bedrijfskunde/Bdk 1 basisprogramma BSc Bdk vakcode EBP025A05 EBP027A05 EBP618B05 EBP607A05 EBP624B05 EBP029A05 EBP021A05 EBP023A05 EBP024A05 EBP022A05 EBP026A05 EBP028A05

EC 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5


taal NL NL NL NL NL NL NL NL NL NL NL NL

vakcode EBB615A05 EBB639A05 EBB641A05 EBB727B05 EBB644A05 EBB725A05 EBB617A05 EBB711A05 EBB726A05

EC 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

V/K V V V V V V V V V

taal NL NL EN NL NL NL NL NL NL

BSc Bedrijfskunde/Bdk 2 basisprogramma BSc Bdk

vaknaam Financieel beleid Bedrijfskunde Marketing Bedrijfskunde Omgevingsanalyse Informatiemanagement Operations Management Practicum I Bedrijfskunde Human Resource Management Organisatieverandering Practicum II Bedrijfskunde


2.2 2.2 2.2

Management Accounting and Control Practicum III Bedrijfskunde Strategic Management

Opleiding: Studiejaar: Profiel: sem 1.1-2 1.1-2 1.1-2 2.1-2 2.1-2 2.2 2.2

sem 1.1-2 1.1-2 1.1-2 1.1-2 1.1-2 1.1-2 1.1-2 1.1-2 1.1-2 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.1-2 2.1-2 2.1-2 2.1-2

5 5 5

V V V

NL NL EN

vakcode

V/K KG KG KG V V V V

taal EN

EBB613A05 EBB637A05

EC 30 30 30 10 10 5 5

vakcode EBB614B05 RGARI70110 EBB661A10 EBB881A10 EBB937A10 EBB884A10 EBB660A10 EBB887A10 EBB658B10 EBB037A05 EBB732A05 EBB697A05 EBB896A05 EBB667A05 EBB742A05 EBB666A05 EBB816A05 EBB724B05 EBB920A05 EBB614B05 EBB661A10 EBB881A10 EBB937A10

EC 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 10 10 10

V/K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K E K K K K K K

taal EN NL EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN NL NL EN EN EN NL EN EN EN EN EN EN

BSc Bedrijfskunde/Bdk 3 basisprogramma BSc Bdk

vaknaam buitenlandminor** of facultaire minor of universitaire minor Bachelorafstudeerwerkstuk Bedrijfskunde specialization course (zie lijst) Economisch recht Bedrijfskunde Management Game


EBB636A05 EBB729A05 EBB649B05

EBB731A10

NL EN NL NL

BSc Bedrijfskunde/Bdk 3 keuzevakken BSc Bdk

vaknaam English Course for Business Admin. Informaticarecht voor niet-juristen Spec. Course Business & ICT Spec. Course Finance Spec. Course Marketing Spec. Course OMC: Management Acc. Spec. Course Operations & Supply Chains Spec. Course Small Bus.&Entrepreneurship Spec. Course Strategy & Innovation Man. Foreign Dir. Investment, Trade & Geogr. Healthcare Management Managementvaardigheden Ontwikkeling competenties Project Management Purchasing Management E-Business Economie en bedrijf, comm. en educatie Knowledge Management Sports Economics English Course for Business Admin. Spec. Course Business & ICT Spec. Course Finance Spec. Course Marketing

23


2.1-2 2.1-2 2.1-2 2.1-2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.2 NB

Spec. Course OMC: Management Acc. Spec. Course Operations & Supply Chains Spec. Course Small Bus.&Entrepreneurship Spec. Course Strategy & Innovation Man. Business & Supply Chain Marketing Knowledge Management & Innovation Ontwerpen van bedrijfskundige systemen Quality Management Work Organization and Job Design Ethics and International Business

EBB884A10 EBB660A10 EBB887A10 EBB658B10 EBB609A05 EBB723B05 TBOBS-11 EBB669A05 EBB601B05 EBB608B05

10 10 10 10 5 5 5 5 5 5

K K K K K K K K K K

EN EN EN EN EN EN NL EN EN EN

Voor studenten van de bacheloropleiding Bedrijfskunde is het niet toegestaan om de English Course for Business Administration op te nemen als onderdeel van een facultaire minor.


BSc Bedrijfskunde/Bdk 3 specialization courses BSc Bdk

sem 2.1-2 2.1-2 2.1-2 2.1-2 2.1-2 2.1-2 2.1-2

vaknaam Spec. Course Business & ICT Spec. Course Finance Spec. Course Marketing Spec. Course OMC: Management Acc. Spec. Course Operations & Supply Chains Spec. Course Small Bus.&Entrepreneurship Spec. Course Strategy & Innovation Man.

A.3.3.


vakcode EBB661A10 EBB881A10 EBB937A10 EBB884A10 EBB660A10 EBB887A10 EBB658B10

EC 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

V/K K K K K K K K

taal EN EN EN EN EN EN EN

Zie hoofdstuk F.1.4 A.3.4.

Regels en keuzes

Regels en keuzes BSc Bedrijfskunde Eerstejaars voorlichting Februari en april/mei, met informatie over keuze 2e jaar. Toelatingseis post-propedeuse propedeuse Bedrijfskunde. Vanuit enkele andere propedeuses (A&C, BE, E&BE, Fiscale Economie, IB/IB&M, Technologiemanagement) is inschrijving mogelijk nadat is voldaan aan aanvullende eisen. Zie par. 5.3 van de BSc-OER. Eisen voor voorlopige toelating tot Voldoen aan de BSA-norm, d.w.z. 45 EC van (het eerste jaar van) de posthet propedeutisch programma moet zijn propedeuse, tijdens het tweede jaar behaald.

24


van inschrijving.

Voor meer informatie over het Bindend Studieadvies (BSA): zie par. 9.3 e.v. van de BSc-OER en/of par. 1.4.1 van het algemene deel van deze gids. Ingangseisen bachelorvakken Zie de vakbeschrijvingen in Ocasys. Ingangseisen Management Game Uiterlijk 4 weken vóór aanvang van het Game: definitieve toelating tot de postpropedeuse en 40 EC van het eerste postpropedeutische jaar is behaald. Keuze Specialization Course Het verdient aanbeveling je al in het tweede jaar te oriënteren op je masterkeuze om voor het derde jaar de gewenste en/of sterk aanbevolen Specialization Course te kunnen kiezen. Ingangseisen definitieve toelating tot de postpropedeuse, bachelorafstudeerwerkstuk en 60 EC van de post-propedeuse (inclusief vrijstellingen) is behaald, en bachelorprogramma is goedgekeurd. NB Deze regeling is van toepassing op alle studenten die staan ingeschreven voor de opleiding. Goedkeuring vakkenpakket Aanvragen via Progress, uiterlijk 6 weken vóór start bachelorafstudeerwerkstuk. Zie informatie op internet. Mastervoorlichting November en april/mei. Doorstroommasters MSc Business Administration, MSc Finance (met afgeronde SC Finance), MSc Human Resource Management, MSc International Business & Management, MSc International Economics & Business, MSc International Financial Management, MSc Marketing, MSc Supply Chain Management, MSc Technology and Operations Management, MSc Lerarenopleiding Economie & Bedrijfswetenschappen. Voor toelating tot andere masters: verzoek naar toelatingscommissie. Toelatingseisen doorstroommasters BSc Bedrijfskunde en (voor de Engelstalige masteropleidingen): voldoende kennis van het Engels.

25


Instroommoment(en) doorstroommasters

26

1 september en 1 februari


A.4.

BSc Econometrics and Operations Research

A.4.1.

Programme description

Programme Director: Prof. M.H. van der Vlerk, [email protected], 050-363 3816 Programme Coordinator: t.b.a. Secretary: Ms E.M. Baars-Drent, [email protected] and/or Ms M.A. Koolman, [email protected], 050-363 7018 Study advisor(s): Student Support Desk, http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/bachelorstudent Language: English Objectives and content The Bachelor of Science programme Econometrics and Operations Research (EOR) concerns the modelling approach to the description and analysis of issues in the areas of economics, management and related fields. The main objectives of the programme are obtaining knowledge about the most important models presently in use, acquiring the necessary background in mathematics and statistics and developing a research-oriented attitude. Training of the ability to translate the findings of this modelling approach into results relevant for the application area is an integrated part of the programme. To reach these objectives, in the first year and in the first part of the second year the focus is on mathematics and statistics. Other subjects in the first two years are introductory courses on the main areas of EOR, economics and programming. The mainstream subjects of the programme are dealt with in the second and third year: operations research, actuarial science, econometrics and mathematical economics. The final semester of the programme consists on the one hand of a bachelor thesis as a conclusion of the bachelor programme, and on the other hand of the opportunity to prepare the student for one of the profiles of the master programme Econometrics, Operations Research and Actuarial Studies. Elective courses offer the opportunity to broaden one’s knowledge of the economic application areas. To establish a connection between the scientific nature of the programme and the working environment of the EOR bachelor, assignments and case studies play an important role in the programme. Taking part in the programme at a foreign university is encouraged. The programme aims at both Dutch and foreign students. The language of instruction is English. Throughout the programme, support is provided to ensure that academic writing and English language skills reach the required level. Career prospects To enhance your career prospects, we strongly recommend that you continue one of the two follow-on Master’s degree programmes after completing your bachelor degree. So far, almost all BSc EOR students have continued their studies at the master level. Consequently, there is only limited information on job perspectives for BSc EOR

27


graduates. Other sources, though, suggest that job perspectives for BSc EOR graduates remain very good. Banks, insurance companies and consultancy firms offer good prospects. In addition, more traditional employers such as the CBS and the government continue to hire BSc EOR graduates. Through further study and specialization, for instance by completing a master programme, one can aim for a more research-oriented career, for instance as a PhD student at a university. This does not have to be restricted to a subject in the area of econometrics, operations research, actuarial science, mathematical economics or statistics, but it could also be in economics, management, logistics, or one of the social sciences. A.4.2.

Degree programme

C = Compulsory; E = Elective; EG = Elective Group; lang = language; courses marked with ** may be taken in other periods. See the course description in Ocasys for more details. Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.2 2.2

course title Mathematics I for EOR Microeconomics for EOR Programming for EOR Mathematics II for EOR OR Modelling Probability Theory for EOR Finance for EOR Multivariate Calculus Probability Distributions Estimation and Testing Linear Algebra for EOR Statistical Modelling for EOR

Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2

28

BSc Econometrics and Operations Research/EOR 1 core programme BSc EOR code EBP011B05 EBP841B05 EBP039A05 EBP012B05 EBP821B05 EBP014B05 EBP801B05 EBP013B05 EBP038A05 EBP036A05 EBP037A05 EBP008B05

EC 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

C/E C C C C C C C C C C C C

lang EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN

C/E C C C C C C

lang EN EN EN EN EN EN

BSc Econometrics and Operations Research/EOR 2 core programme BSc EOR

course title Linear Algebra and Convexity Programming I for EOR Statistics IIa for EOR Difference- & Differential Equations Introduction to Operations Research Macroeconomics I for EOR

code EBB851B05 EBB859A05 EBB876A05 EBB812A05 EBB829A05 EBB027A05

EC 5 5 5 5 5 5


2.1 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.2 2.2

Finance Theory and Modelling Introduction to Mathematical Economics Statistics IIb for EOR Introduction to Actuarial Science Introduction to Econometrics Programming II for EOR

Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 2.1-2 2.1-2 2.1-2

sem 2.1-2 2.1-2 2.1 A.4.3.

5 5 5 5 5 5

C C C C C C

EN EN EN EN EN EN

C/E C C C C C C C C

lang EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN

C/E E E E

lang EN EN EN

BSc Econometrics and Operations Research/EOR 3 core programme BSc EOR

course title Game Theory Quantitative Finance (BSc) Stochastic Models Dynamic Econometrics Risk Insurance Bachelor’s Thesis EOR elective BSc EOR (see list) suitable course(s) FEB (s.t. approval)

Programme: Year: Profile:

EBB825A05 EBB830A05 EBB877A05 EBB827A05 EBB828A05 EBB860A05

code EBB872A05 EBB839A05 EBB878A06 EBB813A07 EBB863A07 EBB925A10

EC 5 5 6 7 7 10 5 15

BSc Econometrics and Operations Research/EOR 3 electives BSc EOR

course title Spec. Course Applied Operations Research Spec. Course Microeconometrics Spec. Course Generalized Linear Models

code EBB888A10 EBB880B10 EBB883A05

EC 10 10 5

Substitution and/or transition regulations

See Section F.1.5 A.4.4.

Rules and choices

Rules and Choices BSc in Econometrics and Operations Research First-year information day October (FEB) and January (EOR) Entry requirements for the postPropaedeutic certificate in propaedeutic phase Econometrics and Operations Research Provisional entry requirements for (the first year of) the postpropaedeutic phase, during the second year of registration.

Students must have passed the BSA threshold, i.e. earned 45 EC or more during the first year of registration in the propaedeutic phase. For more information about the Binding Study Advice (BSA): section 9.3 ff of the BSc OER

29


and/or section 2.4.1 of the General Information part of this student handbook. Entry requirements for Bachelor’s courses Entry requirements for the Bachelor’s Thesis

Approval of the Bachelor’s programme Master’s information days Follow-on Master’s degree programmes

Entry requirements for the followon Master’s degree programmes

Starting dates for the follow-on Master’s degree programmes

30

Consult the course descriptions in Ocasys. Definitive admission to the postpropaedeutic phase and 60 EC earned from the post-propaedeutic phase (including exemptions), and the Bachelor’s programme has been approved. N.B. This regulation applies to all students registered for the degree programme. Apply via Progress, no later than 6 weeks before starting the Bachelor’s thesis. See the information on the internet. November FEB) and February (EOR) MSc in Econometrics, Operations and Actuarial Studies (EORAS), MSc in Business Administration, MSc in Marketing, MSc in Supply Chain Management, MSc in Technology and Operations Management, MSc in Teaching Economics and Business Studies (in Dutch). For admission to other Master’s programmes: submit an application to the Admissions Board Bachelor’s degree in Econometrics and Operations Research and (for the English taught Master’s programmes:) sufficient command of English. 1 September and 1 February.


A.5.

BSc Economics and Business Economics

A.5.1.


Programme Director: Dr L. Schoonbeek, [email protected], 050-363 3798 Programme Coordinators: Dr E.H. van Leeuwen, [email protected], 050-363 3744 (E&BE first year and IE&B specialization), Prof. J.P. Elhorst, [email protected], 050-363 3893 (Economics specialization) Dr P.P.M. Smid, [email protected], 050-363 3668 (Business Economics specialization) Secretary: E&BE first year and IE&B specialization: [email protected], 050-363 3458 Business Economics specialization and Economics specialization: [email protected], 050-363 7018 Study advisor(s): Student Support Desk, http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/bachelorstudent Language: English Note: unless stated otherwise, the text below applies to the new BSc E&BE programme, starting as of September 2012. See Section B.2.1 of the Handbook 2011-2012 for the text corresponding to the previous BSc E&BE programme. Objectives and content The BSc programme in Economics and Business Economics (E&BE) aims to provide a solid academic and internationally oriented training, combining insights from business economics, (international) economics and international business, developing a research-oriented attitude, and reaching an advanced level of English language skills. The scientific domain of the BSc consists of the fields of business economics (with an emphasis on finance) and (international) economic theory and policy, as well as the related fields of the theory of (international) institutions and of multinational enterprises. In the second BSc-year you choose a specialization in either Business Economics, Economics, or International Economics & Business. Depending on the choice made, graduates will be able to demonstrate relevant knowledge and understanding of: ‘Business Economics’- this encompasses the economic functioning of individual organizations (both profit and non-profit), and the behaviour of people within those organizations. Topics considered include financial and accounting decisions of organizations, and the relation between these decisions and the functioning of financial markets, as well as problems related to marketing, operations and logistics, and human resource management. ‘Economics’- this encompasses a wide range of factors related to human choice under conditions of scarcity. These factors include economic, environmental, ethical, legal, political, sociological and technological factors, together with their effects at local, national and international levels upon the (economic) policy of nations and upon strategy and behaviour of organizations in markets. ‘International Economics and Business’ - this encompasses the social and economic relations, functions and processes within and between organisations or

31


nations (including their diverse nature, purposes, structures, governance, operations and management), together with national, individual and corporate behaviours and cultures, that exist within and between nations and organisations, including their influence upon the external environment. Upon completion of the BSc E&BE (all three specializations), you can directly access the following Master’s degree programmes that are closely related to the Bachelor’s programme: MSc Finance, MSc Economics, and MSc International Economics and Business. You also have access to a number of other Master’s degree programmes offered by FEB. The level and study load of the E&BE programme are comparable to foreign equivalents, and therefore a BSc degree in E&BE also allows access to other (inter)national Master’s degree programmes. Business Economics specialization The Business Economics specialization offers a high-quality practical and theoretical academic foundation for any profession in the field. The focus is on core subjects of business economics, such as finance, accounting, marketing, operations and logistics, and human resource management. In addition you are taught solid general economic theory, which is essential for any profession in the field of business economics. Via this combination of business and economics courses you learn to view the functioning of organizations from an analytic, microeconomic point of view in a macro - and international economic context also. You will receive ample training in mathematics, statistics, applied econometrics, and (business) research skills in order to be able to do individual academic research in business economics. In addition, you will receive a solid training in academic writing through writing several theoretical and empirical papers and, finally, the bachelor’s thesis. In the third year of your study you take two core courses in corporate finance and financial markets leading to upper intermediate academic knowledge of this aspect of business economics. Accordingly, after graduation with a specialization in business economics you are especially able to apply the acquired knowledge in these areas. Economics specialization The Economics specialization offers a high-quality practical and theoretical foundation for any profession in this field. The focus on both theory and practice prepares you for professional life. First, you are taught high-level general economic theory, which is essential for any profession in the field of economic policy or research. You take core courses in both Macroeconomics and Microeconomics. Second, the curriculum concentrates on the application of theory to practice, e.g. in the Bachelor’s thesis. The writing of the Bachelor’s thesis also helps to develop analytical and communication skills (through the thesis seminar, in which you learn to present, defend and criticise). Economists focus primarily on economic theory and policy. Most fundamentally, the BSc programme deals with characteristics of national economies, and with individual consumer and producer behaviour in markets. In addition, topics such as banking, the origins of economic growth and economic differences between countries and

32


regions, the role of technological development and innovation, and a broad range of public and monetary issues are dealt with. International Economics and Business specialization (IE&B) The IE&B specialization offers solid academic training with a strongly international profile and a focus on the integration of international economics and international business strategy. The core of the specialization consists of the courses in both International Business and International Economics. International Business concentrates on the main characteristics and activities of international corporations. These include strategic management, e.g. how strategic decision-making of multinational enterprises is affected by national economic, social, political and cultural environments, the implications for competitive positioning, entry and establishment in foreign markets and international strategic alliances. International Economics deals with analyses of the global economy in which multinationals operate, for example, the determinants of international patterns of trade and specialization, the competitiveness of nations versus that of firms and the policy options to strengthen competitiveness, effects of trade policy, exchange rate theories and theories of the balance-of-payments, international capital flows and financial crises and the international monetary system. Studying Abroad (this section applies in 2012-2013 to the old BSc E&BE programme) To enhance the international profile of the E&BE programme, the third year of the BSc programme includes (the opportunity for) a semester abroad. You can make use of the extended exchange network of the Faculty with several European and nonEuropean universities. You can select courses offered by the host university in consultation with the E&BE coordinators. Because of compulsory courses in the second semester, the study abroad period for students studying E&BE is in the first semester of the third year. For students in the IE&B specialization, the study abroad is compulsory; for students in Economics, it is optional. You need to take the initiative in making your own arrangements. It is strongly advised to start planning well ahead of time. You need to apply in advance for approval of the subjects you wish to study abroad. To be eligible for one of the Faculty’s exchange programmes for studying abroad, you must have completed all first year courses. It is strongly recommended that you have also completed (most of) the second year at the time you are leaving in order to be able to take courses at the required level during the semester abroad. Please note: if you wish to study at a university which does not offer courses in English, the preparation to attain the required language skills should be started well in advance and for Spanish may exceed the credits of the mandatory second language course of the second year in the IE&B specialization. As indicated above, you can only be selected for a ‘study abroad’ place if you have completed your first year of study. For most universities the first selection is in March, in semester 2.1 (but for some universities the selection is much earlier). A final selection round for remaining ‘study abroad’ positions takes place after the

33


exams of semester 2.1. This means that if you have not completed the 1st year courses of semester 2.2 (including English for E&BE) in the previous year, you are not eligible for studying abroad as there are no more resits for these courses before the final selection round starts. Study progress and grades will be taken into account in the selection procedure. In all cases, the programme of the ‘study abroad’ has to be approved by the E&BE programme management, i.e. for IE&B, Dr E.H. van Leeuwen for IE&B, Prof. J.P. Elhorst for Economics. If you have participated in higher education outside the Netherlands before starting your study in E&BE (IE&B specialization) you can apply for an exemption from the compulsory ‘study abroad’ period via the Student Support Desk. If granted, you must also contact Dr E.H. van Leeuwen, programme coordinator of IE&B, for a substitute programme. If you would like to know more about the opportunities for studying abroad, you are welcome to come to the Student Support Desk, or contact us via http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/bachelorstudent. Career prospects Although students have the option to enter the labour market after graduation from the E&BE bachelor, the vast majority of the students, however, choose to pursue a relevant master. We strongly recommend that you do so. From a professional perspective, requirements are relatively broad and general, both in terms of content and in terms of academic skills and attitude. As part of the programme, guest lecturers are regularly invited to discuss their professional experiences and to explain how their professional work is related to the specific course topics. Students are also made familiar with various aspects of professional practice through a rather intensive and, mostly extra-curricular programme. The student association EBF is very active in organizing workshops, excursions, guest lectures, congresses, projects, etc. In addition, students may come into contact with the profession through FEB Careers Office that offers a large portfolio of short and longer internships. A.5.2.

Degree programme

C = Compulsory; E = Elective; EG = Elective Group; lang = language; courses marked with ** may be taken in other periods. See the course description in Ocasys for more details.

34


Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.1-2 2.1-2 2.1 2.1 2.2

course title International Business for E&BE Mathematics for E&BE Microeconomics for E&BE: Consum.&Firms Financial Accounting for E&BE Macroeconomics for E&BE Mathematics and Data Analysis for E&BE English for E&BE Research Paper for E&BE Marketing for E&BE Statistics for E&BE Asset Pricing and Capital Budgeting

Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.2 2.2

code EBP808C05 EBP817B05 EBP819B05 EBP802B05 EBP812B05 EBP034A05 EBP837B05 EBP035A05 EBP033A05 EBP822B05 EBP032A05

EC 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

C/E C C C C C C C C C C C

lang EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN



C/E C C C C C

lang EN EN EN EN EN

BSc Economics and Business Economics/E&BE 2 Economics

course title Macroeconomics II Mathematics IIa for Economics Public Finance Growth, Institutions and Business International Industrial Economics Mathematics IIb for Economics Econometrics for Economics Finance II for E&BE International Economics IIa for E&BE Applied Public Finance & Economic Policy Empirical Research Paper International Economics IIb for E&BE

Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2

BSc Economics and Business Economics/E&BE 1 core programme BSc E&BE

code EBB841A05 EBB932A05 EBB861A05 EBB022A05 EBB836A05 EBB933A05 EBB814A05 EBB818A05 EBB003B05 EBB015A05 EBB020A05 EBB834B05

EC 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

BSc Economics and Business Economics/E&BE 2 IE&B

course title Global Development Studies Mathematics II for IE&B Statistics II for IE&B Growth, Institutions and Business International Business Strategy (BSc)

code EBB921B05 EBB897B05 EBB874B05 EBB022A05 EBB023A05

EC 5 5 5 5 5

35


1.2 2.1-2 2.1-2 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.2 NB

International Industrial Economics Research Methods II for IE&B Spanish for IE&B/IB&M Finance II for E&BE International Economics IIa for E&BE Economics of Strategy International Economics IIb for E&BE

NB

36

C C C C C C C

EN EN SP EN EN EN EN

BSc Economics and Business Economics/E&BE 3 Economics

course title faculty minor E&BE-Econ. (see below) or study abroad (= foreign minor)** Bachelor’s Thesis Economics elective(s) FEB Macroeconomics III Microeconomics III

code

EBB908A10 EBB842A05 EBB852A05

EC 30 30 10 10 5 5

C/E EG EG C C C C


The study abroad programme (foreign minor) can contain a maximum of 5 EC in noneconomic and non-business courses, including no more than one language course in the language of the foreign university (maximum 5 EC).

Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1-2 1.1-2 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2

5 5 5 5 5 5 5

Students who would like to take a second language other than Spanish should contact the Information Desk for approval.

Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1-2 1.1-2 2.1-2 2.1-2 2.1 2.1

EBB836A05 EBB028A05 EBB894B05 EBB818A05 EBB003B05 EBB019A05 EBB834B05

BSc Economics and Business Economics/E&BE 3 faculty minor E&BE-Economics

course title Spec. Course Finance Spec. Course Political Economics History of Economic Thought Environmental Economics or Labour Economics or Spatial economics

code EBB881A10 EBB886A10 EBB934A05 EBB898A05 EBB840A05 GEMSPECON

EC 10 10 5 5 5 5

C/E C C C EG EG EG



Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1-2 2.1-2 2.1-2 2.1-2 2.1-2 2.1-2 NB

A.5.3.

BSc Economics and Business Economics/E&BE 3 IE&B

course title study abroad (= foreign minor)** Bachelor’s Thesis IE&B Spec. Course IE&B 3rd year course(s) in Economics or Development Economics or Spec. Course other than SC IE&B

code EBB879A10 EBB029A10 EBB811A10

EC 30 10 10 10 10 10

C/E C C C EG EG EG


The study abroad programme (foreign minor) can contain a maximum of 15 EC in noneconomic and non-business courses, including 10 EC of language courses.


See Section F.1.6 A.5.4.

Rules and choices

Rules and Choices BSc in Economics and Business Economics First-year information day October Entry requirements for the post- Propaedeutic certificate in propaedeutic phase Economics and Business Economics. It is also possible to register with a different propaedeutic certificate (A&C, BE, Business Administration, Economics of Taxation and IB/ IB&M) once additional requirements have been met. See section 5.5 of the BSc OER. Provisional entry requirements Students must have passed the BSA threshold, i.e. for (the first year of) the postearned 45 EC or more during the first year of propaedeutic phase, during the registration in the propaedeutic phase. second year of registration. For more information about the Binding Study Advice (BSA): section 9.3 ff of the BSc OER and/or section 2.4.1 of the General Information part of this student handbook. Entry requirements for Consult the course descriptions in Ocasys. Bachelor’s courses The optional ‘study abroad’ programme (foreign minor) can contain no more than one language course in the language of the foreign university, and (for students of the track Economics) no more than 5 EC in non-economic and non-business courses.

37


The courses of the foreign minor should be postpropaedeutic and are not allowed to have substantial overlap with other courses taken in the E&BE programme. Additionally, you must have completed the first year (propaedeuse) before enrolment at the partner university can take place. It is strongly recommended to complete most of the second year before you leave. See also www.rug.nl/feb/informatievoor/studenten/buitenl and.

Entry requirements for the Bachelor’s Thesis

Approval of the Bachelor’s programme Master’s information days Follow-on Master’s degree programmes

Entry requirements for the follow-on Master’s degree programmes

38

Language courses other than the Spanish course offered for IE&B students are subject to approval in advance. Definitive admission to the post-propaedeutic phase and 60 EC earned from the post-propaedeutic phase (including exemptions), and the Bachelor’s programme has been approved. N.B. This regulation applies to all students registered for the degree programme. Apply via Progress, no later than 6 weeks before starting the Bachelor’s thesis. See the information on the internet. November and April/May MSc in Economics, MSc in International Economics & Business, MSc in Business Administration, MSc in Finance, MSc in Human Resource Management, MSc in International Business & Management, MSc in International Financial Management, MSc in Marketing, MSc in Supply Chain Management, MSc in Technology and Operations Management, MSc in Teaching Economics and Business Studies (in Dutch). For admission to other Master’s programmes: submit an application to the Admissions Board. Bachelor’s degree in E&BE, preferably with specialization Economics for MSc Economics,


preferably with specialization IE&B for MSc IE&B, and

Starting dates for the follow-on Master’s degree programmes

(for the English taught Master’s programmes:) sufficient command of English. 1 September and 1 February.

39


A.6.

BSc Fiscale Economie

A.6.1.


Opleidingsdirecteur: dr. P.P.M. Smid, 050-363 3668, [email protected] Opleidingscoördinator: mw. mr. M.C. Christen-Schiere, 050-363 3763, [email protected] Studieadvies: Study Support Desk, http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/bachelorstudent Taal: Nederlands Doel/inhoud Fiscaal economen houden zich bezig met de invloed van belastingheffing op het handelen van natuurlijke personen en rechtspersonen, zowel vanuit het perspectief van die personen als vanuit dat van de overheid. De bacheloropleiding Fiscale Economie (BSc FE) richt zich daarom op het doen verwerven van gedegen wetenschappelijke kennis, niet alleen op het gebied van de belastingheffing, maar ook op dat van de algemene economie (met nadruk op de welvaartstheoretische aspecten en de openbare financiën) en bedrijfseconomie (met nadruk op fiscaal comptabele verantwoording, accounting en financiering). Ter ondersteuning worden daarnaast wiskunde, statistiek, financiële rekenkunde, vermogensrecht, ondernemingsrecht, erfrecht en erfbelasting gegeven. Doel is studenten te leren hoe belastingheffing het gedrag van natuurlijke personen en organisaties beïnvloedt, alsmede op welke wijze een efficiënte en effectieve belastingwetgeving kan worden vormgegeven. Door globalisering en europeanisering wordt de belastingwetgeving in toenemende mate beïnvloed door internationale en Europese regelgeving. Hier wordt in de opleiding dan ook nadrukkelijk aandacht aan besteed. De bacheloropleiding Fiscale Economie is een beroepsgerichte opleiding en van de fiscaal econoom (afgestudeerde bachelor) wordt verwacht dat hij midden in de maatschappij staat en in staat is problemen op te lossen die liggen op het terrein van de fiscaliteit. Daarom wordt in de opleiding onder meer met casusposities gewerkt om de theorie te illustreren. Hierbij wordt ook ingegaan op actuele ontwikkelingen. Op deze wijze worden studenten getraind in het oplossen van praktijkproblemen van fiscale aard, waarbij ruim aandacht is voor de problematiek van organisaties, in de bachelorfase met name die in het midden- en kleinbedrijf (MKB). Voor het aankweken van een wetenschappelijke attitude is daarnaast volop aandacht voor wetsystematiek en wijze van rechtsvinding en methoden van economisch onderzoek. Het eerste jaar van de bacheloropleiding FE is in het studiejaar 2011-2012 voor het laatst aangeboden. Voor de inhoud van de propedeuse wordt verwezen naar de studiegids 2011-2012. In het tweede studiejaar, dat in 2012-2013 voor het laatst zal worden verzorgd, komt meer nadruk op het verwerven van kennis in de (belasting)rechtvakken. Een groot aantal EC wordt besteed aan belastingrechtvakken. Het gaat daarbij niet alleen om

40


feitelijke wetskennis, maar vooral ook om inzicht in de grondslagen en systematiek van belangrijke fiscale rechtsgebieden als Inkomstenbelasting. In het derde jaar vindt verdere verdieping plaats van zowel bedrijfseconomische als algemeen economische vakken en komen ook andere fiscale vakken als Vennootschapsbelasting, Loonbelasting en Internationaal en Europees Belastingrecht aan de orde. Overigens worden de fiscale vakken, met uitzondering van het vak Inleiding Fiscale Economie, gevolgd bij de Faculteit Rechtsgeleerdheid. Vanaf het begin van de opleiding wordt geoefend met het toepassen van (wetenschappelijke) kennis en inzicht. Naast hoorcolleges worden werkcolleges en practica gegeven, waarin studenten individueel en/of groepsgewijs casusposities uitwerken en presentaties verzorgen. Vanaf het begin van de opleiding schrijven studenten papers en geven ze elkaar feedback op schriftelijke en mondelinge presentaties. In het derde jaar van de opleiding volgen de studenten ook een onderdeel Business Research Methods dat een goede ondergrond vormt voor het zelfstandig kunnen doen van onderzoek. In de bachelorafstudeeropdracht moeten studenten een onderzoeksopdracht uitvoeren met een relatief eenvoudige probleemstelling, waarin zij hun verworven kennis en inzichten moeten inzetten. Aandacht wordt ook besteed aan het ontwikkelen van een academische attitude, waarbij de afgestudeerde voldoende kennis heeft van de algemene beginselen van behoorlijk bestuur, die door de belastingdienst moeten worden nageleefd. De fiscaal econoom zal bij het onderkennen van problemen en het oplossen daarvan gebruik moeten en kunnen maken van de nieuwste ontwikkelingen in het vakgebied, van maatschappelijke ontwikkelingen tot nieuwste wetenschappelijke inzichten en van wetswijziging tot jurisprudentie. Door steeds met actuele casusposities te werken en actuele ontwikkelingen bij bestaande casusposities te betrekken, wordt deze vaardigheid ontwikkeld en getraind. Carrièreperspectieven Met het oog op je carrièreperspectieven is het zeer aan te bevelen na afronding van je BSc-opleiding de aansluitende MSc Fiscale Economie te volgen. Aangezien er vrijwel geen bachelorstudenten rechtstreeks uitstromen naar het beroepenveld is er formeel niet zo veel bekend over de aansluiting tussen de opleiding en het beroepenveld. Wel is het zo dat veel studenten al tijdens hun bacheloropleiding bij belastingadvieskantoren, de belastingdienst of de belastingwinkel werkzaamheden verrichten. Hoewel dus verreweg de meeste afgestudeerde bachelors FE doorstromen naar de aansluitende masteropleiding, mag worden aangenomen dat met een bachelordiploma functies vervuld kunnen worden binnen dezelfde organisaties en instellingen waar master afgestudeerden terecht komen. Dit zijn bijvoorbeeld belastingadviesbureaus, accountantskantoren, de belastingdienst, het Ministerie van Financiën en fiscale afdelingen van ondernemingen. De verwachting is dat een afgestudeerde bachelor dan vooral op uitvoerend niveau werkzaamheden zal verrichten.

41


A.6.2.


V = Verplicht; K = Keuze; KG = Keuzegroep; ** = Vak kan ook buiten de aangegeven periode gevolgd worden; raadpleeg de vakbeschrijving in Ocasys. Opleiding: Studiejaar: sem 1.1-2 1.1-2 1.1-2 1.1 1.1 1.2 2.1-2 2.1-2 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.2

vaknaam Belastingrecht 1 voor FE / A&C Formeel Belastingrecht 1 vrije keuzeruimte 5 EC Ondernemingsrecht A&C/FE Vermogensrecht Management Accounting BE/FE/A&C Inkomstenbelasting Winst Financiering II BE/FE/A&C Fiscaal Comptabele Verantwoording 1 Financiële en Actuariële Rekenkunde Successiewet voor Fiscalisten

Opleiding: Studiejaar: sem 1.1-2 1.1-2 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 2.1-2 2.1-2 2.1 2.1 NB

A.6.3.

vakcode EC RGAFI30103 3 RGBFI00106 6 5 EBB901B05 5 EBB889A05 5 EBB846B05 5 RGBFI00108 8 RGBFI00207 7 EBB823B05 5 RGBFI00504 4 EBB822A05 5 RGBFI00304 4


taal NL NL NL NL NL NL NL NL NL NL NL NL

vakcode EC RGBFI00407 7 5 EBB856A05 5 EBB873A05 5 EBB018A05 5 RGBFI50203 3 EBB927B10 10 RGBFI00110 10 RGBFI00104 4 RGBFI00204 4

V/K V V V V V V V V V V

taal NL NL NL NL NL EN NL NL NL NL

BSc Fiscale Economie 3

vaknaam Omzet- en Overdrachtsbelasting vrije keuzeruimte 5 EC Openbare Financiën Staats- en Administratief recht Business Research Methods BE/FE/A&C Intro. to Internat. and European Tax Law Bachelorafstudeerwerkstuk FE Vennootschapsbelasting Fiscaal Comptabele Verantwoording 2 Loonbelasting

Voor de vrije keuzeruimte kan gekozen worden uit post-propedeutische vakken van het verplichte deel van de curricula van de BSc BE, E&BE, EOR.


Zie hoofdstuk F.1.7

42

BSc Fiscale Economie 2


A.6.4.

Regels en keuzes

Regels en keuzes BSc Fiscale Economie Eerstejaars voorlichting Februari en maart, met informatie over keuze 2e jaar. Toelatingseis post-propedeuse propedeuse Fiscale Economie, Vanuit enkele andere propedeuses (A&C, BE, Bedrijfskunde, E&BE, IB/IB&M) is inschrijving mogelijk nadat is voldaan aan aanvullende eisen. Zie par. 5.6 van de BSc-OER. Eisen voor voorlopige toelating tot Voldoen aan de BSA-norm, d.w.z. 45 EC van (het eerste jaar van) de posthet propedeutisch programma moet zijn propedeuse, tijdens het tweede jaar behaald. van inschrijving. Voor meer informatie over het Bindend Studieadvies (BSA): zie par. 9.3 e.v. van de BSc-OER en/of par. 1.4.1 van het algemene deel van deze gids. Ingangseisen bachelorvakken Zie de vakbeschrijvingen in Ocasys. Ingangseisen definitieve toelating tot de postpropedeuse, bachelorafstudeerwerkstuk en 60 EC van de post-propedeuse (inclusief vrijstellingen) is behaald, en bachelorprogramma is goedgekeurd. NB Deze regeling is van toepassing op alle studenten die staan ingeschreven voor de opleiding. Goedkeuring vakkenpakket Aanvragen via Progress, uiterlijk 6 weken vóór start bachelorafstudeerwerkstuk. Zie informatie op internet. Mastervoorlichting November en april/ mei. Doorstroommasters MSc Fiscale Economie, MSc Lerarenopleiding Economie & Bedrijfswetenschappen. Voor toelating tot andere masters: verzoek naar toelatingscommissie. Toelatingseis doorstroommasters BSc Fiscale Economie, Instroommoment 1 september (later mogelijk, maar niet goed doorstroommasters studeerbaar i.v.m. opbouw studieprogramma).

43


A.7.

BSc International Business

A.7.1.


Programme Director: Prof. S. Beugelsdijk, [email protected], 050-363 9095 Programme Coordinator: H.A. Ritsema LLM, [email protected], 050-363 3844 Information: Ms R. van Est, [email protected], 050-363 6692 Secretary: Ms S. Luijken, [email protected], 050-363 3458 Study advisor(s): Student Support Desk, http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/bachelorstudent Language: English Objectives and content The BSc International Business is an interdisciplinary academic programme with a focus on practical issues. It aims to provide you with a solid academic grounding in the functioning of and interventions in organizations that operate in various countries and cultures. You will learn to combine general business management with the international context of the organizations you operate in. You will get knowledge and understanding of general business and management, the main areas of international business and management and research methodology. You will learn to use an interdisciplinary and integral approach in defining, analyzing and solving problems in multinational organizations. You will also learn how to conduct research that complies with scientific norms in management and in academia. You will have the language and social communication skills that are necessary for operating in an international and intercultural context. Upon completion of the programme, you can opt for an academic career by continuing with a Master's programme or you can take up a position in (multinational) corporations or (international) governmental organizations. First and Second year The programme provides an introduction into elementary theories and concepts that are relevant in the field. In general, seven areas in which you need basic knowledge and skills are distinguished. These are: Organization Theory: you are introduced to theories and concepts about organization structures and processes. You learn to think about organizational design and organizational change both in local companies as well as in multinational companies. You are introduced to scientific theories about these issues and are trained to apply concepts to practical situations. International Management and Economics: multinational companies have to constantly consider existing business opportunities and related strategic choices. You are introduced to the basics of (International) Economics in such a manner that you understand the relevant economic concepts of the international environment. Additionally, by studying relevant concepts within the area of Strategic Management, you will learn how companies are able to operate in this context.

44


International Finance and Accounting: you study the financial aspects of organizing and related aspects of Accounting and Control, with special attention to the extra complexity of these issues within multinational enterprises. International Law: in their international endeavours, companies often run into complicated legal problems on different levels. Basic knowledge of such issues is essential. Research Methodology and Statistics: you learn to conduct research that complies with scientific rules both in management and in academia. Courses in this cluster will teach you to think systematically and draw scientifically sound conclusions on the issues you study. This is a must if you have ambitions in management and consultancy as well as in academia. Language and Intercultural Communication Skills: language and communication skills are a must for people who intend to operate in the international arena. In the first year an English language course will improve your communication and presentation skills. During the study abroad in the third year you can choose a second (and third) foreign language. Ethics: you will learn numerous ways to actively engage with ethical issues and dilemmas. Additionally, there is a set of courses dealing with more functional areas such as International Marketing and Information Technology. Preparing your studies abroad in the first and second year During your second Bachelor year, you will need to prepare for your study abroad in the third year. To enrol at a foreign university, you must have completed your first year. Please, examine the relevant parts in this Student Handbook about the Rules & Regulations on Study Abroad. In the first year a workshop will be organized to inform you about the study abroad programme. Third year Bachelor students studying International Business spend one semester of the third year of their programme abroad. The programme in the third year during the local semester consists of the following core courses: Managing International Business Organizations, International Financial Management and International Strategic Management. Additionally, students write their BSc thesis in this semester. As indicated above, to be eligible to apply for one of theFfaculty’s exchange programmes, you must have completed the course work of the first year. It is strongly recommended that you have also completed (most of) the second year by the time you leave in order to be able to take courses at the required level during your study abroad. Please note that, if you want to study at a university that does not offer courses in English, the preparation to attain the required language skills (e.g. French, German or Spanish) will exceed the credits of the mandatory courses of the first and/or second year. Please refer to http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/bachelorstudent for further details. If you have participated in higher education outside the Netherlands before starting your studies in IB, you can apply for an exemption fromthe ‘study abroad’ period at the Education Desk. If granted, you should also contact the programme director for IB, for a substitute programme.

45


Career prospects With your career prospects in mind we strongly recommend that you continue a follow-on Master’s degree programme after completing your Bachelor’s degree. Although, if you have followed the IB programme you will have all the tools you need to develop in a wide range of business management careers in international, multinational or transnational companies. Many companies and organizations offer traineeships and junior positions which will introduce graduates to the different types of activities. The specific direction chosen will vary according to interests and include positions with an obvious international dimension such as Export Manager, International Marketer, or International Sales Manager. Furthermore, positions such as Product Manager, Treasury Manager, Human Resource Manager and Management Development Officer are important options. The programme will also provide the skills, knowledge and expertise appropriate to a management career in a non-profit organization setting, such as the health care industry, the cultural and entertainment sector or non-governmental organizations. Finally, students will be able to consider continuing their careers within the academic field, given their rigorous training in the latest developments in this area. A.7.2.

Degree programme

C = Compulsory; E = Elective; EG = Elective Group; lang = language; courses marked with ** may be taken in other periods. See the course description in Ocasys for more details. Programme: Year: sem 1.1-2 1.1-2 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.2 2.2

46

BSc International Business/IB 1

course title English for IB Introduction to International Business Global Supply Chain Management Organizational Structure Financial Accounting for IB Organizational Behaviour for IB Economics for IB International Marketing for IB Statistics I for IB International Business Environment Management Accounting for IB Research Methodology for IB

code EBP665C05 EBP003A05 EBP018A05 EBP670C05 EBP030A05 EBP654D05 EBP660C05 EBP661C05 EBP657C05 EBP031A05 EBP017B05 EBP662C05

EC 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5




Programme: Year: sem 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.2 2.2

course title Finance & Risk Management for IB Foreign Dir. Investment, Trade & Geogr. Information Systems Management CrossCultural Management History of Globalization Statistics II for IB Comparative Country Studies Innovation Management in Multinationals Qualitative Research Methods for IB Ethics and International Business International Business Law International Relations & Europ. Integr.

Programme: Year: sem 1.1-2 2.1-2 2.1-2 2.1 2.2 NB

A.7.3.

BSc International Business/IB 2 code EBB631B05 EBB037A05 EBB632A05 EBB036A05 EBB038A05 EBB682B05 EBB686A05 EBB034A05 EBB633B05 EBB608B05 EBB635B05 EBB039A05

EC 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5



code

EC 30 10 10 5 5

C/E C C C C C

lang EN EN EN EN EN

BSc International Business/IB 3

course title study abroad (= foreign minor)** Bachelor’s Thesis IB Managing Int. Business Organizations International Strategic Management International Financial Management

EBB737B10 EBB638A10 EBB628A05 EBB627A05

The courses of semester II can also be taken in semester I, the study abroad can also be taken in semester II. The study abroad programme (foreign minor) can contain a maximum of 15 EC in non-economic and non-business courses, including 10 EC of language courses.


See Section F.1.8

47


A.7.4.

Rules and choices

Rules and choices BSc in International Business First-year information day February Entry requirements for the post- Propaedeutic certificate in propaedeutic phase • International Business. It is also possible to register with a different propaedeutic certificate (in A&C, BE, Business Administration, E&BE, Economics of Taxation, TM) once additional requirements have been met. See section 5.7 of the BSc OER. Provisional entry requirements Students must have passed the BSA threshold, i.e. for the post-propaedeutic phase, earned 45 EC or more during the first year of during the second year of registration in the propaedeutic phase. registration For more information about the Binding Study Advice (BSA): section 9.3 ff of the BSc OER and/or section 2.4.1 of the General Information part of this student handbook. Entry requirements for See the course descriptions in Ocasys. Bachelor’s courses The ‘study abroad’ programme (foreign minor) can contain a maximum of 15 EC in non-economic and non-business courses, including 10 EC of language courses. Additionally, you must have completed the first year (propedeuse) before enrolment at the partner university can take place. It is strongly recommended to complete most of the second year before you leave. See also www.rug.nl/feb/informatievoor/studenten/buitenl and. Entry requirements for the Definitive admission to the post-propaedeutic Bachelor’s Thesis phase and 60 EC earned from the post-propaedeutic phase (including exemptions), and the Bachelor’s programme has been approved. N.B. This regulation applies to all studentsregisteredfor the degree programme. It goes without saying that IB&M students choose one of the English thesis projects offered. Approval of the Bachelor’s Apply via Progress, no later than 6 weeks before programme starting the Bachelor’s thesis. See the information on the internet. Master’s information days November and April/May

48


Follow-on Master’s degree programmes

Entry requirements for the follow-on Master’s degree programmes Starting dates for the follow-on Master’s degree programmes

MSc in International Business & Management, MSc in Business Administration, MSc in Finance (with completed SC Finance!), MSc in Human Resource Management, MSc in International Economics and Business, MSc in International Financial Management, MSc in Marketing, MSc in Supply Chain Management, MSc in Technology and Operations Management, MSc in Teaching Economics and Business (in Dutch) For admission to other Master’s programmes: submit an application to the Admissions Board. Bachelor’s degree in International Business and (for the English-taught Master’s programmes): sufficient command of English. 1 September and 1 February.

49


A.8.

BSc Technologiemanagement

A.8.1.


Opleidingsdirecteur: dr. J. Riezebos, 050-363 4853, [email protected] Opleidingscoördinator: mw. dr. G.C. Ruël, 050-363 7314, [email protected] Secretariaat: mw. N. van de Beek, 050-363 3921, [email protected] Studieadvies: Student Support Desk, http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/bachelorstudent Taal: Nederlands Doel/inhoud Organisaties moeten om te kunnen concurreren voortdurend hun bedrijfsprocessen herontwerpen vanwege technologische innovaties, marktomstandigheden, internationale ontwikkelingen en sociale factoren. Er is een groeiende behoefte aan hoog opgeleide personen, die kennis met betrekking tot het leiden en inrichten van organisaties paren aan goed inzicht in moderne technologische processen. De typische bedrijfskundige en bedrijfseconomische functies op het gebied van inkoop, verkoop, marketing, financiering, accounting, organisatie en logistiek raken hoe langer hoe meer verstrengeld met technische functies. Technologiemanagement combineert een gedegen inzicht in de bedrijfswetenschappen met een verdieping in een technisch profiel. Daardoor ontstaat een goede basis voor het verrichten van onderzoek naar het functioneren en verbeteren van processen in organisaties. Afgestudeerden van de opleiding Technologiemanagement kunnen complexe bedrijfsproblemen waar techniek een belangrijke rol speelt modelleren, analyseren, oplossingen aandragen en deze ook realiseren. Het kunnen werken in teamverband is daarbij van groot belang. Zowel de onderwijsfilosofie als de doelstellingen van de opleiding zijn gericht op wetenschappelijkheid, interdisciplinariteit, ontwerpen praktijkgerichtheid. Het doel van de opleiding is een wetenschappelijk geschoold bedrijfskundige met een goed technisch inzicht op te leiden. De opleiding bestaat in de bachelorfase uit bedrijfswetenschappelijke en technische vakken, aangevuld met onderzoeksmethodologie, wiskunde en informatica. Er kan na de propedeuse uit drie technische profielen worden gekozen: procestechnologie (richt zich op de procesindustrie); discrete technologie (richt zich op het maken van discrete producten); informatietechnologie (richt zich op ontwikkeling en beheer van IT-systemen). De opleiding richt zich met de keuze van vakken op het raakvlak van management en techniek. De toepassingen van de technologie hebben betrekking op het ontwerpen en besturen van het primaire proces: productontwikkeling, voortbrenging en marketing. Voor de opleiding is het dan ook noodzakelijk dat technische, organisatiekundige, economische, sociale en juridische aspecten hand in hand gaan. De opleiding legt de nadruk op de integratie van vakgebieden. Het primaire proces

50


vormt daarbij steeds het vertrekpunt in de opbouw van het curriculum. In de opleiding krijgt ontwerpmethodologie veel aandacht. Afgestudeerden Technologiemanagement onderscheiden zich van de 'klassieke' ingenieurs door kennis van en aandacht voor de relatie tussen technologie en organisatie. Technologie is voor hen altijd 'georganiseerde' technologie. Met andere woorden het ontwerp dient te resulteren in praktische implementeerbare systemen, waar organisatie en technologie/technieken adequaat zijn ingebed. Dit brengt onder andere met zich mee, dat tijdens de studie veel aandacht geschonken wordt aan het ontwikkelen van vaardigheden door middel van trainingen, practica, opdrachten en een afsluitend groepsonderzoek in een bedrijf en een individuele afstudeerscriptie. Carrièreperspectieven Met het oog op je carrièreperspectieven is het zeer aan te bevelen na afronding van je BSc-opleiding een aansluitende MSc-opleiding te volgen. Het soort bedrijf of organisatie waar je terecht kunt komen en de functie die je daar kunt bekleden, is afhankelijk van de gevolgde MSc-opleiding. Met je technische deskundigheid en je bedrijfskundige inzichten, kun je met technologiemanagement kiezen voor beroepen op het snijvlak van management en techniek. Productmanager en procestechnoloog zijn functies waarvoor vaak technologiemanagers gevraagd worden. Sommige van onze studenten komen ook terecht in de dienstensector of bij de overheid. Beroepen waar je als technologiemanager terecht kunt komen zijn bijvoorbeeld analist, consultant, brand manager, industrial engineer, informatieanalist, organisatieadviseur, productiemanager en kwaliteitsmanager. Feit is dat vrijwel alle afgestudeerden direct na hun afstuderen een baan vinden. Een afgestudeerde technologiemanager voelt zich thuis in organisaties die inzetten op innovatie. Die niet alleen kijken naar bestaande oplossingen, maar juist kijken naar nieuwe mogelijkheden door technieken te integreren. Tijdens de studie ontwikkel je de vaardigheden en talenten die daarvoor nodig zijn. Kritische vragen durven stellen, niet tevreden zijn met het eerste antwoord en altijd kijken of het beter kan. Een technologiemanager kan eigenlijk overal terecht , zolang er maar een focus is op techniek en een continue drang naar verbetering. Heel veel bedrijven hebben behoefte aan een technologiemanager. Dit varieert van de voedselindustrie, textielindustrie, metaalindustrie tot de computerindustrie. Overal zijn technologiemanagers gewild. Enkele organisaties waar je terecht zou kunnen komen: FrieslandCampina, Scania, Heineken, Bolletje, John Deere, KLM, Oracle, Achmea, KPMG en natuurlijk ook de Rijksuniversiteit Groningen. A.8.2.


V = Verplicht; K = Keuze; KG = Keuzegroep; ** = Vak kan ook buiten de aangegeven periode gevolgd worden; raadpleeg de vakbeschrijving in Ocasys.

51


Opleiding: Studiejaar: Profiel: sem 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.1-2 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.2

vaknaam Marketing Bedrijfskunde Mechanica voor TBK/TM Wiskunde 2 voor TM Operations Research 1 Organisatie en technologie II Productie technieken keuzevakken BSc TM (zie lijst) Production Organization and Control Work Organization and Job Design Financial Management for TM Management Accounting and Control

Opleiding: Studiejaar: Profiel: sem 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.2 2.2

52

vakcode EBB639A05 NAMECH05E WIW2TM-03 EBB857A05 EBB646A05 TBPRTE-12 EBB650B05 EBB601B05 EBB751B05 EBB636A05

EC 5 5 5 5 5 5 10 5 5 5 5

V/K V V V V V V V V V V V

taal NL NL NL NL NL NL NL EN EN EN NL


taal NL NL NL NL NL NL NL EN EN EN NL NL

V/K V V V V V

taal NL NL NL NL NL

BSc Technologiemanagement/TM 2 Informatietechnologie

vaknaam Business Modelling Marketing Bedrijfskunde Wiskunde 2 voor TM Inleiding informatiesystemen Operations Research 1 Organisatie en technologie II Object-georienteerd ontwerpen Production Organization and Control Work Organization and Job Design Financial Management for TM Informatievisualisatie in organisaties Management Accounting and Control

Opleiding: Studiejaar: Profiel: sem 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2

BSc Technologiemanagement/TM 2 Discrete Technologie

vakcode EBB656B06 EBB639A05 WIW2TM-03 INBIIS-08 EBB857A05 EBB646A05 EBB676A06 EBB650B05 EBB601B05 EBB751B05 EBB696A04 EBB636A05

EC 6 5 5 5 5 5 6 5 5 5 4 5

BSc Technologiemanagement/TM 2 Procestechnologie

vaknaam Eenfase reactoren Marketing Bedrijfskunde Wiskunde 2 voor TM Operations Research 1 Organisatie en technologie II

vakcode CHEFR-08 EBB639A05 WIW2TM-03 EBB857A05 EBB646A05

EC 5 5 5 5 5


1.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.2 2.2

Structuur en moleculen Production Organization and Control Producttechnologie Work Organization and Job Design Financial Management for TM Fysische transportverschijnselen 1 Management Accounting and Control

Opleiding: Studiejaar: Profiel: sem 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.1-2 2.1 2.1 2.2

sem 1.1-2 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 2.1-2 2.1 2.1 2.2

5 5 5 5 5 5 5

V V V V V V V

NL EN NL EN EN NL NL

EC 5 5 5 5 5 5 15 5 5 5


taal NL NL NL NL EN NL NL EN NL EN


taal NL NL NL NL NL NL EN EN EN

BSc Technologiemanagement/TM 3 Discrete Technologie

vaknaam Bedrijfsrecht Materiaalkunde en ontwerpen Productieplanning en -beheersing Applied manufacturing management Information Management TM Organisatie, technologie en verandering Bachelor’s Thesis TM Business & Supply Chain Marketing Ontwerpen en construeren voor TBK/TM Management of Product Innovation


TBSTMO-11 EBB650B05 CHTPT05E EBB601B05 EBB751B05 CHTFTV105E EBB636A05

vakcode EBB607A05 NAMATK-09 EBB651A05 TBAMM05E EBB620A05 EBB647B05 EBB643B15 EBB609A05 TBOC05E EBB652B05

BSc Technologiemanagement/TM 3 Informatietechnologie

vaknaam keuzevakken BSc TM (zie lijst) Bedrijfsrecht Productieplanning en -beheersing Architectuur en infrastructuur Organisatie, technologie en verandering Bachelor’s Thesis TM Business & Supply Chain Marketing Business Intelligence (bachelor) Management of Product Innovation

vakcode EBB607A05 EBB651A05 EBB665A05 EBB647B05 EBB643B15 EBB609A05 EBB032A05 EBB652B05

EC 10 5 5 5 5 15 5 5 5

53


Opleiding: Studiejaar: Profiel: sem 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.1-2 2.1 2.2

vaknaam Bedrijfsrecht General process equipment Productieplanning en -beheersing Information Management TM keuzevak BSc TM (zie lijst) Organisatie, technologie en verandering Bachelor’s Thesis TM Business & Supply Chain Marketing Management of Product Innovation

Opleiding: Studiejaar: Profiel: sem 1.1-2 1.1-2 1.1-2 1.1-2 1.1-2 1.1-2 1.1-2 1.1-2 1.1-2 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.1-2 2.1-2 2.1-2 2.1-2 2.1-2 2.1-2

54

BSc Technologiemanagement/TM 3 Procestechnologie vakcode EBB607A05 CHTGPE05E EBB651A05 EBB620A05 EBB647B05 EBB643B15 EBB609A05 EBB652B05

EC 5 5 5 5 5 5 15 5 5


taal NL NL NL EN NL NL NL EN EN

EC 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 10 10 10 10 10 10

V/K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K

taal EN NL EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN NL NL EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN

BSc Technologiemanagement/TM 3 keuzevakken BSc TM

vaknaam English Course for Business Admin. Informaticarecht voor niet-juristen Spec. Course Business & ICT Spec. Course Finance Spec. Course Marketing Spec. Course OMC: Management Acc Spec. Course Operations & Supply Chains Spec. Course Small Bus.&Entrepreneurship Spec. Course Strategy & Innovation Man. Foreign Dir. Investment, Trade & Geogr. Healthcare Management Managementvaardigheden Ontwikkeling competenties Project Management Purchasing Management E-Business Knowledge Management Sports Economics Spec. Course Business & ICT Spec. Course Finance Spec. Course Marketing Spec. Course OMC: Management Acc Spec. Course Operations & Supply Chains Spec. Course Small Bus.&Entrepreneurship

vakcode EBB614B05 RGARI70110 EBB661A10 EBB881A10 EBB937A10 EBB884A10 EBB660A10 EBB887A10 EBB658B10 EBB037A05 EBB732A05 EBB697A05 EBB896A05 EBB667A05 EBB742A05 EBB666A05 EBB724B05 EBB920A05 EBB661A10 EBB881A10 EBB937A10 EBB884A10 EBB660A10 EBB887A10


2.1-2 2.1 2.1 2.2 A.8.3.

Spec. Course Strategy & Innovation Man. Knowledge Management & Innovation Quality Management Ethics and International Business

EBB658B10 EBB723B05 EBB669A05 EBB608B05

10 5 5 5

K K K K

EN EN EN EN


Zie hoofdstuk F.1.9 A.8.4.

Regels en keuzes

Regels en keuzes BSc Technologiemanagement Toelatingseis post-propedeuse propedeuse Technologiemanagement. Vanuit enkele andere propedeuses (Bedrijfskunde, Technische Bedrijfskunde) is inschrijving mogelijk nadat is voldaan aan aanvullende eisen. Zie par. 5.8 van de BSc-OER of informeer bij de studieadviseur. Eisen voor voorlopige toelating tot Voldoen aan de BSA-norm, d.w.z. 45 EC van (het eerste jaar van) de posthet propedeutisch programma moet zijn propedeuse, tijdens het tweede jaar behaald. van inschrijving. Voor meer informatie over het Bindend Studieadvies (BSA): zie par. 9.3 e.v. van de BSc-OER en/of par. 1.4.1 van het algemene deel van deze gids. Ingangseisen bachelorvakken Zie de vakbeschrijvingen in Ocasys. Ingangseisen Bachelor’s Thesis definitieve toelating tot de postpropedeuse, en 60 EC van de post-propedeuse (inclusief vrijstellingen) is behaald, en bachelorprogramma is goedgekeurd. NB Deze regeling is van toepassing op alle studenten die staan ingeschreven voor de opleiding. Goedkeuring vakkenpakket Aanvragen via Progress, uiterlijk 6 weken vóór start bachelorafstudeerwerkstuk. Zie informatie op internet. Mastervoorlichting November en april/mei Doorstroommasters MSc Technology and Operations Management, MSc Business Administration, MSc Marketing, MSc Supply Chain Management, MSc Lerarenopleiding Economie &

55


Bedrijfswetenschappen. Voor toelating tot andere masters: verzoek naar toelatingscommissie. Toelatingseisen doorstroommasters BSc Technologiemanagement en (voor de Engelstalige masteropleidingen): voldoende kennis van het Engels. Instroommoment(en) 1 september en 1 februari doorstroommasters

56


A.9.

Verbreding binnen de bacheloropleiding / Additional options within the Bachelor’s degree

A.9.1.

Minoren

Bij een groot aantal studierichtingen binnen de RUG dient naast de hoofdstudie ook een minor gevolgd te worden. Bij FEB bestaat die verplichting voor studenten die in september 2008 of later met de studie zijn begonnen. Voor studenten die eerder met hun opleiding zijn begonnen geldt een overgangsregeling. Een minor omvat 30 EC en wordt in principe in het eerste semester van het derde jaar gevolgd. Binnen de RUG worden drie soorten minoren onderscheiden: universitaire minor. Een universitaire minor is een minor die buiten het vakgebied van de bedrijfskunde en de economie ligt en door een andere faculteit van de RUG wordt aangeboden. Doel van de universitaire minor is studenten in staat te stellen hun blikveld te verbreden door over de grenzen van het eigen vakgebied heen te kijken. Het aanbod aan universtaire minoren wordt elk voorjaar bekend gemaakt en is te vinden op de universitaire website www.rug.nl/minor. Minoren aangeboden door de Faculteit Economie en Bedrijfskunde kunnen niet worden opgevoerd als universitaire minor. facultaire minor. Uitgangspunt van de facultaire minor is dat studenten zich verder moeten kunnen verdiepen in één of meerdere deelgebieden van het bedrijfskundig-economisch vakgebied. Een facultaire minor heeft dus het karakter van een specialisatie. Een overzicht van de vakken die in het kader van een facultaire minor gevolgd mogen worden is te vinden bij het programmaoverzicht van de eigen opleiding. buitenlandminor. Naast een universitaire of facultaire minor kunnen studenten ook opteren voor een buitenlandminor. Dit betekent dat studenten in het eerste semester van het derde jaar voor 30 EC aan vakken aan een buitenlandse universiteit kunnen volgen. Een buitenlandminor is bedoeld voor studenten die tijdens hun studie ervaringen willen opdoen met wonen en studeren in het buitenland. De Faculteit Economie en Bedrijfskunde heeft daartoe een groot aantal samenwerkingscontracten afgesloten met universiteiten in het buitenland. De verplichting een minor te volgen geldt niet voor alle opleidingen van FEB. Per opleiding met een minor zijn de regels als volgt: Studenten van de bacheloropleidingen Bedrijfskunde en Bedrijfseconomie kunnen kiezen uit alle drie de soorten minoren. Het is niet toegestaan delen van verschillende minoren met elkaar te combineren. Studenten van de bacheloropleiding E&BE-profiel Economics hebben de keuze uit een facultaire minor of een buitenlandminor. Studenten van de opleidingen International Business en E&BE - profiel IE&B zijn verplicht een buitenlandminor te volgen. Studenten van de bacheloropleidingen A&C, EOR, FE, en TM hoeven geen minor te volgen. Wel mogen EOR-studenten één semester van hun opleiding vervangen door studie in het buitenland.

57


Meer informatie over minoren, de toelatingseisen en spelregels is o.a. te vinden op de minorsite van de RUG (www.rug.nl/minor). Voor informatie over alles wat de buitenlandminor betreft kun je terecht op www.rug.nl/feb/informatievoor/studenten/buitenland. Verder hebben de opleidingen Bedrijfskunde en Bedrijfseconomie een uitgebreide minorhandleiding samengesteld, die te vinden is op de Nestorsite van de BSc Bedrijfskunde c.q. de BSc Bedrijfseconomie. A.9.2.

Bachelor Honoursprogramma

De universiteit wil haar studies voor elke student interessant en waardevol maken. De universiteit kent daarom het Honours College, dat een aanvullend bachelorprogramma aanbiedt. Dit programma is speciaal bedoeld voor gemotiveerde en geïnteresseerde studenten die een extra uitdaging in hun studie willen. Als je het Bachelor Honoursprogramma met succes voltooit, krijg je een aparte aantekening op je bul. Zo kun je gemakkelijker toelating krijgen tot bepaalde masteropleidingen. Bovendien geldt het als een sterk punt op je cv. Binnen het programma werk je in kleine groepen en word je intensief begeleid door enthousiaste docenten. Het Bachelor Honoursprogramma van FEB is Engelstalig. Als je vanuit FEB tot het Bachelor Honoursprogramma wordt toegelaten volg je de gewone vakken van de bachelor van jouw keuze. Daarnaast volg je speciale honours workshops en vakken waarbij zowel onderzoek als praktijk op het gebied van economie en/of bedrijfskunde uitgebreid aan bod komen. Ook organiseer je samen met medestudenten gastcolleges, bedrijfsbezoeken en andere activiteiten. Tot slot volg je samen met honours studenten van andere faculteiten een aantal verbredende modules die speciaal voor honours studenten zijn ontwikkeld. Het Honours Bachelor programma begint in het tweede semester van het eerste jaar en je volgt het in combinatie met je reguliere bachelorprogramma. Voor toelating geldt een selectieprocedure. Kijk voor meer informatie op de volgende websites: www.rug.nl/feb/excellenceallowed en op www.rug.nl/honours. A.9.3.

Arbeidsmarkt en competenties

Het communicatieve aspect wint aan belang in de beroepsuitvoering van economen en bedrijfskundigen: samenwerken, presenteren, scholing, overtuigen, uitleggen, instrueren zijn belangrijke competenties voor een econoom of bedrijfskundige. Het is belangrijk om te weten wat je eigen competenties zijn en hoe deze verder te ontwikkelen. In het bachelorprogramma kun je deelnemen aan de cursus 'Economie en Bedrijf, Communicatie en Educatie' (al dan niet als extra vak) waarin al deze facetten diepgaand en op maat behandeld worden. Je gaat aan de slag met je eigen leerwensen. Het is een cursus van 5 EC, die in semester 1.2 wordt aangeboden. Meer informatie over de cursus Economie en Bedrijf, Communicatie en Educatie kun je vinden op internet. Je kunt ook contact opnemen met Nanda Stijntjes of Louwrens Wouda (tel.: 050-363 3738, e-mail: [email protected] of [email protected]).

58


A.9.4.

Minors

A large number of degree programmes at the University of Groningen comprise both a Major and a Minor. This applies to students who started a FEB degree programme in September 2008 or later. There are transitional regulations for students who started their studies earlier. A Minor comprises 30 EC, and is in principle taken in the first semester of the third year. The University offers three types of Minors: University Minor. A University Minor is one offered outside the field of Economics and Business, and is offered by a different Faculty of the University of Groningen. The aim of a University Minor is to enable students to broaden their expertise by venturing beyond the borders of their own field. The range of University Minors will be announced each spring, and can be found on the University website: www.rug.nl/minor. Minors offered by the Faculty of Economics and Business may not be chosen as a University Minor. Faculty Minor. The idea behind a Faculty Minor is that students can deepen their knowledge of one or more of the subfields of business and economics. A Faculty Minor is thus in nature a specialization. An overview of the Faculty Minors that can be followed can be found in the list of courses in your own degree programme. Foreign Minor. In addition to University or Faculty Minors, students can also opt for a Foreign Minor. This means that students in the first semester of the third year can take courses with a study load of 30 EC at a foreign university. A Foreign Minor is intended for students who want to gain international experience by studying abroad. To facilitate the Foreign Minor, the Faculty of Economics and Business has signed a large number of cooperation agreements with universities abroad. The obligation to take a Minor does not apply to all FEB degree programmes. The regulations for each degree programme with a Minor are as follows: Students of the Bachelor’s degree programmes in Business Administration and Business Economics may choose any of the three types of Minor, subject to the proviso under University Minor. It is not possible to combine parts of different Minors with each other. Students of the Bachelor’s degree programme in E&BE Economics profile may choose either a Faculty Minor or a Foreign Minor. Students of the Bachelor’s degree programmes International Business and E&BE – IE&B profile must follow a Foreign Minor. Students of the Bachelor’s degree programmes in A&C, EOR, FE and TM do not have to take a Minor at all. However, EOR students may spend one semester of their degree programme abroad. More information about Minors, admission requirements and rules can be found on the University of Groningen Minor site: www.rug.nl/minor. For more information about a Foreign Minor, please go to www.rug.nl/feb/informatievoor/studenten/buitenland. In addition, the degree

59


programmes in Business Administration and Business Economics have compiled an extensive Minor Manual, which can be found on the Nestor site of the BSc in Business Administration or the BSc in Business Economics respectively. A.9.5.

Bachelor’s Honours programme

The University of Groningen aims to make its programmes interesting and valuable for every student. Thus, the University has an Honours College, which consists of additional courses alongside the Bachelor programme. This programme is specifically intended for a select group of students who are looking for extra challenges in their studies. Completing the Bachelor’s Honours programme successfully results in a distinction on your degree certificate. This improves your chances to be admitted to Master’s programmes; and of course, it is also an asset to your CV. The programme is set up in small groups with intensive supervision by enthusiastic lecturers. The FEB Bachelor’s Honours programme is in English. When you are admitted to the Bachelor’s Honours programme as a FEB student, you follow the standard courses in the Bachelor of your choice. In addition, you attend special honours workshops and courses that deal extensively with both research and practice in the field of economics and/or business. Together with your fellow students, you will organize and participate in guest lectures, company visits and other activities. Finally, together with honours students from other Faculties, you will take a number of courses that have been developed especially for honours students. The Bachelor’s Honours programme starts in the second semester of the first year and is combined with your regular Bachelor’s programme. To be admitted, there is a selection procedure. For more information, visit the following websites: www.rug.nl/feb/excellenceallowed and www.rug.nl/honours.

60


B.


B.1.

Schakelprogramma Accountancy & Controlling (voor HBO-BE)

B.1.1.


Opleidingsdirecteur: dr. E.P. Jansen- 050-363 6382, [email protected] Opleidingscoördinator: mw. I.M. Luttmer-Noest, 050-363 3768, [email protected] Secretariaat: mw. E.H. van der Voort-Toisuta, 050-363 3768, [email protected] Studieadviseur: Student Support Desk, http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/premaster Taal: Nederlands Doel/inhoud Het schakelprogramma Accountancy & Controlling voor HBO-BE geeft toegang tot de reguliere masteropleiding Accountancy & Controlling. Het programma van één jaar is bedoeld om je kennis en vaardigheden bij te brengen op het niveau van de reguliere bacheloropleiding Accountancy & Controlling, waarbij rekening wordt gehouden met je vooropleiding. Het programma richt zich op het verwerven van wetenschappelijke kennis, vaardigheden en inzicht op het gebied van de economie, bedrijfskunde, accountancy en controlling. De nadruk ligt daarbij op de betrouwbaarheid van informatie voor de besturing van organisaties en voor het afleggen van verantwoording over het gevoerde beleid aan de interne en externe stakeholders. Daarvoor is kennis vereist van en inzicht in de vakgebieden organisatie en management, financial accounting, management accounting, internal control en recht. Daarnaast is aandacht vereist voor wetenschappelijke methoden en technieken en academische en praktische vaardigheden. Het programma stimuleert een analytische en kritische benadering van meestal interdisciplinaire organisatieproblemen en ontwikkelt kennis en vaardigheden om tot implementeerbare oplossingen te komen. Het programma geeft inzicht in de grondslagen van internal control en biedt een verdieping van de basiskennis op het gebied van management accounting, financial accounting, business & ICT en boekhouden. Voorts zijn enkele juridische vakken opgenomen op het gebied van ondernemingsrecht en belastingrecht. Ook is er aandacht voor statistiek en financiële en actuariële rekenkunde. Het programma wordt afgesloten met een bachelorafstudeerwerkstuk. Carrièreperspectieven Het schakelprogramma Accountancy & Controlling biedt primair de basis voor een masteropleiding Accountancy & Controlling en de daarop aansluitende (theoretische) postinitiële opleidingen voor Registeraccountant (Executive Master of Accountancy) respectievelijk Registercontroller (Executive Master of Finance and Control), die worden aangeboden door de Faculteit Economie en Bedrijfskunde. Gelet op het brede bedrijfseconomische/bedrijfskundige profiel, biedt het certificaat

61


Accountancy & Controlling je ook diverse mogelijkheden voor functies in profit- en non profit-organisaties. Hierbij moet in eerste instantie worden gedacht aan uitvoerende en ondersteunende functies op financieel-administratief gebied, zoals (bedrijfs)administrateur, assistent-controller, financieel-administratief beleidsmedewerker e.d. B.1.2.


V = Verplicht; K = Keuze; KG = Keuzegroep; ** = Vak kan ook buiten de aangegeven periode gevolgd worden; raadpleeg de vakbeschrijving in Ocasys. Opleiding: Studiejaar: Profiel: sem 1.1-2 1.1-2 1.1-2 1.1 1.2 1.2 2.1-2 2.1-2 2.1 2.2 B.1.3.

HBO-schakelprogramma s (Nederlandstalig) 1 A&C voor HBO-BE

vaknaam Belastingrecht 2 Financial Accounting II BE/A&C Internal Control: Grondslagen Ondernemingsrecht A&C/FE Statistiek A&C Voortgezet boekhouden Bachelorafstudeerwerkstuk A&C Spec. Course OMC: Management Acc. Business & ICT A&C Financiële en Actuariële Rekenkunde

vakcode RGMFI00406 EBB915A10 EBB918A10 EBB901B05 EBP019A05 EBB807A05 EBB924A10 EBB884A10 EBB801A05 EBB822A05

EC 6 10 10 5 5 5 10 10 5 5


taal NL NL NL NL NL NL NL EN NL NL

Regels en keuzes

Regels en keuzes HBO-schakelprogramma A&C (voor HBO-BE) Ingangseisen schakelprogramma diploma HBO-Bedrijfseconomie Geldigheidsduur toelating tot 1 jaar; verlenging met maximaal 1 jaar is schakelprogramma mogelijk als in het eerste jaar minimaal 50 EC van het programma is afgerond. Zie ook art. 8.6 van de BSc-OER. Ingangseisen geen bachelorafstudeerwerkstuk Goedkeuring vakkenpakket

Mastervoorlichting

62

Aanvragen via Progress, uiterlijk 6 weken vóór start bachelorafstudeerwerkstuk. Zie informatie op internet. Na afronding van het schakelprogramma ontvangt men een certificaat van toelating tot de master A&C. April/mei, met informatie over de twee profielen.


Doorstroommaster

MSc Accountancy en Controlling

Toelatingseis doorstroommaster

afgerond schakelprogramma Accountancy & Controlling 1 september en 1 februari

Instroommoment(en) doorstroommasters

63


B.2.

Schakelprogramma Technology and Operations Management

B.2.1.


Opleidingsdirecteur: mw. prof.dr. I.F.A. Vis, 050 363 7364, [email protected] Opleidingscoördinator: dr. J. Riezebos, 050-363 4853, [email protected] Secretariaat: mw. N. van de Beek, 050-363 3921, [email protected] Studieadviseur: Student Support Desk, http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/premaster Taal: Nederlands Doel De bacheloropleiding Technologiemanagement (TM) laat afgestudeerden van HBOopleidingen toe tot een 1-jarig schakelprogramma waarmee men toegang krijgt tot de MSc Technology and Operations Management. Het Nederlandse schakelprogramma staat open voor alle studenten met een HBO- of academische bacheloropleiding met belangstelling voor Technology Management. Het is specifiek interessant voor de huidige HBO- opleiding Technische Bedrijfskunde of een aanverwante opleiding. Te denken valt aan: (Hogere) Technische Bedrijfskunde International Technology Management Bedrijfskunde Agribusiness (Van Hall Instituut) Vervoersacademie (Logistiek Management) Industrieel Management/Business Engineering Werktuigbouw Elektrotechniek Autotechniek Human Technology Overige Operations/ Logistieke richtingen Het Engelstalige programma is toegespitst op studenten met een minder technische HBO- of academische bacheloropleiding met belangstelling voor Technology and Operations Management en biedt veel vakken aan die gedeeld worden met de andere Pre-MSc programma’s. Het Nederlandstalige programma omvat vakken die veelal ook in het reguliere bachelorprogramma van Technologiemanagement zijn opgenomen. Na het Nederlandse of Engelstalige schakelprogramma volgt de Engelstalige masteropleiding Technology and Operations Management. Binnen de master ligt het accent op operations en innovatie. Het programma van de masteropleiding staat verder beschreven in hoofdstuk D.16. Na afronding van je schakelprogramma krijg je een certificaat van toegang tot de masteropleiding Technology and Operations Management. Na afronding van deze masteropleiding mag je de titel Master of Science Technology and Operations Management voeren. Ook mag je na afronding van je schakelprogramma starten met de MSc Supply Chain Management.

64


Voor een afgestudeerde van deze opleiding behoort het innoveren van producten, processen en netwerken van organisaties tot de kern van zijn of haar competenties. Dat betekent niet alleen kijken naar bestaande oplossingen, maar juist kijken naar nieuwe mogelijkheden door technieken te integreren. Tijdens de studie ontwikkel je de vaardigheden en talenten die daarvoor nodig zijn. De uitdaging is om na te gaan of het beter kan en bewijs te verzamelen voor alternatieven die gevonden zijn. Carrièreperspectieven Met je technische deskundigheid en je bedrijfskundige inzichten, kun je met Technology and Operations Management kiezen voor beroepen op het snijvlak van management en techniek. Logistic manager, Operations manager, Project manager, Innovation manager, Product manager en Lean change manager zijn functies waar je terecht kunt met een MSc Technology and Operations Management. Sommige van onze studenten komen ook terecht in de dienstensector of bij de overheid. Feit is dat vrijwel alle afgestudeerden direct na hun afstuderen een baan vinden. B.2.2.


V = Verplicht; K = Keuze; KG = Keuzegroep; ** = Vak kan ook buiten de aangegeven periode gevolgd worden; raadpleeg de vakbeschrijving in Ocasys. Opleiding: Studiejaar: Profiel:

sem 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 2.1-2 2.1 2.1 2.2

HBO-schakelprogramma s (Nederlandstalig) 1 Pre-MSc Technology and Operations Management/TOM (Nederlandstalig)

vaknaam Organization Theory & Design for Pre-MSc Productieplanning en -beheersing Wiskunde 2 voor TM Business Research Methods for Pre-MSc Organisatie, technologie en verandering Bachelor’s Thesis TM Business & Supply Chain Marketing Production Organization and Control Management of Product Innovation

vakcode EBS003A05 EBB651A05 WIW2TM-03 EBS001A10 EBB647B05 EBB643B15 EBB609A05 EBB650B05 EBB652B05

EC 5 5 5 10 5 15 5 5 5


taal EN NL NL EN NL NL EN EN EN

65


B.2.3.

Regels en keuzes

Regels en keuzes HBO-schakelprogramma TOM Nederlandstalig Ingangseisen schakelprogramma alle technische HBO-diploma’s alle bedrijfskundige HBO-diploma’s alle academische technische bachelordiploma’s. Geldigheidsduur toelating tot 1 jaar; verlenging met maximaal 1 jaar is schakelprogramma mogelijk als in het eerste jaar minimaal 45 EC van het programma is afgerond. Zie ook art. 8.6 van de BSc-OER. Ingangseisen Bachelor’s Thesis Wiskunde 2 voor TM (WIW2TM-03), en Business Research Methods for Pre-MSc (EBS001A10) zijn afgerond en het schakelprogramma is goedgekeurd. Goedkeuring vakkenpakket Aanvragen via Progress, uiterlijk 6 weken vóór start Bachelor’s Thesis. Zie informatie op internet. Na afronding van het schakelprogramma ontvangt men een certificaat van toelating tot de master Technology and Operations Management. Mastervoorlichting November en mei. Doorstroommaster Toelatingseisen doorstroommaster Instroommoment(en) doorstroommaster

66

MSc Technology and Management afgerond schakelprogramma TOM en voldoende kennis van het Engels. 1 september en 1 februari


C.


C.1.1.

Introduction

Programme Director: Dr P. P. M. Smid, [email protected], 050-363 3668 Programme Coordinator: Dr C.A. Huijgen, [email protected], 050-363 7206 Admissions and study advisors: Student Support Desk, http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/premaster Language: English Aim/content The Master of Science programmes are one-year (60 EC) degree programmes at the Faculty of Economics and Business (FEB) and taught in English. There are nine different MSc programmes for which we offer English-taught Pre-MSc programmes in 2012-2013: Business Administration Finance Human Resource Management International Business and Management International Financial Management International Economics and Business Marketing Supply Chain Management Technology and Operations Management The MSc Business Administration is subdivided into 4 tracks: ‘Change Management’, ‘Organizational & Management Control’, ‘Small Business & Entrepeneurship’ and ‘Strategic Innovation Management’. The Pre-MSc programme is especially intended for students with a Bachelor’s degree from one of the NVAO accredited HBO programmes with a study load of 240 EC. It prepares them for one of the above listed MSc programmes. The Pre-MSc programme is also open to students with an accredited academic Bachelor’s degree, who do not immediately qualify for one of these MSc programmes, either from the Netherlands or abroad. After passing the 1-year Pre-MSc programme, you will be issued with a ‘proof of admission’ granting you admission to the Master of Science that belongs to the chosen Pre-MSc programme. The Pre-MSc programme comprises a fixed, non Master-specific core of 25 EC, 15 of which will be offered in the first semester. There are also 35 EC available for Masterspecific courses – 15 in the first semester and 20 in the second. A ‘Research paper for Pre-MSc’ of 10 EC, offered in the second semester, is part of the programme. To be allowed to participate in this course ‘Research paper for Pre-MSc’, you need to have passed ‘Mathematics for Pre-MSc’ and ‘Business Research Methods for Pre-MSc’.

67


If, at the end of the academic year, you have not completed the full programme, but have got at least 50 EC, -you are not admitted to the MSc,- but you may continue in the Pre-MSc in the following year. After you have finished the remaining course(s) successfully, you will be admitted to the MSc. If you have got less than 50 EC by the end of the academic year, you failed the Pre-MSc programme and cannot continue with this programme. If you still want to take the MSc (specialization), then you will have to register for the related FEB Bachelor’s degree. Failed Pre-MSc students may request exemptions on the basis of earlier training or experience from the Board of Examiners for the courses that they did pass during their Pre-MSc year. Programme structure The programme is as follows: Period Course 1.1 Mathematics for Pre-MSc Master-specific courses

EC 5 10

1.2

Business Research Methods for Pre-MSc

10

Master-specific courses

5

Research paper for Pre-MSc part 1

5

Master-specific courses

10

Research paper for Pre-MSc part 2 Master-specific courses

5 10

2.1 2.2

In C2 you will find additional information about each Pre-MSc programme. If you have succesfully complied with all the requirements /courses of the Pre-MSc, you may enter the Master without restriction. Career prospects Graduates may acquire all sorts of staff positions and more general management positions after obtaining their Master's degree. Depending on the chosen programme, these include jobs in the field of general management, financial management, marketing management (e.g. product manager), production and logistics (e.g. purchasing manager), quality control (e.g. quality manager), human resource management, international business, international economics and organizational consultancy. C.2.

Pre-MSc Business Administration

C = Compulsory; E = Elective; EG = Elective Group; lang = language; courses marked with ** may be taken in other periods. See the course description in Ocasys for more details. De Pre-MSc Business Administration (BA) consists of four different tracks: Change Management, Organizational and Management Control (O&MC), Small Business and Entrepeneurship (SB&E) and Strategic Innovation Management (SIM):

68


C.2.1.

Pre-MSc BA - Change Management

Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 2.1-2 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.2 C.2.2.

course title Mathematics for Pre-MSc Organization Theory & Design for Pre-MSc Project Management Business Research Methods for Pre-MSc Organizational Change for Pre-MSc Research Paper for Pre-MSc BA CM Introduction to HRM Work Organization and Job Design Ethics and International Business Strategic Management

C.2.3.

EC 5 5 5 10 5 10 5 5 5 5

C/E C C C C C C C C C C

lang EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN

C/E C C C C C C C C C

lang EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN

Pre-MSc Programmes (English) 1 Pre-MSc BA - Organizational and Management Control/O&MC

course title Spec. Course OMC: Management Acc. Mathematics for Pre-MSc Organization Theory & Design for Pre-MSc Business Research Methods for Pre-MSc Research Paper for Pre-MSc BA O&MC Introduction to HRM Quality Management Asset Pricing and Capital Budgeting Strategic Management

code EBB884A10 EBS002A05 EBS003A05 EBS001A10 EBS009A10 EBB740A05 EBB669A05 EBP032A05 EBB649B05

EC 10 5 5 10 10 5 5 5 5

Pre-MSc BA - Small Business and Entrepeneurship

Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1 1.1

code EBS002A05 EBS003A05 EBB667A05 EBS001A10 EBB634B05 EBS006A10 EBB740A05 EBB601B05 EBB608B05 EBB649B05

Pre-MSc BA - Organizational and Management Control


sem 1.1-2 1.1 1.1 1.2 2.1-2 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.2

Pre-MSc Programmes (English) 1 Pre-MSc BA - Change Management

Pre-MSc Programmes (English) 1 Pre-MSc BA - Small Business & Entrepreneurship/SB&E

course title Mathematics for Pre-MSc Omgevingsanalyse

code EBS002A05 EBB641A05

EC 5 5

C/E lang C EN C EN

69


1.1 1.2 1.2 2.1-2 2.1-2 2.1 2.2 C.2.4.

Organization Theory & Design for Pre-MSc Business Research Methods for Pre-MSc Organizational Change for Pre-MSc Research Paper for Pre-MSc BA SB&E Spec. Course Small Bus.&Entrepreneurship Introduction to HRM Strategic Management

C.3.

5 10 5 10 10 5 5

C C C C C C C

EN EN EN EN EN EN EN

Pre-MSc BA - Strategic Innovation Management

Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 2.1-2 2.1-2 2.1 2.2

EBS003A05 EBS001A10 EBB634B05 EBS012A10 EBB887A10 EBB740A05 EBB649B05

Pre-MSc Programmes (English) 1 Pre-MSc BA - Strategic Innovation Management/SIM

course title Mathematics for Pre-MSc Omgevingsanalyse Organization Theory & Design for Pre-MSc Business Research Methods for Pre-MSc Organizational Change for Pre-MSc Research Paper for Pre-MSc BA SIM Spec. Course Strategy & Innovation Man. Quality Management Strategic Management

code EBS002A05 EBB641A05 EBS003A05 EBS001A10 EBB634B05 EBS011B10 EBB658B10 EBB669A05 EBB649B05

EC 5 5 5 10 5 10 10 5 5



Pre-MSc Finance

C = Compulsory; E = Elective; EG = Elective Group; lang = language; courses marked with ** may be taken in other periods. See the course description in Ocasys for more details. Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 2.1-2 2.1-2 2.1 2.2

70

Pre-MSc Programmes (English) 1 Pre-MSc Finance

course title Financial Accounting for E&BE Mathematics for Pre-MSc Microeconomics for E&BE: Consum.&Firms Business Research Methods for Pre-MSc Macroeconomics for E&BE Research Paper for Pre-MSc Finance Spec. Course Finance International Economics IIa for E&BE Ethics and International Business

code EBP802B05 EBS002A05 EBP819B05 EBS001A10 EBP812B05 EBS007B10 EBB881A10 EBB003B05 EBB608B05

EC 5 5 5 10 5 10 10 5 5




C.4.

Pre-MSc Human Resource Management

C = Compulsory; E = Elective; EG = Elective Group; lang = language; courses marked with ** may be taken in other periods. See the course description in Ocasys for more details. Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 2.1-2 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.2

C.5.

Pre-MSc Programmes (English) 1 Pre-MSc Human Resource Management/HRM

course title Mathematics for Pre-MSc Organization Theory & Design for Pre-MSc Project Management Business Research Methods for Pre-MSc Organizational Change for Pre-MSc Research Paper for Pre-MSc HRM Introduction to HRM Work Organization and Job Design Ethics and International Business Strategic Management

code EBS002A05 EBS003A05 EBB667A05 EBS001A10 EBB634B05 EBS013A10 EBB740A05 EBB601B05 EBB608B05 EBB649B05

EC 5 5 5 10 5 10 5 5 5 5



Pre-MSc International Business and Management


Pre-MSc Programmes (English) 1 Pre-MSc International Business and Management/IB&M

course title Foreign Dir. Investment, Trade & Geogr. International Strategic Management Mathematics for Pre-MSc Business Research Methods for Pre-MSc International Financial Management Managing Int. Business Organizations Research Paper for Pre-MSc IB&M Innovation Management in Multinationals Ethics and International Business

code EBB037A05 EBB628A05 EBS002A05 EBS001A10 EBB627A05 EBB638A10 EBS014A10 EBB034A05 EBB608B05

EC 5 5 5 10 5 10 10 5 5



71


C.6.

Pre-MSc International Economics and Business

C = Compulsory; E = Elective; EG = Elective Group; lang = language; courses marked with ** may be taken in other periods. See the course description in Ocasys for more details. Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.1-2 2.1-2 2.1 2.2

C.7.

Pre-MSc Programmes (English) 1 Pre-MSc International Economics & Business/IE&B

course title Mathematics for Pre-MSc Microeconomics for E&BE: Consum.&Firms Statistics II for IE&B Business Research Meth. for Pre-MSc IE&B International Business Strategy (BSc) International Industrial Economics Research Paper for Pre-MSc IE&B Spec. Course IE&B International Economics IIa for E&BE International Economics IIb for E&BE

code EBS002A05 EBP819B05 EBB874B05 EBS001A05 EBB023A05 EBB836A05 EBS015A10 EBB029A10 EBB003B05 EBB834B05

EC 5 5 5 5 5 5 10 10 5 5



Pre-MSc International Financial Management


72

Pre-MSc Programmes (English) 1 Pre-MSc International Financial Management/IFM

course title Financial Accounting for E&BE International Strategic Management Mathematics for Pre-MSc Business Research Methods for Pre-MSc International Financial Management Managing Int. Business Organizations Research Paper for Pre-MSc IFM Innovation Management in Multinationals Financial Management for TM

code EBP802B05 EBB628A05 EBS002A05 EBS001A10 EBB627A05 EBB638A10 EBS017A10 EBB034A05 EBB751B05

EC 5 5 5 10 5 10 10 5 5




C.8.

Pre-MSc Marketing

C = Compulsory; E = Elective; EG = Elective Group; lang = language; courses marked with ** may be taken in other periods. See the course description in Ocasys for more details. Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1-2 1.1 1.1 1.2 2.1-2 2.1-2 2.1 2.2

C.9.

Pre-MSc Programmes (English) 1 Pre-MSc Marketing

course title Spec. Course Marketing Mathematics for Pre-MSc Organization Theory & Design for Pre-MSc Business Research Methods for Pre-MSc Research Paper for Pre-MSc Marketing Spec. Course Strategy & Innovation Man. Introduction to HRM Strategic Management

code EBB937A10 EBS002A05 EBS003A05 EBS001A10 EBS008B10 EBB658B10 EBB740A05 EBB649B05

EC 10 5 5 10 10 10 5 5

C/E C C C C C C C C


Pre-MSc Supply Chain Management


C.10.

Pre-MSc Programmes (English) 1 Pre-MSc Supply Chain Management/SCM

course title Healthcare Management Mathematics for Pre-MSc Purchasing Management Business Research Methods for Pre-MSc Organizational Change for Pre-MSc Research Paper for Pre-MSc SCM Spec. Course Operations & Supply Chains Production Organization and Control Management Accounting for IB

code EBB732A05 EBS002A05 EBB742A05 EBS001A10 EBB634B05 EBS010C10 EBB660A10 EBB650B05 EBP017B05

EC 5 5 5 10 5 10 10 5 5



Pre-MSc Technology and Operations Management


73



sem 1.1-2 1.1 1.1 1.2 2.1-2 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.2 C.11.

Pre-MSc Programmes (English) 1 Pre-MSc Technology and Operations Management/TM (English)

course title Spec. Course Operations & Supply Chains Mathematics for Pre-MSc Organization Theory & Design for Pre-MSc Business Research Methods for Pre-MSc Research Paper for Pre-MSc TOM Business & Supply Chain Marketing Production Organization and Control Financial Management for TM Management of Product Innovation

code EBB660A10 EBS002A05 EBS003A05 EBS001A10 EBS016B10 EBB609A05 EBB650B05 EBB751B05 EBB652B05

EC 10 5 5 10 10 5 5 5 5



Rules and choices

Rules and choices Pre-MSc programmes Entry requirements for the Pre-MSc See the English-language website, or art. 8.6 of programmes the BSc OER. Validity of admission to the Pre-MSc Admission to the Pre-MSc programmes is programmes valid for one year and is only granted once. It will only be extended – for a maximum of one year – if at least 50 EC from the Pre-MSc programme has been earned. Entry requirements for the Research Students have passed Papers for: Mathematics for Pre-MSc (EBS002A05), Pre-MSc BA, and Pre-MSc Finance, Business Research Methods for Pre-MSc Pre-MSc HRM, (EBS001A10). Pre-MSc IB&M, and Pre-MSc IFM, the Pre-MSc programme has been Pre-MSc Marketing, approved. Pre-MSc SCM, Pre-MSC TOM Entry requirements for the Research Students have passed Paper for Pre-MSc IE&B Mathematics for Pre-MSc (EBS002A05), and Statistics II for IE&B (EBB874B05), and Business Research Methods for Pre-MSc IE&B (EBS001A05), and the Pre-MSc programme has been approved.

74

Approval of the Pre-MSc programme Apply via Progress, no later than 6 weeks before starting the Research Paper. See the information on the internet. Master’s information days November and April/May Follow-on Master’s degree Dependent of the choice of your Pre-MSc programmes programme Entry requirements for the follow-on Completion of the Pre-MSc programme Master’s degree programmes Starting dates for the follow-on 1 September and 1 February. Master’s degree programmes

75


D.


D.1.

MSc Accountancy & Controlling

D.1.1.


Opleidingsdirecteur: dr. E.P. Jansen, 050-363 6382, [email protected] Opleidingscoördinator: mw. I.M. Luttmer-Noest, 050-363 3768, [email protected] Afstudeercoördinator: n.n.b. Secretariaat: mw. E.H. van der Voort-Toisuta, 050-363 3768, [email protected] Studieadvies: Student Support Desk, http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/masterstudent Taal: Nederlands Doel/inhoud De masteropleiding Accountancy & Controlling richt zich op de betrouwbaarheid van informatie voor de besturing van organisaties en voor het afleggen van verantwoording over het gevoerde beleid aan de interne en externe stakeholders. In de masteropleiding richt het traject Accountancy zich met name op de bestuurlijke informatie ten behoeve van de externe stakeholders, terwijl het traject Controlling vooral is gericht op het verstrekken van bestuurlijke informatie aan de interne stakeholders. In de masteropleiding worden de gebieden accountancy en controlling, waarvan de basis is gelegd in de bacheloropleiding Accountancy & Controlling, verbreed en verder uitgediept. Het traject Accountancy is de laatste fase van het wetenschappelijk deel van de opleiding tot accountant en vormt de basis voor de aansluitende postinitiële opleiding EMA (Executive Master of Accountancy) die tezamen met de verplichte praktijkstage opleidt tot Registeraccountant. Het traject Controlling is de laatste fase van het wetenschappelijke deel van de opleiding tot controller en is de basis voor de postinitiële opleiding EMFC (Executive Master of Finance and Control) die opleidt tot Registercontroller. De opleidingen voor de functies van accountant en controller lopen in de voorafgaande bacheloropleiding Accountancy & Controlling geheel en in de masteropleiding Accountancy & Controlling deels parallel met daarin vakken als IC: Ontwerpen BIS, Strategie- en Organisatie in de Praktijk en IC: Risk Management. Gericht op de functie van de accountant vindt in deze masteropleiding een verdere verdieping plaats op de gebieden financial accounting en auditing. Gericht op de functie van de controller wordt een verdere verdieping aangeboden op de gebieden management accounting & control en financiering. De opleiding wordt voor beide trajecten afgesloten met een masterafstudeerwerkstuk.

76


De masteropleiding Accountancy & Controlling heeft twee instroommomenten: september en februari. Carrièreperspectieven De meeste afgestudeerden zullen kiezen voor een aansluitende anderhalfjarige (parttime) postinitiële opleiding EMA die opleidt tot Registeraccountant (RA), of voor de 2,5 jarige (parttime) postinitiële opleiding EMFC die opleidt tot Registercontroller (RC). De postinitiële opleiding EMA die opleidt tot Registeraccountant kan tegelijk worden gevolgd met een (verplichte) driejarige praktijkstage bij een accountantskantoor of -dienst. Meer informatie hieromtrent kan worden verkregen bij de bovengenoemde coördinator. De postinitiële opleiding EMFC die opleidt tot Registercontroller, kan worden gevolgd nadat enige ervaring in de functie van (assistent-) controller is opgedaan. Meer informatie over deze opleiding kan worden verkregen bij het secretariaat van de Controllersopleiding, tel. 050-363 7297. Gelet op de brede bedrijfseconomische/bedrijfskundige basis en de specialisatie in de gebieden accountancy en controlling, biedt het masterdiploma van beide trajecten diverse mogelijkheden voor functies in het bedrijfsleven, zoals financieel manager, informatiemanager, hoofd administratie, systeem-ontwerper, assistent-accountant en assistent-controller. D.1.2.


V = Verplicht; K = Keuze; KG = Keuzegroep; ** = Vak kan ook buiten de aangegeven periode gevolgd worden; raadpleeg de vakbeschrijving in Ocasys. Opleiding: Studiejaar: Profiel: sem 1.1-2 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 2.1-2 2.1 NB

MSc Accountancy & Controlling/A&C 1 Accountancy

vaknaam Auditing I Financial Accounting Theory Strategie en organisatie in de praktijk Internal Control: Risk Management Masterafstudeerwerkstuk Accountancy Internal Control: Ontw. Best. Inf.syst. Auditing II

vakcode EBM821A10 EBM863A05 EBM636A05 EBM883A05 EBM869A20 EBM807A10 EBM898A05

EC 10 5 5 5 20 10 5

V/K V V V V V V V

taal NL NL NL NL NL NL NL

Het Masterafstudeerwerkstuk Accountancy wordt gegeven in sem. Ib + II. Studenten die in februari starten met de MSc A&C (Accountancy) moeten rekening houden met de volgende verschuivingen: Financial Accounting Theory in sem. IIa, Strategie en organisatie in de praktijk in sem. IIb, Masterafstudeerwerkstuk Accountancy in sem. IIb en I.

77


Opleiding: Studiejaar: Profiel: sem 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.1-2 2.1 NB

D.1.3.

MSc Accountancy & Controlling/A&C 1 Controlling

vaknaam Management Accounting Change Management Accounting Techniques Strategie en organisatie in de praktijk Financiering III A&C/FE Internal Control: Risk Management Masterafstudeerwerkstuk Controlling Internal Control: Ontw. Best. Inf.syst. Research in Management Control

vakcode EBM711B05 EBM057A05 EBM636A05 EBM864B05 EBM883A05 EBM870A20 EBM807A10 EBM082A05

EC 5 5 5 5 5 20 10 5

V/K V V V V V V V V

taal EN EN NL NL NL NL NL EN

Het Masterafstudeerwerkstuk Controlling wordt gegeven in sem. Ib + II. Studenten die in februari starten met de MSc A&C (Controlling) moeten rekening houden met de volgende verschuivingen: Management Accounting Techniques in sem. IIa, Strategie en organisatie in de praktijk in sem. IIb, Masterafstudeerwerkstuk Controlling in sem. IIb + I.


Zie hoofdstuk F.2.2 D.1.4.

Regels en keuzes

Regels en keuzes MSc Accountancy en Controlling Mastervoorlichting November en april/mei, met informatie over de twee profielen. Toelatingseis master BSc Accountancy en Controlling of afgerond schakelprogramma A&C Instroommomenten master 1 september en 1 februari Ingangseisen mastervakken

Zie de vakbeschrijvingen in Ocasys.

Ingangseisen masterafstudeerwerkstuk

10 EC van het masterprogramma (inclusief vrijstellingen) is behaald en het masterprogramma is goedgekeurd. Aanvragen via Progress, uiterlijk 6 weken vóór start masterafstudeerwerkstuk. Zie informatie op internet. EMA, leidt (samen met de verplichte praktijkstage) tot de titel Registeraccountant (RA) EMFC, leidt tot de titel Registercontroller (RC)

Goedkeuring vakkenpakket

Postinitiële doorstroommasters

78


D.1.5.

Programmabeschrijving MSc A&C voor HBO-AC

Doel/inhoud Het aangepaste masterprogramma Accountancy & Controlling: traject Accountancy voor studenten HBO-AC is bedoeld om studenten kennis en vaardigheden bij te brengen op het niveau van de reguliere masteropleiding Accountancy & Controlling, traject Accountancy, waarbij rekening wordt gehouden met de vooropleiding van de studenten. Het programma van 63 EC heeft als doel om gespecialiseerde wetenschappelijke kennis, vaardigheden en inzicht op het gebied van economie, bedrijfskunde en accountancy bij te brengen. Het programma is de laatste fase van het wetenschappelijk deel van de opleiding tot accountant en de afronding wordt beloond met een masterdiploma. Het masterprogramma vormt de basis voor de aansluitende (theoretische) postinitiële opleiding EMA (Executive Master of Accountancy) die opleidt tot Registeraccountant. De accountantsfunctie richt zich in de eerste plaats op de kwaliteit (waaronder betrouwbaarheid) van de interne en externe informatievoorziening ten behoeve van de besturing en beheersing van (profit en non-profit) organisaties en de besluitvorming door de verschillende stakeholders. Het programma omvat vakken als Internal Control: Ontwerpen Bestuurlijke Informatiesystemen, Financial Accounting Theory, Statistiek A&C, Strategie- en Organisatie in de Praktijk en Internal Control: Risk Management. Daarnaast wordt aandacht besteed aan onderzoeksmethodologie en statistiek. Het programma wordt afgesloten met een masterafstudeerwerkstuk. NB: Het betreft een voltijds masterprogramma waarvan de cursussen veelal op de vrijdag en soms op donderdagmiddag worden ingeroosterd. Het aangepast masterprogramma Accountancy & Controlling, traject Controlling voor studenten HBO-AC is bedoeld om studenten kennis en vaardigheden bij te brengen op het niveau van de reguliere masteropleiding Accountancy & Controlling, traject Controlling, waarbij rekening wordt gehouden met de vooropleiding van de studenten. Het programma van 75 EC heeft als doel om gespecialiseerde wetenschappelijke kennis, vaardigheden en inzicht op het gebied van bedrijfseconomie, bedrijfskunde en controlling bij te brengen. Het programma is de laatste fase van het wetenschappelijk deel van de opleiding tot registercontroller en de afronding wordt beloond met een masterdiploma. Het masterprogramma vormt de basis voor de aansluitende (theoretische) postinitiële opleiding EMFC (Executive Master of Finance and Control) die opleidt tot Registercontroller. De functie van controller richt zich in de eerste plaats op de kwaliteit (w.o. betrouwbaarheid) van de interne en externe informatievoorziening ten behoeve van de besturing en beheersing van (profit en non-profit) organisaties en de besluitvorming door de verschillende stakeholders. Het programma omvat vakken als Internal Control: Ontwerpen Bestuurlijke Informatiesystemen, Financial

79


Accounting II HBO Accountancy, Financiering III A&C/FE, Strategie- en Organisatie in de Praktijk, Internal Control: Risk Management, en Research in Management Control. Daarnaast wordt aandacht besteed aan onderzoeksmethodologie en statistiek. Het programma wordt afgesloten met een masterafstudeerwerkstuk. De masteropleiding Accountancy & Controlling voor HBO-AC heeft twee instroommomenten: september en februari. Carrièreperspectieven De meeste afgestudeerden van de MSc A&C, Accountancy zullen kiezen voor de aansluitende 1,5-jarige (parttime) postinitiële opleiding EMA die opleidt tot Registeraccountant (RA). Deze opleiding wordt verzorgd door de Faculteit Economie en Bedrijfskunde. De postinitiële opleiding voor Registeraccountant kan tegelijk worden gevolgd met een (verplichte) 3-jarige praktijkstage bij een accountantskantoor of -dienst. Meer informatie hieromtrent is te verkrijgen bij bovengenoemde coördinator. Gelet op de brede bedrijfseconomische/bedrijfskundige basis en de specialisatie op het terrein van de accountancy, biedt het masterdiploma Accountancy & Controlling: traject Accountancy diverse mogelijkheden voor functies in het bedrijfsleven, zoals financieel manager, informatiemanager, hoofd administratie, systeem-ontwerper, assistent-accountant en assistent-controller. De meeste afgestudeerden van de MSc A&C, Controlling zullen kiezen voor de aansluitende (parttime) postinitiële opleiding EMFC die opleidt tot Registercontroller (RC). Deze opleiding wordt verzorgd door de Faculteit Economie en Bedrijfskunde. De postinitiële opleiding EMFC kan worden gevolgd nadat enige ervaring in de functie van (assistent-) controller is opgedaan. Meer informatie over deze opleiding is te verkrijgen bij het secretariaat van de Controllersopleiding, tel. 050-363 7297. Gelet op de brede bedrijfseconomische/bedrijfskundige basis en de specialisatie op het terrein van de controlling, biedt het masterdiploma Accountancy & Controlling, traject Controlling, diverse mogelijkheden voor functies in het bedrijfsleven, zoals financieel manager, informatiemanager, hoofd administratie, systeemontwerper, assistent-controller. D.1.6.

Overzicht studieprogramma MSc A&C voor HBO-AC

V = Verplicht; K = Keuze; KG = Keuzegroep; ** = Vak kan ook buiten de aangegeven periode gevolgd worden; raadpleeg de vakbeschrijving in Ocasys.

80


Opleiding: Studiejaar: Profiel: sem 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.1-2 2.1 NB

vaknaam Financial Accounting II HBO Accountancy Financial Accounting Theory Intr. bdk. methodologie voor HBO A&C Strategie en organisatie in de praktijk Internal Control: Risk Management Masterafstudeerwerkstuk Accountancy Statistiek A&C Internal Control: Ontw. Best. Inf.syst. Auditing II

NB

vakcode EBM862A05 EBM863A05 EBB693B03 EBM636A05 EBM883A05 EBM869A20 EBP019A05 EBM807A10 EBM898A05

EC 5 5 3 5 5 20 5 10 5


taal NL NL NL NL NL NL NL NL NL

Het Masterafstudeerwerkstuk Accountancy wordt gegeven in sem. Ib + II. Studenten die in februari starten met de MSc A&C (Accountancy voor HBO-AC) moeten rekening houden met de volgende verschuivingen: Financial Accounting Theory in sem. IIa, Strategie en organisatie in de praktijk in sem. IIb, Masterafstudeerwerkstuk Accountancy in sem. IIb + I.

Opleiding: Studiejaar: Profiel: sem 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.1-2 2.1

MSc Accountancy & Controlling/A&C 1 Accountancy voor HBO-AC

MSc Accountancy & Controlling/A&C 1 Controlling voor HBO-AC

vaknaam Financial Accounting II HBO Accountancy Intr. bdk. methodologie voor HBO A&C Management Accounting Change Management Accounting Techniques Strategie en organisatie in de praktijk Financiering III A&C/FE Internal Control: Risk Management Masterafstudeerwerkstuk Controlling Statistiek A&C Internal Control: Ontw. Best. Inf.syst. Research in Management Control

vakcode EBM862A05 EBB693B03 EBM711B05 EBM057A05 EBM636A05 EBM864B05 EBM883A05 EBM870A20 EBP019A05 EBM807A10 EBM082A05

EC 5 3 5 5 5 5 5 20 5 10 5

V/K V V V V V V V V V V V

taal NL NL EN EN NL NL NL NL NL NL EN

Het Masterafstudeerwerkstuk Controlling wordt gegeven in sem. Ib + II. Studenten die in februari starten met de MSc A&C (Controlling voor HBO-AC) moeten rekening houden met de volgende verschuivingen: Management Accounting Techniques in sem. IIa, Strategie en organisatie in de praktijk in sem. IIb, Masterafstudeerwerkstuk Controlling in sem. IIb + I.

81


D.1.7.

Regels en keuzes MSc A&C voor HBO-AC

Regels en keuzes MSc A&C voor HBO-AC Mastervoorlichting November en april/mei Toelatingseis master Diploma HBO-AC plus Overall-toets Instroommomenten master 1 september en 1 februari Ingangseisen mastervakken Zie de vakbeschrijvingen in Ocasys. Ingangseisen 10 EC van het masterprogramma masterafstudeerwerkstuk (inclusief vrijstellingen) is behaald en het masterprogramma is goedgekeurd. Goedkeuring vakkenpakket Aanvragen via Progress, uiterlijk 6 weken vóór start masterafstudeerwerkstuk. Zie informatie op internet. Postinitiële doorstroommaster voor traject Accountancy: EMA, leidt (samen met de verplichte praktijkstage) tot de titel Registeraccountant (RA) voor traject Controlling: EMFC, leidt tot de titel Registercontroller (RC)

82


D.2.

MSc BA – Change Management

D.2.1.


Programme Director: Prof. A. Boonstra, [email protected], 050-363 7289 Programme Coordinator: Dr C. Reezigt, [email protected], 050-363 3858 Secretary: Ms J.M. Wiersema, [email protected], 050-363 6543 Study advisor(s): Student Support Desk, http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/masterstudent Language: English Objectives and content Changing, i.e. responding to market and other developments, tends to be essential for the survival of today's organizations. To organize is to change and to change is to organize. In the past, change management was a subject only addressed incidentally: once a business had been through a process of change, it was time for a period of consolidation. However, nowadays change is a crucial and permanently topical matter for organizations. This in turn creates a need for change experts, who know how to design and how to manage change processes that simultaneously take place in areas such as business processes, information technology, strategy, leadership style and human resource management. The MSc BA profile Change Management will train these experts. As a participant in this programme you gain insight into the processes behind change, the impact that changes may have on an organization and its members, and the role change managers (line managers or internal or external consultants) may play in this. More specifically, you will learn about different change strategies that have been developed, including intervention tools that are helpful for enacting those strategies. You will also acquire the communicative and social skills needed to manage change programmes, on individual, group as well as organization levels. Furthermore, you will learn how to conduct research into change management related subjects. To fulfill the programme requirements, you need to follow: 1 four mandatory courses (5 EC each, 20 EC in total): Theories and Approaches of Change Management, Change & Human factors, Managing Technological Change, and Agents and Instruments of Change. 2 three electives of 5 EC, each which enable you to specialize further in fieldssuch as strategy and ICT. Furthermore, a substantial part of the programme (20 EC) is devoted to writing a thesis including doing research to that end. This individual work is facilitated and supported in a 5 EC course, labeled ‘Research & Skills’. This is an ongoing workshop to help you link theory to practice and research. You will also train and develop your academic, social and communication skills and form an academic attitude. A combination of teaching methods is used, including

83


lectures, seminars, tutorials, case studies and projects. Assessment is through essays, exams, reports, case studies, industry-based assignments, presentations and a master thesis.. The MSc BA – Change Management has two entry moments: September and February. Career prospects After completing the Master’s degree, you are able to work independently as a change manager within organizations. You are flexible and can develop in many directions, for example through consultancy projects. You can start working as a management trainee, an internal consultant, a policy consultant or as a member of a project team in profit as well as non-profit organizations. A quarter of all graduates of Business Administration find jobs in consultancy. Graduates of Change Management are particularly well equipped for this. D.2.2.

Degree programme

C = Compulsory; E = Elective; EG = Elective Group; lang = language; courses marked with ** may be taken in other periods. See the course description in Ocasys for more details. Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1-2 1.1 1.1 1.2 2.1-2 2.1 2.1 NB

84

MSc BA - Change Management 1 core programme MSc BA - Change Management

course title elective(s) MSc BA Change Man (see list)** Change and Human Factors Theories & Approaches of Change Man. Research & Skills for MSc BA Master’s Thesis BA Change Management Agents and Instruments of Change Managing Technological Change

code EBM053A05 EBM055A05 EBM050A05 EBM724A20 EBM052A05 EBM054A05

EC 15 5 5 5 20 5 5

C/E C C C C C C C

If you start the MSc BA Change Management in February please note the following changes: Research & Skills for MSc BA in sem. IIb, Master’s Thesis BA Change Management in sem. I.

lang EN EN EN EN EN EN EN


Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 NB

D.2.3.

MSc BA - Change Management 1 electives MSc BA - Change Management

course title Business Ethics Developing for Markets HRM & International Labour Law IT Governance Organization Design (MSc) Retail Marketing Strategic Marketing Brand & Product Management Business Process Innovation and Change Financial Reporting (MSc) Healthcare Operations International Strategic Alliances Managerial Decision Making and Control Operations Management in Proc. Industry Personnel Economics Strategic Management & Technology Business Diagnosis and Design Comparative Corporate Governance Conflict Man. & Industrial Relations Consumer Psychology Innovation in Healthcare Organizations Policies for a Dynamic Economy Purchasing Working Capital Management B2B Marketing Behavioural Perspectives on Corp. Gov. Emerging Markets (MSc) Franchising Innovation & Entrepreneurship Service Operations

code EBM043A05 EBM062A05 EBM733A05 EBM048A05 EBM049A05 EBM880A05 EBM081A05 EBM073A05 EBM044A05 EBM045A05 EBM034A05 EBM090A05 EBM027A05 EBM725C05 EBM678A05 EBM051A05 EBM042A05 EBM083A05 EBM673A05 EBM074A05 EBM047A05 EBM065A05 EBM037A05 EBM645A05 EBM808B05 EBM023A05 EBM085A05 EBM046A05 EBM621A05 EBM634A05

EC 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

C/E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E

lang EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN

The MSc BA is responsible for the following electives: Business Ethics, IT governance, Organization Design (MSc), Business Process Innovation and Change, Financial Reporting (MSc), Strategic Management & Technology, Business Diagnosis and Design, Innovation in Healthcare Organizations, Working Capital Management, Franchising. The other electives are managed by other Master programmes.


See Section F.2.5

85


D.2.4.

Rules and choices

Rules and choices MSc in BA - Change Management Master’s information days November and April/May Entry requirements for the Master’s degree programme

Starting dates for the Master’s degree programme Entry requirements for Master’s courses

Entry requirements for the Master’s Thesis

Approval of the Master’s programme

86

Bachelor’s degree in Business Administration, or Business Economics, or Econometrics and Operations Research, or Economics and Business Economics, or International Business, or Technology Management or completed Pre-MSc BA CM programme, and sufficient command of English. For entry requirements with other bachelor’s degrees, see Section 5 of the MSc OER. 1 September and 1 February Consult the course descriptions in Ocasys. It is strongly recommended that applicants pass the related specialization course of this degree programme. At least 20 EC from the Master’s programme has been earned, and the Master’s programme has been approved Apply via Progress, no later than 6 weeks before starting the Master’s Thesis. See the information on the internet.


D.3.

MSc BA – Organizational & Management Control

D.3.1.


Programme Director: Prof. A. Boonstra, [email protected], 050-363 7289 Programme Coordinator: Dr B. Crom , [email protected], 050-3636608 Secretariat: I.J. Bakker MSc, [email protected], 050-3633535 Study advisor(s): Student Support Desk, http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/masterstudent Language: English Aim/content The MSc BA - Organizational & Management Control (O&MC) profile concentrates on the knowledge and skills that contribute to good guidance and management of organizations. The specialization offers you the chance to learn about accounting and controlling methods and techniques. These are used to provide (non-)financial information and to develop systems for the use of planning and controlling organizational activities. These methods and techniques will be placed in the context of general management and related issues, such as strategy, and changes to these. In this course you will train and develop your academic, social and communication skills and form an academic attitude. A combination of teaching methods is used, including lectures, seminars, tutorials, case studies and projects. Assessment is through essays, exams, reports, case studies, industry-based assignments, presentations and a master thesis. To fulfill the programme requirements, you need to follow four mandatory courses (5 EC each, 20 EC in total): 1 Management Accounting Change, 2 Management Accounting Techniques, 3 Financial Management for O&MC, 4 Research in Management Control. These courses provide you with a thorough knowledge in the field of management accounting and control and the financial management of organizations. Depending on your personal preferences, you can choose three electives from a list of relevant optional courses (5 EC each, 15 EC in total). The O&MC profile offers the possibility to differentiate by combining electives from different organizational fields, as well as to specialize in specific themes. Depending on your choices, a further emphasis can be on topics in the field of (for example) financial accounting and finance, strategy, innovation, or health care. Furthermore, a substantial (20 EC) part of the programme is devoted to writing a thesis including doing research to that end. This individual work is facilitated and supported in a 5 EC course, labeled ‘Research & Skills’. This is an ongoing workshop to help you link theory to practice and research.

87


The MSc BA – Organizational & Management Control has two entry moments: September and February. Career prospects As a graduate of the MSc BA - O&MC profile you may find job opportunities in national and international companies, non-profit organizations or government institutions. This includes (business-unit) controller, financial officer, financial and/or management consultant, assistant manager, management trainee, project manager, researcher and various other positions. D.3.2.

Degree programme


course title elective(s) MSc BA O&MC (see list)** Management Accounting Change Management Accounting Techniques Research & Skills for MSc BA Master’s Thesis BA O&MC Financial Management for O&MC Research in Management Control

88

code EBM711B05 EBM057A05 EBM050A05 EBM859A20 EBM056A05 EBM082A05

EC 15 5 5 5 20 5 5

C/E C C C C C C C


If you start the MSc BA O&MC in February please note the following changes: Management Accounting Techniques in sem. IIb, Research & Skills for MSc BA in sem. IIb, Master’s Thesis BA O&MC in sem. I


MSc BA - Organizational & Management Control/O&MC 1 core programme MSc BA - O&MC

MSc BA - Organizational & Management Control/O&MC 1 electives MSc BA - O&MC

course title Business Ethics Developing for Markets HRM & International Labour Law IT Governance Organization Design (MSc) Retail Marketing


EC 5 5 5 5 5 5

C/E E E E E E E



1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 NB

D.3.3.

Strategic Marketing Brand & Product Management Business Process Innovation and Change Financial Reporting (MSc) Healthcare Operations International Strategic Alliances Managerial Decision Making and Control Operations Management in Proc. Industry Personnel Economics Strategic Management & Technology Business Diagnosis and Design Comparative Corporate Governance Conflict Man. & Industrial Relations Consumer Psychology Innovation in Healthcare Organizations Policies for a Dynamic Economy Purchasing Working Capital Management B2B Marketing Behavioural Perspectives on Corp. Gov. Emerging Markets (MSc) Franchising Innovation & Entrepreneurship Service Operations

EBM081A05 EBM073A05 EBM044A05 EBM045A05 EBM034A05 EBM090A05 EBM027A05 EBM725C05 EBM678A05 EBM051A05 EBM042A05 EBM083A05 EBM673A05 EBM074A05 EBM047A05 EBM065A05 EBM037A05 EBM645A05 EBM808B05 EBM023A05 EBM085A05 EBM046A05 EBM621A05 EBM634A05

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E

EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN



See Section F.2.8

89


D.3.4.

Rules and choices

Rules and choices MSc in BA - Organizational and Management Control Master’s information days November and April/May Entry requirements for the Master’s degree programme




90

Bachelor’s degree in Business Administration, or Business Economics, or Econometrics and Operations Research, or Economics and Business Economics, or International Business, or Technology Management or completed Pre-MSc BA O&MC programme, and sufficient command of English. For entry requirements with other bachelor’s degrees, see Section 5 of the MSc OER. 1 September and 1 February Consult the course descriptions in Ocasys. It is recommended that applicants pass the related specialization course of this degree programme. At least 20 EC from the Master’s programme has been earned, and the Master’s programme has been approved Apply via Progress, no later than 6 weeks before starting the Master’s Thesis. See the information on the internet.


D.4.

MSc BA – Small Business & Entrepreneurship

D.4.1.


Programme Director: Prof. A. Boonstra, [email protected], 050-363 7289 Programme Coordinator: Dr C.H.M. Lutz, [email protected], 050-363 7339 Secretary: Ms K. van Brummelen, [email protected] and Ms A.M.C. Cordes, [email protected], 050-363 3453 Study advisor(s): Student Support Desk, http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/masterstudent Language: English Objectives and content The objectives of this master programme are threefold: 1. You will be familiar with the specific theories in the field of Entrepreneurship and Small Business. 2. You have learned to interpret the management and economic knowledge taught in the bachelor programme and, in particular, to apply this to Small and Medium-sized Enterprises (SMEs). 3. You will have learned that ‘doing business’ is a process in which (strategic) thinking, planning and undertaking play a key role. This process can be conducted by the entrepreneur or a third party (e.g. a consultant). After completing this programme you will have acquired relevant capabilities for consultants and entrepreneurs. Currently, ‘Small Business’ and ‘Entrepreneurship’ are getting a lot of attention. A consensus is growing among policy makers, researchers and various stakeholders, that the dynamics in the economy and the growth of employment are mainly the result of start-ups and growing small businesses. An increasing number of large firms are targeting SMEs as a specific segment in the market. Consultancy firms adapt their services to the specific needs of SMEs. Banks and insurance companies have established SME departments in order to develop specific services for this target group. Other large companies understand that they need enterprising employees in order to survive in the modern economy. In their organizations the departments become smaller and operate more independently, while responsibilities are located as low as possible in the organization and, therefore, these firms require employees with an enterprising attitude. Finally, a growing number of people prefer to become responsible for their own employment and start their own business. If you expect to become active in the SME sector in the future, then this MSc BA profile in Small Business and Entrepreneurship is highly relevant. The specific organizational characteristics of smaller firms are addressed in this profile. Basically, all sub-disciplines of management and organization are dealt with. Also questions such as ‘what is entrepreneurship?’, ‘am I suitable to be an entrepreneur?’ and various issues of consultancy and, in particular, consultancy for SMEs, will be addressed. As SMEs are quite restricted in the number of specialists they employ, they depend on consultants to a relatively large extent. All these topics are presented in four compulsory courses of 5 EC each in the master programme: ‘Small Business

91


Management’, ‘Strategic Analysis for Small Business’, ‘New Ventures & Entrepreneurship’ and ‘Small Business Economics & Policy’. Three electives of 5 EC each enable you to specialize further in fields such as strategy, marketing and management of technology. Furthermore, a substantial (20 EC) part of the programme is devoted to writing a thesis including doing research. This individual work is facilitated and supported in a 5 EC course, labeled ‘Research & Skills for MSc BA’. This ongoing workshop helps you to link theory to practice and research. The MSc BA – Small Business & Entrepreneurship has two entry moments: September and February. Career prospects This MSc BA degree programme prepares you for the following types of employment: ‘All-round’ manager for SMEs; Entrepreneur: start your own business (family business); SME consultant in entrepreneurship and change management; Manager in larger organizations that require employees with an entrepreneurial attitude (intrapreneurship); Manager in large organizations that deal with SMEs (banks, accountants, (semi-)government, franchise organizations). D.4.2.

Degree programme


92

MSc BA - Small Business & Entrepreneurship/SB&E 1 core programme MSc BA - SB&E

course title elective(s) MSc BA SB&E (see list)** Small Business Management Strategic Analysis for Small Business Research & Skills for MSc BA Master’s Thesis BA SB&E New Ventures & Entrepreneurship Small Business Economics & Policy


EC 15 5 5 5 20 5 5

If you start the MSc BA SB&E in February please note the following changes: Research & Skills for MSc BA in IIb, Master’s Thesis BA SB&E in sem. I.

C/E C C C C C C C



Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 NB

MSc BA - Small Business & Entrepreneurship/SB&E 1 electives MSc BA - SB&E

course title Business Ethics Developing for Markets HRM & International Labour Law IT Governance Organization Design (MSc) Retail Marketing Strategic Marketing Brand & Product Management Business Process Innovation and Change Financial Reporting (MSc) Healthcare Operations International Strategic Alliances Managerial Decision Making and Control Operations Management in Proc. Industry Personnel Economics Strategic Management & Technology Business Diagnosis and Design Comparative Corporate Governance Comparative Corporate Governance Conflict Man. & Industrial Relations Consumer Psychology Innovation in Healthcare Organizations Policies for a Dynamic Economy Purchasing Working Capital Management B2B Marketing Behavioural Perspectives on Corp. Gov. Emerging Markets (MSc) Franchising Innovation & Entrepreneurship Service Operations

code EBM043A05 EBM062A05 EBM733A05 EBM048A05 EBM049A05 EBM880A05 EBM081A05 EBM073A05 EBM044A05 EBM045A05 EBM034A05 EBM090A05 EBM027A05 EBM725C05 EBM678A05 EBM051A05 EBM042A05 EBM083A05 EBM083A05 EBM673A05 EBM074A05 EBM047A05 EBM065A05 EBM037A05 EBM645A05 EBM808B05 EBM023A05 EBM085A05 EBM046A05 EBM621A05 EBM634A05

EC 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

C/E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E

lang EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN


93


D.4.3.


See Section F.2.10 D.4.4.

Rules and choices

Rules and choices MSc in BA - Small Business & Entrepreneurship Master’s information days November and April/May Entry requirements for the Master’s degree programme




94

Bachelor’s degree in Business Administration, or Business Economics, or Econometrics and Operations Research, or Economics and Business Economics, or International Business, or Technology Management or completed Pre-MSc BA SB&E programme, and sufficient command of English. For entry requirements with other bachelor’s degrees, see Section 5 of the MSc OER. 1 September and 1 February Consult the course descriptions in Ocasys. It is recommended that applicants pass the related specialization course of this degree programme. At least 20 EC from the Master’s programme has been earned, and the Master’s programme has been approved Apply via Progress, no later than 6 weeks before starting the Master’s Thesis. See the information on the internet.


D.5.

MSc BA – Strategic Innovation Management

D.5.1.


Programme Director: Prof. A. Boonstra, [email protected], 050-363 7289 Programme Coordinator: Dr T.L.J. Broekhuizen, [email protected], 050-363 3777 Secretary: Ms A.M.C. Cordes, [email protected], 050-363 3453 Study advisor(s): Student Support Desk, http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/masterstudent Language: English Objectives and content The MSc BA - SIM programme focuses on the strategic management of innovation. You will receive academic training to gain a comprehensive understanding of the strategic aspects of managing innovations - from the early development phase (idea generation, resource garnering, formation of strategic alliances) until the commercialization phase (launch, obtaining legitimacy, protecting and capturing value from innovations). In particular, you learn about the variety and importance of innovation, the complexity of organizing and managing innovations, the strategies to obtain early success and appropriate value from innovations. The emphasis of SIM is on how organizations can successfully manage innovations at the intra-level (within the organization; organization and collaboration of (crossfunctional) teams) and inter-level (between organizations: organization and collaboration between organizations and networks). To understand the context in which organizations have to strategically operate, you also learn about the influence of market characteristics, and the role of competitors, consumers, and institutional actors (regulators/policy makers and gatekeepers) in shaping innovation success. Finally, you will learn about how internal capabilities and resources can be coupled with strategies to influence innovation success. To fulfill the programme requirements, you need to follow four mandatory courses (5 EC each, 20 EC in total), three electives (5 EC each, 15 EC in total), a research clinic (5 EC), and write your Master thesis (20 EC). The four mandatory courses are: Organizing for Innovation, Strategy & Innovation Management, Capturing Value from Innovation, Cooperating for Innovation. During the programme you train and develop your academic, social and communication skills and form an academic attitude. A combination of teaching methods is used, including lectures, seminars, tutorials, case studies and projects. Assessment is through essays, exams, reports, case studies, industry-based assignments, presentations and a master thesis. SIM students learn to apply a variety of qualitative and quantitative research methods. The MSc BA – Strategic Innovation Management has two entry moments: September and February.

95


Career prospects After completing the Master’s degree, you will understand the complex and unpredictable nature of managing innovations, and you are able to apply acquired knowledge and research techniques to come up with relevant recommendations for strategic management to enhance an organization's innovation success. Future job opportunities are in the field of strategic management, innovation management, business development, consultancy, and research - for both the private and public sector. D.5.2.

Degree programme


course title elective(s) MSc BA SIM (see list)** Organizing for Innovation Strategy & Innovation Management Research & Skills for MSc BA Master’s Thesis BA SIM Capturing Value from Innovation Cooperating for Innovation

96

code EBM064A05 EBM066A05 EBM050A05 EBM723B20 EBM738A05 EBM061A05

EC 15 5 5 5 20 5 5

C/E C C C C C C C


C/E E E E E E E E E


If you start the MSc BA SIM in February please note the following changes: Research & Skills for MSc BA in sem. IIb, Master’s Thesis BA SIM in sem. I

Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

MSc BA - Strategic Innovation Management/SIM 1 core programme MSc BA - SIM

MSc BA - Strategic Innovation Management/SIM 1 electives MSc BA - SIM

course title Business Ethics Competitiveness of Firms and Nations Developing for Markets Strategic Marketing Brand & Product Management Developing from Technologies Innovation in Services International Strategic Alliances

code EBM043A05 EBM092A05 EBM062A05 EBM081A05 EBM073A05 EBM063A05 EBM736C05 EBM090A05

EC 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5


1.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.2 2.2 D.5.3.

Strategic Management & Technology Conflict Man. & Industrial Relations Innovation in Healthcare Organizations Policies for a Dynamic Economy Behavioural Perspectives on Corp. Gov. Franchising Innovation & Entrepreneurship

EBM051A05 EBM673A05 EBM047A05 EBM065A05 EBM023A05 EBM046A05 EBM621A05

5 5 5 5 5 5 5

E E E E E E E

EN EN EN EN EN EN EN



Rules and choices

Rules and choices MSc in BA – Strategic Innovation Management Master’s information days November and April/May Entry requirements for the Master’s degree programme




Bachelor’s degree in Business Administration, or Business Economics, or Econometrics and Operations Research, or Economics and Business Economics, or International Business, or Technology Management or completed Pre-MSc BA SIM programme, and sufficient command of English. For entry requirements with other bachelor’s degrees, see Section 5 of the MSc OER. 1 September and 1 February Consult the course descriptions in Ocasys. It is recommended that applicants pass the related specialization course of this degree programme. At least 20 EC from the Master’s programme has been earned, and the Master’s programme has been approved Apply via Progress, no later than 6 weeks before starting the Master’s Thesis. See the information on the internet.

97


D.6.

MSc Econometrics, Operations Research & Actuarial Studies

D.6.1.


Programme Director: Prof. M.H. van der Vlerk, [email protected], 050-363 3816 Secretary: Ms E.M. Baars-Drent, [email protected] and/or Ms M.A. Koolman, [email protected], 050-363 7018 Study advisor(s): Student Support Desk, http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/masterstudent Language: English Objectives and content The programme in Econometrics, Operations Research and Actuarial Studies (EORAS) aims at the description and analysis of problems in economics, management and related areas through mathematical models. Acquiring a research oriented attitude, on the one hand, and knowledge of the most important models used, on the other, form the main ingredients of the programme, together with the ability to transform the outcome of the models in relevant results for the field of application. The Econometrics Specialization is especially concerned with the interpretation of observed (economic) data. A data set is modelled in order to find or verify relations within it, either for simulation or forecasting, or for policy decisions. Traditionally macroeconomics has been an important field of application for econometrics. Modern econometrics, however, also considers applications in other fields like financial economics, marketing or consumer behaviour. The curriculum consists of three advanced econometric courses, three courses to be chosen from the complete set of courses for the master EORAS, two courses in quantitative economics and a master’s thesis. The topic of the master’s thesis has to be in the field of econometrics, statistics or mathematical economics. The Specialization Operations Research is especially concerned with decision problems in logistics and finance, like vehicle routing, time schedules for railway systems, supply management, production planning, service planning, queuing, investment, portfolio management or asset liability management. Both deterministic and stochastic models are used. The curriculum consists of three advanced operations research courses, three courses to be chosen from the complete set of courses for the master EORAS, two courses in quantitative economics and a master’s thesis. The topic of the master’s thesis has to be in the field of operations research. The Specialization Actuarial Studies is especially concerned with topics related to insurance: life insurance, risk insurance and reinsurance. Insurance is closely related to investment strategies, social security, negotiations between employers and employees on pensions, etc. The intrinsic uncertainties in the field make tools like econometrics and statistics indispensable.

98


The curriculum consists of three advanced actuarial courses, three courses to be chosen from the complete set of courses for the master EORAS, two courses in quantitative economics and a master’s thesis. The topic of the Master’s thesis has to be in the field of actuarial science. The MSc Econometrics, Operations Research & Actuarial Studies has two entry moments: September (preferred in view of intended order of modules and feasibility of internship) and February. Career prospects Graduates generally are very successful in finding a job. Acquiring a PhD position is a possibility or employment in institutions or companies. Graduates in econometrics PhD position in Institutions and companies

Econometrics, economics, statistics, or one of the social sciences Traditional institutions like CBS and government Financial institutions like banks, insurance companies and pension funds

Graduates in operations research PhD position in Operations Research, management sciences or one of the social sciences Institutions and companies Almost all large companies, hospitals, TNO, State departments like Rijkswaterstaat, (OR) consultancy firms Graduates in actuarial studies* PhD position in Actuarial science, statistics, economics, management sciences or one the the social studies Institutions and companies Financial institutions like banks, insurance companies and pension funds The ‘Actuarieel Instituut’ (Actuarial Institute) offers additional courses for those who want to become an actuary. Completion gives the right to carry the title ‘Actuaris AG’ (certified by the ‘Actuarieel Genootschap’; title: ‘AG’ after your name).

D.6.2.

Degree programme


99


Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1-2 + 2.1-2 1.1-2 + 2.1-2 1.1 1.2 2.1-2 2.1 2.1 NB

course title elective(s) MSc EORAS (see list)

sem 1.1-2 + 2.1-2 1.1-2 + 2.1-2 1.1 1.2 2.1-2 2.1 2.1

100

code

other quantitative course(s) Econometric Theory and Methods Econometric Inference Master’s Thesis Econometrics Applied Macroeconometrics or Applied Microeconometrics

EBM835B05 EBM021A05 EBM872A20 EBM109A05 EBM110A05

EC C/E 10 C

lang EN

10 C

EN

5 5 20 5 5

EN EN EN EN EN

C C C EG B EG B

Students choose 5 EC from elective group B. Students choose 15 EC from ‘electives MSc EORAS’ (see list), not including course(s) chosen from elective group B. Students choose 10 EC other, sufficiently quantative courses from FEB (incl. EORAS), MSc Mathematics, or national networks (e.g. LNMB, see www.lnmb.nl), all subject to approval. If you start the MSc EORAS in February please note the following change: Master’s Thesis Econometrics in sem. I


MSc Econometrics, Operations Research & Actuarial Studies/EORAS 1 Econometrics

MSc Econometrics, Operations Research & Actuarial Studies/EORAS 1 Operations Research


code

other quantitative course(s) Stochastic Programming Combinatorial Optimization Master’s Thesis Operations Research OR Analysis of Complex Systems or Supply Chain Optimization

EBM853A05 EBM112A05 EBM873A20 EBM115A05 EBM117A05

EC C/E 10 C

lang EN

10 C

EN

5 5 20 5 5

EN EN EN EN EN

C C C EG C EG C


NB

Students choose 5 EC from elective group C Students choose 15 EC from ‘electives MSc EORAS’ (see list), not including course(s) chosen from elective group C. Students choose 10 EC other, sufficiently quantative courses from FEB (incl. EORAS), MSc Mathematics, or national networks (e.g. LNMB, see www.lnmb.nl), all subject to approval. If you start the MSc EORAS in February please note the following change: Master’s Thesis Operations Research in sem. I

Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1-2 + 2.1-2 1.1-2 + 2.1-2 1.1 1.2 2.1-2 2.1 2.1 NB


sem 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2

code

other quantitative course(s) Dependence & Extremes in Risk Man. Models for Short Term Risk Management Master’s Thesis Actuarial Studies Asset and Liability Management and/or Banking, Insur. and Risk Managem.


EC C/E 10 C

lang EN

10 C

EN

5 5 20 5 5

EN EN EN EN EN

C C C EG A EG A

Students choose 5 EC from elective group A. Students choose 15 EC from ‘electives MSc EORAS’ (see list), not including course(s) chosen from elective group A. Students choose 10 EC other, sufficiently quantative courses from FEB (incl. EORAS), MSc Mathematics, or national networks (e.g. LNMB, see www.lnmb.nl), all subject to approval. If you start the MSc EORAS in February please note the following change: Master’s Thesis Actuarial Studies in sem. I


MSc Econometrics, Operations Research & Actuarial Studies/EORAS 1 Actuarial Studies

MSc Econometrics, Operations Research & Actuarial Studies/EORAS 1 electives MSc EORAS

course title Advanced Industrial Organization Dependence & Extremes in Risk Managem. Econometric Theory and Methods Stochastic Programming Combinatorial Optimization Econometric Inference Financial Econometrics

code EBM826A05 EBM113A05 EBM835B05 EBM853A05 EBM112A05 EBM021A05 EBM820A05

EC 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

C/E E E E E E E E


101


1.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.2 D.6.3.

Models for Short Term Risk Management Applied Macroeconometrics Applied Microeconometrics Asset and Liability Management Banking, Insurance and Risk Management OR Analysis of Complex Systems Supply Chain Optimization Capita Selecta EORAS

EBM114A05 EBM109A05 EBM110A05 EBM111A05 EBM067A05 EBM115A05 EBM117A05 EBM116A05

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

E E E E E E E E

EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN



Rules and choices

Rules and choices MSc in EORAS Master’s information days Entry requirements for the Master’s degree programme

Starting dates for the Master’s degree programme Entry requirements for Master’s courses Entry requirements for the Master’s Thesis


102

November (FEB) and February (EORAS) Bachelor’s degree in Econometrics and Operations Research (RUG), and sufficient command of English. For entry requirements with other bachelor’s degrees, see Section 5 of the MSc OER. 1 September (preferred) and 1 February Consult the course descriptions in Ocasys. At least 20 EC from the Master’s programme has been earned, and the Master’s programme has been approved Apply via Progress, no later than 6 weeks before starting the Master’s Thesis. See the information on the internet.


D.7.

MSc Economics

D.7.1.


Programme Director: Prof. C.L.M. Hermes, [email protected], 050-3634863 Programme Coordinator: Prof. J.P. Elhorst, [email protected], 050-3633893 Secretary: Ms E.M. Baars-Drent, [email protected], Ms M.A. Koolman, [email protected], 050-3637018 Study advisor(s): Student Support Desk, http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/masterstudent Language: English Objectives and content Graduates of the Master’s degree programme in Economics are able to apply advanced economic theory so as to analyse economic issues related to society at large. The programme trains students for positions in which they contribute as economists to decision-making in (inter)national government bodies, public organizations, and private corporations like financial institutions, multinationals and consultancy firms. The objective of the programme is to teach students economic theory at a high analytical level. The main focus is on contemporary economic theories in core fields of the economics discipline. An additional goal is to familiarize students with the application of theory and research methods to economic practice and economic policy. Such a combination of rigorous academic thinking with practical applications is essential for any professional active in the fields of economics policy or research. Finally, graduates of the programme must be able to conduct economic research. English is the language of teaching and communication. The international character of the programme is further demonstrated by the fact that the best international textbooks available are used. In the various courses, students study papers published in prominent academic journals in order to keep up with the latest developments. Courses are taught by specialists who have an international reputation in their field of research and/or a key role in public debates. The MSc in Economics has a straightforward structure. Its main focus is on up-todate economic theories in microeconomics/industrial organisation and macroeconomics/monetary economics, but a wide scope of other areas within the economics discipline is also covered. Students learn how the economy impacts upon society, and how economic theory can be applied to interpret and analyse economic problems. Students complete their study by writing a thesis to prove their abilities in conducting economic research. The MSc Economics has two entry moments: September and February. Career prospects Economists are employed in many different types of companies, institutions and organizations. Some examples of career opportunities for graduates:

103


Financial institutions: banks, pension funds and insurance companies are important employers of general economists. Examples are: De Nederlandsche Bank (the Netherlands Central Bank), the European Central Bank, commercial banks such as ABN-AMRO, ING and Rabobank, and insurance companies like AEGON. Government: General economists work for all Ministries, in particular for the Ministry for Economic Affairs (including the CPB Netherlands Bureau for Economic Policy Analysis), Ministry of Finance, Ministry of Social Affairs and Employment, and the Ministry for Housing, Regional Development and the Environment. Companies such as Shell, Unilever, Philips and Gasunie. Universities in the Netherlands and abroad. International organizations like the OECD, the IMF, the World bank, the EU, and the European Central Bank. Local authorities such as provinces and municipalities. Institutions for applied research, such as the CBS (Statistics Netherlands), the Algemene Rekenkamer (the Netherlands Court of Audit), TNO, and the Social and Cultural Planning Office. Economists are employed in various areas of work: scientific or policy-orientated research (DNB, CPB, OECD, IMF); policy-making: mainly in large organizations; management: especially in businesses; applied research (NEI, TNO, and research bureaus); education; journalism. D.7.2.

Degree programme

C = Compulsory; E = Elective; EG = Elective Group; lang = language; courses marked with ** may be taken in other periods. See the course description in Ocasys for more details. Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1-2 + 2.1-2 1.1-2 + 2.1-2 1.1-2 + 2.1-2 1.1 1.1

104

MSc Economics 1 core programme MSc Economics

course title electives MSc Economics A

EC 10

C/E lang C EN

electives MSc Economics B

5

C

EN

electives MSc Economics C

10

C

EN

C C

EN EN

Empirical Methods of Economics Games and Industrial Organization

code

EBM103A05 5 EBM104A05 5


1.1 2.1-2 NB

Macroeconomics for MSc Economics Master’s Thesis Economics

code EBM100A05 EBM102A05 EBM106A05 EBM107A05

EC 5 5 5 5

C/E E E E E

lang EN EN EN EN

code EBM101A05 EBM108A05 EBM105A05

EC 5 5 5

C/E E E E

lang EN EN EN

code EBM113A05 EBM835B05 EBM021A05 EBM095A05 EBM114A05 EBM071A05 EBM097A05 EBM109A05 EBM110A05 EBM111A05

EC 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

C/E E E E E E E E E E E


MSc Economics 1 electives MSc Economics B

course title Economic Growth in History Public Economics and Social Policy Law and Economics

Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.1 2.1 2.1

EN EN

MSc Economics 1 electives MSc Economics A

course title Competition Policy - Theory and Practice Empirical Macroeconomics Microeconomics of Household Behaviour Monetary Policy and Financial Regulation

Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.2 2.1 2.2

C C

Students choose 10 EC from electives MSc Economics A (see list). Students choose 5 EC from electives MSc Economics B (see list) or from electives MSc Economics A which they have not already taken. Students choose 10 EC from electives MSc Economics C (see list) and/or courses from electives MSc Econonomics A and B which they have not already taken. If you start the MSc Economics in February please note the following changes: Empirical Methods of Economics in sem. IIa, Master’s Thesis Economics in sem. I

Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.2 1.2 2.1 2.1

EBM836C05 5 EBM877A20 20

MSc Economics 1 electives MSc Economics C

course title Dependence & Extremes in Risk Managem. Econometric Theory and Methods Econometric Inference Growth and Development Policies Models for Short Term Risk Management Responsible Finance and Investing Trade, Environment and Growth Applied Macroeconometrics Applied Microeconometrics Asset and Liability Management

105


2.1 2.1 2.2 2.2 D.7.3.

Economic Geography International Banking and Finance Behavioural Finance & Personal Investing Finance and Development

EBM094A05 EBM096A05 EBM806B05 EBM069A05

5 5 5 5

E E E E

EN EN EN EN



Rules and choices

Rules and choices MSc in Economics Master’s information days November and April/May Entry requirements for the Master’s degree programme



106

Bachelor’s degree in Economics and Business Economics and sufficient command of English. For entry requirements with other bachelor’s degrees, see Section 5 of the MSc OER. 1 September and 1 February Consult the course descriptions in Ocasys. At least 20 EC from the Master’s programme has been earned, and the Master’s programme has been approved Apply via Progress, no later than 6 weeks before starting the Master’s Thesis. See the information on the internet.


D.8.

MSc Finance

D.8.1.


Programme Director: Prof. C.L.M. Hermes, [email protected], 050-363 4863 Programme Coordinator: Dr J.H. von Eije, [email protected], 050-363 3685 Secretary: Ms G. Pol, [email protected], 050-363 3685 Study advisor(s): Student Support Desk, http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/masterstudent Language: English Objectives and content By choosing the MSc Finance, you will acquire knowledge, understanding and skills required to define, analyze and evaluate real and complex financial problems on both a societal level and the level of companies and institutions, and to design solutions for these problems. You will have advanced academic knowledge of finance theory and research methods in finance. More specifically, you will have advanced knowledge in a selected number of specific sub-fields in finance, such as derivative instruments, corporate finance, corporate valuation, responsible finance and investment, banking and insurance, portfolio theory, institutional investment management, corporate governance, behavioral finance, and finance and development. To give some examples: you study the problems of companies choosing investment projects, problems related to capital structure and corporate governance; you learn to evaluate strategic decisions such as mergers and acquisitions in the context of Value-Based Management and Shareholder Value. You will study the interaction between financial and strategic planning, as well as issues of corporate governance; and you concentrate on the management of investment portfolios and financial risks in general. You deal with questions such as: how do you construct an investment portfolio that maximizes future wealth; and how do you deal with unexpected market developments? You acquire the necessary skills to construct investment portfolios, to value financial derivatives (options, futures, swaps, etc.) and to manage these risks. In addition, within the programme the Research Methods in Finance Course is offered, which is compulsory for all students of Finance. It is a Master course in quantitative research in finance and focuses on the knowledge and techniques that are necessary to conduct a research project in finance. As such, it provides a good background for the final research project, i.e. writing a master’s thesis of 20 EC. Finally, the MSc Finance includes a selection of elective courses. During the programme, you will develop both academic and professional skills. With respect to academic skills, the programme focuses on collecting and analyzing data, planning and designing a research project, and academic writing. Examples of professional skills are computer model building for business decisions, presenting in public, identifying and analyzing problems, and working in teams. The MSC Finance has two entry moments: September and February.

107


Career prospects As a graduate of the MSc Finance you will be trained for positions in which you contribute as a specialist in finance to decision-making in private (multinational) companies and financial institutions, consultancy firms, (international) institutional organizations such as the IMF, World Bank, ECB, etc. and governmental institutions. The curriculum of the programme offers several options to develop a specific labour market orientation. By selecting specific sets of courses, you may develop one of four labour market profiles: 1 Corporate Finance: Corporate Governance, Corporate Valuation, Responsible Finance and Investing, International Business Strategy, Financial Accounting Theory. 2 Investing: Corporate Valuation, Portfolio Theory, Derivative Instruments, Institutional Investment Management and/or ALM, Behavioral Finance and Personal Investing, Responsible Finance & Investing. 3 Banking: Derivative Instruments, Portfolio Theory, Banking, Insurance & Risk Management, ALM and/or Monetary Policy and Regulation, International Banking and Finance. 4 Finance and Development: Finance and Development, Responsible Finance and Investing, Growth and Development, Emerging Markets, Trade, Environment & Growth. D.8.2.

Degree programme

C = Compulsory; E = Elective; EG = Elective Group; lang = language; courses marked with ** may be taken in other periods. See the course description in Ocasys for more details. Programme: MSc BA - Finance Year: 1 Profile: core programme MSc Finance sem 1.1-2 + 2.1-2 1.1-2 + 2.1-2 1.1 2.1-2 NB

108

course title elective(s) MSc Finance A (see list) elective(s) MSc Finance B (see list) Research Methods in Finance Master’s Thesis Finance

code

EC 20

C/E lang C EN

15

C

EN

EBM070A05 5 EBM866B20 20

C C

EN EN

Students choose 20 EC from ‘electives MSc Finance A’ (see list). Students choose 15 EC from ‘electives MSc Finance B’ (see list) and/or ‘electives MSc Finance A’ which they have not already taken. If you start the MSc Finance in February please note the following changes: Research Methods in Finance in sem. IIa, Master’s Thesis Finance in sem. I.


Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.2 2.2

course title Corporate Finance for MSc Finance Derivative Instruments Corporate Valuation for MSc Finance Portfolio Theory Responsible Finance and Investing Banking, Insurance and Risk Management Institutional Investment Management Behavioural Finance & Personal Investing Corporate Governance for MSc Finance Finance and Development

Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

MSc Finance 1 electives MSc Finance A code EBM008B05 EBM068A05 EBM007C05 EBM015B05 EBM071A05 EBM067A05 EBM822A05 EBM806B05 EBM811C05 EBM069A05

EC 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

C/E E E E E E E E E E E


code EBM043A05 EBM092A05 EBM113A05 EBM062A05 EBM835B05 EBM733A05 EBM016A05 EBM048A05 EBM057A05 EBM049A05 EBM880A05 EBM853A05 EBM081A05 EBM073A05 EBM044A05 EBM112A05 EBM021A05 EBM101A05 EBM045A05 EBM095A05 EBM034A05 EBM090A05 EBM027A05 EBM114A05

EC 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

C/E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E

lang EN EN EN EN EN EN NL EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN

MSc Finance 1 electives MSc Finance B

course title Business Ethics Competitiveness of Firms and Nations Dependence & Extremes in Risk Managem. Developing for Markets Econometric Theory and Methods HRM & International Labour Law HRM & Nederlands arbeidsrecht IT Governance Management Accounting Techniques Organization Design (MSc) Retail Marketing Stochastic Programming Strategic Marketing Brand & Product Management Business Process Innovation and Change Combinatorial Optimization Econometric Inference Economic Growth in History Financial Reporting (MSc) Growth and Development Policies Healthcare Operations International Strategic Alliances Managerial Decision Making and Control Models for Short Term Risk Management

109


1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 D.8.3.

Operations Management in Proc. Industry Personnel Economics Strategic Management & Technology Trade, Environment and Growth Applied Macroeconometrics Applied Microeconometrics Asset and Liability Management Comparative Corporate Governance Conflict Man. & Industrial Relations Consumer Psychology Economic Geography Innovation in Healthcare Organizations International Banking and Finance Marketing Communication Microeconomics of Household Behaviour Monetary Policy and Financial Regulation OR Analysis of Complex Systems Policies for a Dynamic Economy Process Improvement & Quality Control Purchasing Research in Management Control Supply Chain Optimization Working Capital Management B2B Marketing Country Studies Emerging Markets (MSc) Franchising Innovation & Entrepreneurship Law and Economics Substitution and/or transition regulations

See Section F.2.6 and Section F.2.14

110

EBM725C05 EBM678A05 EBM051A05 EBM097A05 EBM109A05 EBM110A05 EBM111A05 EBM083A05 EBM673A05 EBM074A05 EBM094A05 EBM047A05 EBM096A05 EBM078A05 EBM106A05 EBM107A05 EBM115A05 EBM065A05 EBM036A05 EBM037A05 EBM082A05 EBM117A05 EBM645A05 EBM808B05 EBM093A05 EBM085A05 EBM046A05 EBM621A05 EBM105A05

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E

EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN


D.8.4.

Rules and choices

Rules and choices MSc in Finance Master’s information days Entry requirements for the Master’s degree programme



November and April/May Bachelor’s degree in Business Administration (with completed SC Finance!), or Business Economics, or Economics and Business Economics, or International Business (with completed SC Finance!) or completed Pre-MSc Finance programme, and sufficient command of English. For entry requirements with other bachelor’s degrees, see Section 5 of the MSc OER. 1 September and 1 February Consult the course descriptions in Ocasys. At least 20 EC from the Master’s programme has been earned, and the Master’s programme has been approved Apply via Progress, no later than 6 weeks before starting the Master’s Thesis. See the information on the internet.

111


D.9.

MSc Fiscale Economie

D.9.1.


Opleidingsdirecteur: dr. P.P.M. Smid, 050- 363 3668, [email protected] Opleidingscoördinator: mw.mr. M.C. Christen-Schiere, tel. 050-363 3763, [email protected] Studieadvies: Student Support Desk, http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/masterstudent Taal: Nederlands Doel/inhoud De masteropleiding Fiscale Economie bouwt voort op de bacheloropleiding met dezelfde naam. Het doel van de masteropleiding is het bereiken van een specialistisch, wetenschappelijk niveau op het domein van de fiscale economie. De masteropleiding biedt daarom een verdieping en specialisatie op het gebied van belastingrecht. Tevens biedt de opleiding een verdieping op de gebieden financiering en openbare financiën. In de masteropleiding vindt bovendien integratie plaats van fiscale vakken, zoals bijvoorbeeld bij de onderdelen Onderneming en Belastingheffing c.s. en Particulieren en Belastingheffing. Naast de nationale weten regelgeving wordt nadrukkelijk aandacht besteed aan internationaal en Europees belastingrecht. Er is ruime aandacht voor de fiscale problematiek waarmee multinationals en samenwerkingsverbanden in het MKB, alsmede hun aandeelhouders/eigenaren en werknemers worden geconfronteerd. In de opleiding wordt veelvuldig met casusposities gewerkt. Via die casusposities wordt op geïntegreerde wijze diepgaande en specialistische kennis van de vakgebieden aangeboden en wordt van studenten gevraagd kritisch naar oplossingen te zoeken op deze complexe fiscaal economische vraagstukken. De afstudeeropdracht is meer dan de bachelorafstudeeropdracht gericht op conceptueel onderzoek, waarin een brede afweging wordt gemaakt van theorieën en methoden van onderzoek, uitgaande van een bepaalde vraagstelling. In de meeste gevallen wordt de afstudeeropdracht begeleid vanuit de Faculteit Rechtsgeleerdheid, de tweede beoordelaar is afkomstig van FEB. Het instroommoment is 1 september. Later instromen is mogelijk, maar niet goed studeerbaar in verband met de opbouw van het programma. Carrièreperspectieven De opleiding sluit uitstekend aan op de eisen van de beroepspraktijk. In zijn algemeenheid kan worden gesteld dat fiscaal economen die tevens de masteropleiding Fiscale Economie hebben afgerond, voornamelijk functies vervullen bij belastingadviesbureaus, accountantskantoren, de belastingdienst en fiscale afdelingen van ondernemingen (multinationals en MKB; en niet alleen in Nederland maar ook in het buitenland). Voorts vinden fiscaal economen hun werkkring bij het Ministerie van Financiën, bij de Europese Unie en bij internationale organisaties zoals de OECD, waar meer algemene taken met betrekking tot belastingwetgeving of belastingheffing worden vervuld. Enkelen vinden hun werkkring in het onderwijs of

112


bij de universiteit. Met een masterdiploma hebben afgestudeerden toegang tot posities op een hoger niveau dan afgestudeerde bachelors. Binnen de belastingdienst gaat het dan om meer beleidsbepalende functies en functies op het hogere controleniveau. Bij de belastingadvieskantoren gaat het eveneens om meer beleidsbepalende functies en functies op hoger adviesniveau. Vanuit dit soort ondernemingen wordt door afgestudeerde masterstudenten vaak nog een aanvullende opleiding gevolgd, bijvoorbeeld bij de Nederlandse Orde van Belastingadviseurs (NOB) of het College van Belastingadviseurs (CB). D.9.2.


V = Verplicht; K = Keuze; KG = Keuzegroep; ** = Vak kan ook buiten de aangegeven periode gevolgd worden; raadpleeg de vakbeschrijving in Ocasys. Opleiding: Studiejaar: sem 1.1-2 1.1-2 1.1 1.2 2.1-2 2.1-2 2.1 D.9.3.

MSc Fiscale Economie 1

vaknaam Onderneming en Belastingheffing C.S. Particulieren en Belastingheffing c.s. Tax Accounting Financiering III A&C/FE Masterafstudeerwerkstuk Fiscale Economie Public Choice & Law and Economics Internationaal & Europees Belastingrecht

vakcode RGMFI00107 RGMFI00106 EBM861B06 EBM864B05 EBM875A20 EBM841A10 RGMFI00306

EC 7 6 6 5 20 10 6

V/K V V V V V V V

taal NL NL NL NL NL EN NL

Regels en keuzes

Regels en keuzes MSc Fiscale Economie Mastervoorlichting November en april/mei Toelatingseis master BSc Fiscale Economie, of BSc Fiscaal Recht (met aanvullende eisen, meer info bij de programmacoördinator) Instroommoment master

1 september (later mogelijk, maar niet goed studeerbaar i.v.m. opbouw studieprogramma).

Ingangseisen mastervakken

Zie de vakbeschrijvingen in Ocasys.

Ingangseisen masterafstudeerwerkstuk Goedkeuring vakkenpakket

20 EC van het masterprogramma (inclusief vrijstellingen) is behaald en masterprogramma is goedgekeurd. Aanvragen via Progress, uiterlijk 6 weken vóór start masterafstudeerwerkstuk. Zie informatie op internet.

113


D.10.

MSc Human Resource Management

D.10.1.


Programme Director: Prof. O. Janssen, [email protected], 050-363 7199 Secretary: Ms C.R. Teuben, [email protected], and Ms H.I. Meijer, [email protected], 050-363 4288 Study advisor(s): Student Support Desk, http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/masterstudent Language: English Objective/content Graduates of the Master of Science in Human Resource Management (HRM) will be able to define, analyze, and evaluate problems and issues related to the management of work and employment of people in organizations. You acquire rigorous academic analytical and scientific skills to consider and explore how HRM policies and practices can be developed and applied to ensure the availability, employability, commitment, and vitality of employees needed to accomplish organizational goals. The main courses are Strategic Human Resource Management, Leadership, Work Design & Team Processes, Research & Professional Skills for HRM, Labour Law, and Personnel Instruments. The focus of the courses is on understanding and applying theories and principles that research has shown to advance the management of work and employment of people in organizations. You learn how HRM policies and practices can be established on the best available research-based evidence that has been obtained and established in social and business sciences. You practice to adopt this research-based approach when you conduct your own research projects during the programme. To complete your MSc HRM, you write a master thesis, which may be combined with an internship within an organization. The MSc Human Resource Management has two entry moments: September and February. Career prospects Graduates are highly employable and find a broad variety of jobs in HRM-related domains in all kinds of companies and organizations. Some examples of positions are: junior human resource manager, recruitment and selection officer, training and development officer, personnel consultant, organizational advisor, or policy officer for personnel affairs. If you want to continue your career in the academic field, you can look for a PhD position at FEB or other universities around the world. D.10.2.

Degree programme


114


Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1-2 + 2.1-2 1.1 1.2 1.2 2.1-2 2.1 2.2 1.1 1.1 NB

course title electives MSc HRM (see list)

code

EC C/E 10 C

lang EN

Strategic HRM Leadership Research and Professional Skills for HRM Master’s Thesis HRM Work Design and Team Processes Personnel Instruments HRM & International Labour Law and/or HRM & Nederlands arbeidsrecht

EBM011A05 EBM072A05 EBM009B05 EBM722B20 EBM012A05 EBM014A05 EBM733A05 EBM016A05

5 5 5 20 5 5 5 5

EN EN EN EN EN EN EN NL

D.10.3.

C C C C C C EG A EG A

Students choose 5 EC from elective group A. Students choose 10 EC from ‘electives MSc HRM’ (see list). They also may choose the course from elective group A they have not already taken. If you start the MSc HRM in February please note the following changes: - Research & Professional Skills for HRM in sem. 2.2, Master’s Thesis HRM in sem. I

Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.2 2.2

MSc Human Resource Management/HRM 1 core programme MSc HRM

MSc Human Resource Management/HRM 1 electives MSc HRM

course title Business Ethics Organization Design (MSc) Business Process Innovation and Change Personnel Economics Conflict Man. & Industrial Relations Innovation in Healthcare Organizations Behavioural Perspectives on Corp. Gov. Innovation & Entrepreneurship Service Operations

code EBM043A05 EBM049A05 EBM044A05 EBM678A05 EBM673A05 EBM047A05 EBM023A05 EBM621A05 EBM634A05

EC 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

C/E E E E E E E E E E



See Section F.2.15

115


D.10.4.

Rules and choices

Rules and choices MSc in Human Resource Management Master’s information days November and April/May Entry requirements for the Master’s degree programme



116

Bachelor’s degree in Business Administration, or Business Economics, or Economics and Business Economics, or International Business or completed Pre-MSc HRM programme, and sufficient command of English. For entry requirements with other bachelor’s degrees, see Section 5 of the MSc OER. 1 September and 1 February Consult the course descriptions in Ocasys. At least 20 EC from the Master’s programme has been earned, and the Master’s programme has been approved Apply via Progress, no later than 6 weeks before starting the Master’s Thesis. See the information on the internet.


D.11.

MSc International Business & Management

D.11.1.


Programme Director: Prof. S. Brakman, [email protected], 050-363 3746 Programme Coordinator: H.A. Ritsema LLM, [email protected], 050-363 3844 Information: Mrs R. van Est, [email protected], 050-363 6692 Secretary: GEM, [email protected], 050-363 3458 Study advisor(s): Student Support Desk, http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/masterstudent Language: English Objectives and content The MSc International Business and Management degree programme focuses on the business and management aspects related to a multinational enterprise. Graduates will have advanced academic knowledge and understanding of management and leadership issues within multinational companies, international business strategy and comparative institutional approaches. They will also have specific research skills that are crucial to management’s ability to analyse new environments and pertinent developments and the necessary social communication skills to operate in an international context. In the first semester you will take compulsory courses in the field of International Business Strategy and FDI and Trade. In addition you can select several elective courses in such areas as Institutional Analysis, International Strategic Alliances, Finance, etc. All courses have an international and/or comparative approach. In the second semester, besides the electives a compulsory methodology course will be offered with the objective of imparting the specific research skills that are crucial to management’s ability to analyse new environments and pertinent developments. In order to complete your MSc study, you will be required to write a master thesis, which may be combined with an internship within an organization. The MSc International Business & Management has two entry moments: September and February. Double Degree programmes IB&M offers the following Double Degree programmes: with the Newcastle University Business School: MSc in International Business and Management (IB&M, RUG) and MA in Advanced International Business Management (Newcastle University Business School) The IB&M Double Degree programmes have one entry moment: September. For further information see section E.3. Career Prospects The MSc International Business and Management degree programme is focused on the business and management aspects related to the multinational enterprise.

117


Graduates will have advanced academic knowledge and understanding of management and leadership issues within multinational companies, international business strategy and comparative institutional approaches. They will also have specific research skills that are crucial to management’s ability to analyse new environments and pertinent developments and the necessary social communication skills to operate in an international context. Upon completion of the programme, graduates can take up positions in (multinational) corporations and (international) governmental organizations. Alternatively, graduates might opt for an academic career as PhD researcher. D.11.2.

Degree programme

C = Compulsory; E = Elective; EG = Elective Group; lang = language; courses marked with ** may be taken in other periods. See the course description in Ocasys for more details. Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1-2 + 2.1-2 1.1-2 + 2.1-2 1.1 1.1 1.2 2.1-2 NB

course title elective(s) MSc IB&M A (see list)

118

code

elective(s) MSc IB&M B (see list) Foreign Dir. Investment & Trade (MSc) International Business Strategy (MSc) Research Seminar for IB&M Master’s Thesis IB&M


EC 15

C/E lang C EN

10

C

EN

5 5 5 20

C C C C

EN EN EN EN

Students choose 15 EC from ‘electives MSc IB&M A’ (see list). Students choose 10 EC from ‘electives MSc IB&M B’ (see list), and/or courses from ‘electives MSc IB&M A’ (see list) which they have not already taken. If you start the MSc IB&M in February please note the following changes: Foreign Dir. Investment & Trade (MSc) in sem. IIa, International Business Strategy (MSc) in sem. IIa, Research Seminar for IB&M in sem. IIb, Master’s Thesis IB&M in sem. I.

Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1 1.2

MSc International Business & Management/IB&M 1 core programme MSc IB&M

MSc International Business & Management/IB&M 1 electives MSc IB&M A

course title Comparative Institutional Anal. for IB&M International Strategic Alliances

code EC EBM084A05 5 EBM090A05 5

C/E lang E EN E EN


2.1 2.1 2.2

Comparative Corporate Governance International Entrepreneurship Emerging Markets (MSc)

Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1

EBM083A05 5 EBM089A05 5 EBM085A05 5

E E E

EN EN EN

C/E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E

lang EN EN EN EN EN EN EN NL EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN

MSc International Business & Management/IB&M 1 electives MSc IB&M B

course title Advanced Industrial Organization Business Ethics Competitiveness of Firms and Nations Dependence & Extremes in Risk Managem. Developing for Markets Econometric Theory and Methods HRM & International Labour Law HRM & Nederlands arbeidsrecht IT Governance Management Accounting Change Management Accounting Techniques Organization Design (MSc) Retail Marketing Stochastic Programming Strategic Marketing Business Process Innovation and Change Combinatorial Optimization Econometric Inference Economic Growth in History Financial Econometrics Financial Reporting (MSc) Growth and Development Policies Healthcare Operations International Risk Management Managerial Decision Making and Control Models for Short Term Risk Management Operations Management in Proc. Industry Personnel Economics Responsible Finance and Investing Strategic Management & Technology Trade, Environment and Growth Applied Macroeconometrics Applied Microeconometrics Asset and Liability Management Conflict Man. & Industrial Relations

code EBM826A05 EBM043A05 EBM092A05 EBM113A05 EBM062A05 EBM835B05 EBM733A05 EBM016A05 EBM048A05 EBM711B05 EBM057A05 EBM049A05 EBM880A05 EBM853A05 EBM081A05 EBM044A05 EBM112A05 EBM021A05 EBM101A05 EBM820A05 EBM045A05 EBM095A05 EBM034A05 EBM099A05 EBM027A05 EBM114A05 EBM725C05 EBM678A05 EBM071A05 EBM051A05 EBM097A05 EBM109A05 EBM110A05 EBM111A05 EBM673A05

EC 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

119


2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 D.11.3.

Consumer Psychology Economic Geography Innovation in Healthcare Organizations International Banking and Finance Inventory Management Marketing Communication Microeconomics of Household Behaviour Monetary Policy and Financial Regulation OR Analysis of Complex Systems Policies for a Dynamic Economy Process Improvement & Quality Control Purchasing Research in Management Control Supply Chain Optimization Working Capital Management B2B Marketing Behavioural Finance & Personal Investing Behavioural Operations Management Country Studies Finance and Development Franchising Innovation & Entrepreneurship Law and Economics Service Operations

EBM074A05 EBM094A05 EBM047A05 EBM096A05 EBM026A05 EBM078A05 EBM106A05 EBM107A05 EBM115A05 EBM065A05 EBM036A05 EBM037A05 EBM082A05 EBM117A05 EBM645A05 EBM808B05 EBM806B05 EBM032A05 EBM093A05 EBM069A05 EBM046A05 EBM621A05 EBM105A05 EBM634A05

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E

EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN



Rules and choices

Rules and choices MSc in International Business and Management Master’s information days November and April/May Entry requirements for the Master’s degree programme

120

Bachelor’s degree in Business Administration, or Business Economics, or Economics and Business Economics, or International Business or completed Pre-MSc IB&M programme, and sufficient command of English. For entry requirements with other bachelor’s degrees, see Section 5 of the MSc OER.


Starting dates for the Master’s degree programme Entry requirements for Master’s courses MSc IB&M courses


Master’s Thesis starting dates


1 September and 1 February The double degree programme in Advanced IBM&M only starts in September. Consult the course descriptions in Ocasys. The courses offered in semester 1 are different from the courses offered in semester 2. Compulsory courses are offered in both semesters, (core) electives are offered once a year. Besides compulsory courses you will choose electives and core electives. If you take part in the double degree programme in Advanced IBM&M you cannot choose electives but you will have list of compulsory courses. At least 20 EC from the Master’s programme has been earned, and the Master’s programme has been approved You can start with your Master’s Thesis and the related ‘Research Seminar for IB&M’ course twice a year. Apply via Progress, no later than 6 weeks before starting the Master’s Thesis. See the information on the internet.

121


D.12.

MSc International Economics & Business

D.12.1.


Programme Director: Prof. S. Brakman, [email protected], 050-363 3746 Programme coordinator: Dr. E.H. van Leeuwen, [email protected], 050-363 3744 Secretary: Secretariat Global Economics & Management, [email protected], 050-363 3458 Study advisor(s): Student Support Desk, http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/masterstudent Language: English Objectives and content The MSc-programme in International Economics & Business (IE&B) aims to train students in (strategic) decision-making in national or international corporations and public organizations, such as financial institutions, consultancy firms, government agencies and the like. In doing so, the MSc-IE&B has a strong focus on one integrative topic, i.e. Multinational Enterprises in relation to the World Economy. Students acquire the very latest knowledge on international trade, economic geography, innovation theory, international business strategy, with (generalized) transaction cost theory, international economics, the theory of business systems and comparative institutional theory as the main analytical building blocks. Furthermore, the MSc graduate is able to apply this knowledge in different settings and interpret the interrelationship between the knowledge areas. By analysing (applied) research questions in the field of international economics, comparative institutional analysis and international business strategy, students take the first steps towards research and the analysis of relatively complex problems in the field. The programme starts with two compulsory courses in the field of International Business Strategy, FDI and Trade. In addition you select three core electives, which all have an international and/or comparative approach, and two other electives. Moreover, you take part in a Research Seminar which prepares you for writing the Master’s Thesis. By selecting your electives in a specific way you can pursue your own interests. For example, if you are primarily interested in problems of growth and development, you can choose courses like Growth and Development Policies, Economic Geography, and Trade, Environment and Growth. If your interest is primarily in financial institutions you can choose International Banking and Finance and Comparative Corporate Governance. The MSc International Economics & Business has two entry moments: September and February.

122


Double degree programmes IE&B offers the following Double Degree programmes : with the Georg-August-Universität Göttingen: MSc in International Economics and Business (IE&B, RUG) and MA in International Economics (Georg-August-Universität Göttingen) with the Corvinus University Budapest: MSc in International Economics and Business (IE&B, RUG) and MA in International Economy and Business (Corvinus University Budapest) The IE&B Double Degree programmes have one entry moment: September. For further information see sections E.4 and E5. Career prospects Graduates of the MSc IE&B will be able to take up positions in internationally oriented firms (banks, multinationals), international organizations (World Bank, IMF, EU), and internationally oriented departments of government agencies. The programme is focused on developing the kind of skills and abilities needed by those who work as professional economists and economic advisers. Next to a solid understanding of business strategy, international economics and quantitative research methods, the ongoing globalisation of economic policy and business strategy does require MSc graduates to have distinct professional capabilities. The diversity of international organizations requires the ability to function in international and multicultural teams so as to add value to the organization. The MSc-IE&B offers a consistent international setting both in terms of content and organizations at high level. Occasionally, students are selected to participate in high level contract research activities of international organizations, such as the Conference Board (New York) and the International Labour Organization (ILO, Geneva). Professionals from international organizations are actively invited to provide guest lectures, and some members of the academic staff have strong relationships with international research and consultancy institutes or policy advice centers (such as the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD), World Bank, The Conference Board, CESifo institute Munich, the Social and Economic Council of the Netherlands, The Netherlands’ Bureau for Economic Policy Analysis (CPB), and Towers Watson Netherlands). D.12.2.

Degree programme


123


Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1-2 + 2.1-2 1.1-2 + 2.1-2 1.1 1.1 1.2 2.1-2 NB

course title elective(s) MSc IE&B A (see list)

Foreign Dir. Investment & Trade (MSc) International Business Strategy (MSc) Research Seminar for IE&B Master’s Thesis IE&B

124


EC 15

C/E lang C EN

10

C

EN

5 5 5 20

C C C C

EN EN EN EN

Students choose 15 EC from ‘electives MSc IE&B A’ (see list). Students choose 10 EC from ‘electives MSc IE&B B’ (see list), and/or courses from ‘electives MSc IE&B A’ (see list) which they have not already taken. If you start the MSc IE&B in February please note the following changes: Foreign Dir. Investment & Trade (MSc) in sem. IIa, International Business Strategy (MSc) in sem. IIa, Research Seminar for IE&B in sem. IIb, Master’s Thesis IE&B in sem. I.

MSc International Economics & Business/IE&B 1 electives MSc IE&B A

course title Competitiveness of Firms and Nations Growth and Development Policies Trade, Environment and Growth Economic Geography International Banking and Finance Country Studies


code

elective(s) MSc IE&B B (see list)


MSc International Economics & Business/IE&B 1 core programme MSc IE&B


EC 5 5 5 5 5 5

C/E E E E E E E


C/E E E E E E E


MSc International Economics & Business/IE&B 1 electives MSc IE&B B

course title Advanced Industrial Organization Business Ethics Comparative Institutional Anal. for IB&M Developing for Markets Econometric Theory and Methods HRM & International Labour Law

code EBM826A05 EBM043A05 EBM084A05 EBM062A05 EBM835B05 EBM733A05

EC 5 5 5 5 5 5


1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.2

HRM & Nederlands arbeidsrecht IT Governance Management Accounting Change Management Accounting Techniques Organization Design (MSc) Retail Marketing Stochastic Programming Strategic Marketing Brand & Product Management Business Process Innovation and Change Combinatorial Optimization Econometric Inference Economic Growth in History Financial Econometrics Financial Reporting (MSc) Healthcare Operations International Risk Management International Strategic Alliances Managerial Decision Making and Control Models for Short Term Risk Management Operations Management in Proc. Industry Personnel Economics Responsible Finance and Investing Strategic Management & Technology Applied Macroeconometrics Applied Microeconometrics Asset and Liability Management Comparative Corporate Governance Conflict Man. & Industrial Relations Consumer Psychology Innovation in Healthcare Organizations International Entrepreneurship Inventory Management Marketing Communication Microeconomics of Household Behaviour Monetary Policy and Financial Regulation OR Analysis of Complex Systems Policies for a Dynamic Economy Process Improvement & Quality Control Purchasing Research in Management Control Supply Chain Optimization Working Capital Management B2B Marketing

EBM016A05 EBM048A05 EBM711B05 EBM057A05 EBM049A05 EBM880A05 EBM853A05 EBM081A05 EBM073A05 EBM044A05 EBM112A05 EBM021A05 EBM101A05 EBM820A05 EBM045A05 EBM034A05 EBM099A05 EBM090A05 EBM027A05 EBM114A05 EBM725C05 EBM678A05 EBM071A05 EBM051A05 EBM109A05 EBM110A05 EBM111A05 EBM083A05 EBM673A05 EBM074A05 EBM047A05 EBM089A05 EBM026A05 EBM078A05 EBM106A05 EBM107A05 EBM115A05 EBM065A05 EBM036A05 EBM037A05 EBM082A05 EBM117A05 EBM645A05 EBM808B05

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E

NL EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN

125


2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 D.12.3.

Behavioural Finance & Personal Investing Behavioural Operations Management Behavioural Perspectives on Corp. Gov. Emerging Markets (MSc) Finance and Development Franchising Innovation & Entrepreneurship Law and Economics Service Operations

EBM806B05 EBM032A05 EBM023A05 EBM085A05 EBM069A05 EBM046A05 EBM621A05 EBM105A05 EBM634A05

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

E E E E E E E E E

EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN



Rules and choices

Rules and choices MSc in International Economics and Business Master’s information days November and April/May Entry requirements for the Master’s degree programme



126

Bachelor’s degree in Business Administration, or Business Economics, or Economics and Business Economics, or International Business or completed Pre-MSc IE&B programme, and sufficient command of English. For entry requirements with other bachelor’s degrees, see Section 5 of the MSc OER. 1 September and 1 February Consult the course descriptions in Ocasys. At least 20 EC from the Master’s programme has been earned, and the Master’s programme has been approved Apply via Progress, no later than 6 weeks before starting the Master’s Thesis. See the information on the internet.


D.13.

MSc International Financial Management

D.13.1.


Director: Prof. C.L.M. Hermes, [email protected], 050-363 4863 Coordinator: Dr W. Westerman, [email protected], 050-363 37088 Secretary: Ms E.T.Jelsema, [email protected]. 050-3633685 Study advisor(s): Student Support Desk, http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/masterstudent Language: English Objectives and content The aim of the MSc degree programme in International Financial Management is to equip you with knowledge, understanding and skills required to define, analyze and evaluate real and complex international financial management problems on both a societal level as well as on the level of companies and institutions, and to design solutions for these problems. You will have advanced academic knowledge of theoretical concepts in (international) financial management and you will be able to apply research methods, to analyze and to solve financial problems multinational companies are faced with. Moreover, you will have advanced knowledge in a selected number of specific sub-fields in international financial management, such as international corporate finance, international risk management, and international management accounting and control. You will also have advanced knowledge of different aspects of the international business and international economic environment in which multinational companies operate. Finally, you will have the possibility to broaden the scope of your studies by selecting three electives from a list of other MSc programmes, e.g. economics, econometrics, finance, international economics and business administration (specialization organization, management and control). As part of the programme the Research Methods in Finance Course is offered, which is compulsory for all students in International Financial Management. It is a Master course in quantitative research in finance and focuses on the knowledge and techniques that are necessary to conduct a research project on international financial management issues. As such, it provides a good background to the final research project, i.e. writing a master’s thesis of 20 EC. During the programme, you will develop both academic and professional skills. With respect to academic skills, the programme focuses on collecting and analyzing data, planning and designing a research project, and academic writing. Examples of professional skills are computer model building for business decisions, presenting in public, identifying and analyzing problems, and working in teams. The MSc degree programme International Financial Management is offered in two variants: 1. A one-year programme in Groningen, leading to the MSc International Financial Management

127


2.

An eighteen month double degree programme, together with Uppsala University, leading to the MSc International Financial Management (RUG) and the MSc in Business and Economics (Uppsala University). At Uppsala University you will extend your studies in International Financial Management by one additional semester (30 EC), attending courses on international financial management, advanced company valuation, services management and cross-cultural management. For further information see section E.7.

The MSc International Financial Management has two entry moments: September and February. Career prospects After the successful completion of the MSc programme International Financial Management, you will be able to take up positions in which you contribute as a specialist in international financial management to decision-making in multinational companies and financial institutions, consultancy firms, multinational public organizations such as the IMF, World Bank, ECB, etc. and governmental institutions. D.13.2.

Degree programme

C = Compulsory; E = Elective; EG = Elective Group; lang = language; courses marked with ** may be taken in other periods. See the course description in Ocasys for more details. Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1-2 + 2.1-2 1.1-2 + 2.1-2 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2

128

MSc International Financial Management/IFM 1 core programme MSc IFM

course title elective(s) MSc IFM (see list)

code

EC 15

Master’s Thesis IFM

EBM022A20 20

C

EN

International Business Strategy (MSc) International Man. Accounting & Control Research Methods in Finance International Corporate Finance International Risk Management


C C C C C

EN EN EN EN EN

5 5 5 5 5

C/E lang C EN


NB

Students choose 15 EC from ‘electives MSc IFM’ (see list). If you start the MSc IFM in February please note the following changes: International Business Strategy (MSc) in sem. IIa, Research Methods in Finance in sem. IIa, International Corporate Finance in sem. IIb, Master’s Thesis IFM in sem. I.

Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 D.13.3.

MSc International Financial Management/IFM 1 electives MSc IFM

course title Business Ethics Competitiveness of Firms and Nations Dependence & Extremes in Risk Managem. IT Governance Organization Design (MSc) Business Process Innovation and Change Economic Growth in History Financial Reporting (MSc) Growth and Development Policies International Strategic Alliances Responsible Finance and Investing Strategic Management & Technology Trade, Environment and Growth Comparative Corporate Governance Economic Geography International Banking and Finance Microeconomics of Household Behaviour Monetary Policy and Financial Regulation Working Capital Management Behavioural Finance & Personal Investing Country Studies Emerging Markets (MSc) Finance and Development Franchising Law and Economics

code EBM043A05 EBM092A05 EBM113A05 EBM048A05 EBM049A05 EBM044A05 EBM101A05 EBM045A05 EBM095A05 EBM090A05 EBM071A05 EBM051A05 EBM097A05 EBM083A05 EBM094A05 EBM096A05 EBM106A05 EBM107A05 EBM645A05 EBM806B05 EBM093A05 EBM085A05 EBM069A05 EBM046A05 EBM105A05

EC 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

C/E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E

lang EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN

Substitutions and/or transition regulations


129


D.13.4.

Rules and choices

Rules and choices MSc in International Financial Management (IFM) Master’s information days November and May Entry requirements for the Master’s degree programme



130

Bachelor’s degree in Business Administration, or Business Economics, or Economics and Business Economics, or International Business or completed Pre-MSc IFM programme, and sufficient command of English. For entry requirements with other bachelor’s degrees, see Section 5 of the MSc OER. 1 September and 1 February Consult the course descriptions in Ocasys. At least 20 EC from the Master’s programme has been earned (including the ‘Research Methods in Finance’ course) and the Master’s programme has been approved. Apply via Progress, no later than 6 weeks before starting the Master’s Thesis. See the information on the internet.


D.14.

MSc Marketing

D.14.1.


Programme Director: Prof. P.C. Verhoef, [email protected], 050-363 7320 Programme Coordinator: Dr J.A. Voerman, [email protected], 050-363 7069 Secretary: Ms H.G. Tamling, [email protected], 050-363 7065 Study advisor(s): Student Support Desk, http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/masterstudent Language: English Content Marketing is about building relations between an organization and its customers. These organizations can be operating in the field of services or goods, profit or nonprofit, business-to-consumers or business-to-business. Understanding customers, building a strong brand & reputation and performing all sorts of activities to stimulate customer satisfaction and sales are important parts of marketing. To be able to understand the customers, customer insights are needed placing a strong emphasis on marketing intelligence and research. An example of a strong brand is Coca Cola, with a unique distribution network from the beach in Florida throughout small villages in the Himalaya (Place). Coca Cola regularly introduces new tastes (Product), has a large communication budget spent on for example TV advertising and sponsoring (Promotion), and can ask premium prices (Price). Although in blind tastes Coca Cola has about the same preference among customers as Pepsi, its market share is much larger due to better marketing. Another example is Capital One, a worldwide operating financial services organization that creates industry best practices in developing valuable customer relationships and managing risk based on knowledge of the customer. They use the information from the customer database for understanding and satisfying customers and their needs. In this Master, the most recent developments in the area of marketing are dealt with. In the courses, recent theory as well as practice hold a central position in both lectures and the assignments. The vision of the Groningen Department of Marketing is that a good and in-depth knowledge of the customer provides the best possibilities of creating a sustainable competitive advantage. Collecting qualitative and quantitative data about customers and analyzing these with appropriate research methods is the starting point for finding creative ways of targeting and managing these customers. This is translated into the two tracks that are offered within our marketing programme: the track marketing management and the track marketing intelligence. Also, each course is research-driven and fact-based. In each track, you have to attend the three core courses (i.e. Strategic Marketing, Marketing Research Methods, and Consumer Psychology), and write a thesis. The other 25 EC are taken up with marketing management or marketing intelligence courses. Within the Marketing Management track, there is also a possibility to take some electives from other departments. The Department of Marketing has an outstanding performance in marketing science (top ratings on all criteria) and has contacts with many foreign universities and Professors. Next, practitioners are invited to give guest lectures which relate theory

131


to real business-life. In addition, most marketing students write their thesis in combination with a project for an organization, applying theory to a real marketing problem. The MSc Marketing has two entry moments: September and February. Double degree programme Marketing offers the following Double Degree programme with the BI Norwegian Business School (Oslo) MSc in Marketing, profile Marketing Intelligence (BS-Marketing, RUG) and MSc in Strategic Marketing Management (BI, Oslo) The Marketing Double Degree programme has one entry moment: September. For further information see section E.8. Career prospects Marketing Management Marketing manager; Product or brand manager; Segment or account manager; Customer relations manager; Marketing strategy consultant; Direct marketing manager; E-commerce manager; Category manager. Marketing Intelligence Market researcher in research and consultancy companies; Market researcher within an organization; Market intelligence expert or database analyst; Customer intelligence expert; Researcher at a university (Research Master and PhD programme). D.14.2.

Degree programme


132


Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1-2 + 2.1-2 1.1-2 + 2.1-2 1.1 1.1 2.1-2 2.1 NB

course title elective(s) MSc Mark. Int. A (see list)

code

elective(s) MSc Mark. Int. B (see list) Marketing Research Methods Strategic Marketing Master’s Thesis Marketing Consumer Psychology


EC 15

C/E lang C EN

10

C

EN

5 5 20 5

C C C C

EN EN EN EN

Students choose 15 EC from ‘electives MSc Marketing Intelligence A’ (see list). Students choose 10 EC from ‘electives MSc Marketing Intelligence B’ (see list). As an alternative to selecting courses from ‘electives MSc Marketing Intelligence B’ students may also choose courses from ‘electives MSc Marketing Intelligence A’ which they have not already taken. If you start the MSc Marketing Intelligence in February please note the following changes: Marketing Research Methods in sem. IIa, Master’s Thesis Marketing in semester I.

Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1-2 + 2.1-2 1.1-2 + 2.1-2 1.1 1.1 2.1-2 2.1

MSc Marketing 1 core programme Marketing Intelligence

MSc Marketing 1 core programme Marketing Management

course title elective(s) MSc Mark. Man. A (see list)

code

elective(s) MSc Mark. Man. B (see list) Marketing Research Methods Strategic Marketing Master’s Thesis Marketing Consumer Psychology


EC 15

C/E lang C EN

10

C

EN

5 5 20 5

C C C C

EN EN EN EN

133


NB

Students choose 15 EC from ‘electives MSc Marketing Management A’ (see list). Students choose 10 EC from ‘electives MSc Marketing Management B’ (see list). As an alternative to selecting courses from ‘electives MSc Marketing Management B’ students may also choose courses from ‘electives MSc Marketing Management A’ which they have not already taken. If you start the MSc Marketing Management in February please note the following changes: Marketing Research Methods in sem. IIa, Master’s Thesis Marketing in sem. I.


course title Marketing Engineering Marketing Research Practice Market Models Customer Models

Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2

134

MSc Marketing 1 electives Marketing Intelligence A code EBM079A05 EBM881B05 EBM077A05 EBM076A05

EC 5 5 5 5

C/E E E E E

lang EN EN EN EN

EC 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

C/E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E

lang EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN

MSc Marketing 1 electives Marketing Intelligence B

course title Business Ethics Competitiveness of Firms and Nations Econometric Theory and Methods Organization Design (MSc) Retail Marketing Brand & Product Management Customer Management Healthcare Operations Demand Man. and Price Optimization Marketing Communication B2B Marketing Emerging Markets (MSc) Franchising Service Operations

code EBM043A05 EBM092A05 EBM835B05 EBM049A05 EBM880A05 EBM073A05 EBM075A05 EBM034A05 EBM033A05 EBM078A05 EBM808B05 EBM085A05 EBM046A05 EBM634A05



course title Retail Marketing Brand & Product Management Customer Management Marketing Communication B2B Marketing

Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 D.14.3.

MSc Marketing 1 electives Marketing Management A code EBM880A05 EBM073A05 EBM075A05 EBM078A05 EBM808B05

EC 5 5 5 5 5

C/E E E E E E

lang EN EN EN EN EN

EC 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

C/E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E

lang EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN

MSc Marketing 1 electives Marketing Management B

course title Business Ethics Competitiveness of Firms and Nations Developing for Markets Econometric Theory and Methods Organization Design (MSc) Business Process Innovation and Change Financial Reporting (MSc) Healthcare Operations International Strategic Alliances Marketing Engineering Marketing Research Practice Market Models Applied Macroeconometrics Conflict Man. & Industrial Relations Demand Man. and Price Optimization Microeconomics of Household Behaviour Purchasing Behavioural Perspectives on Corp. Gov. Customer Models Emerging Markets (MSc) Franchising Innovation & Entrepreneurship Service Operations

code EBM043A05 EBM092A05 EBM062A05 EBM835B05 EBM049A05 EBM044A05 EBM045A05 EBM034A05 EBM090A05 EBM079A05 EBM881B05 EBM077A05 EBM109A05 EBM673A05 EBM033A05 EBM106A05 EBM037A05 EBM023A05 EBM076A05 EBM085A05 EBM046A05 EBM621A05 EBM634A05



135


D.14.4.

Rules and choices

Rules and choices MSc in Marketing Master’s information days November and April/May Entry requirements for the Master’s degree programme



136

Bachelor’s degree in Business Administration, or Business Economics, or Econometrics and Operations Research, or Economics and Business Economics, or International Business or completed Pre-MSc Marketing programme, and sufficient command of English. For entry requirements with other bachelor’s degrees, see Section 5 of the MSc OER. 1 September and 1 February Consult the course descriptions in Ocasys. At least 20 EC from the Master’s programme has been earned (including the ‘Research Methods in Finance’ course) and the Master’s programme has been approved. Apply via Progress, no later than 6 weeks before starting the Master’s Thesis. See the information on the internet.


D.15.

MSc Supply Chain Management

D.15.1.


Programme Director: Ms Prof. I.F.A. Vis, [email protected],mailto:[email protected] 050-363 7364 Programme Coordinator: Dr H. Broekhuis, [email protected], 050-363 7288 Secretary: Ms N. van de Beek, [email protected], 050-363 3921 Information: http://www.rug.nl/feb/informatievoor/studiekiezers/masteropleidingen/MScSCM/ Study advisor(s): Student Support Desk, http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/masterstudent Language: English Objectives and content The aim of the Master Supply Chain Management is to educate students how to design and coordinate supply chains and to plan and control logistics operations in order to deliver high quality products and services in a fast, efficient, and resilient way. A supply chain can be seen as a network of organisations working together to carry out customer orders. Supply chain managers contribute to this process by managing the whole supply chain and all operations included that are related to flows of materials, information and services. Logistics has become an important tool in planning and controlling these flows. Effective supply chain management and logistics can provide competitive advantage. Technology and ICT innovations, sustainability issues and market trends, such as increased internet sales, require changes in the management of supply chains. A student in the academic Master Supply Chain Management will focus on the design, coordination of supply chains and planning and control of supply chain operations and will learn how to deal with relevant trends. Core aspects include supply chain strategies, logistics, network design, planning and control of operations in production, distribution and service environments, coordination and cooperation strategies, and quality management and control. Graduates of this master programme are able to define, diagnose and analyse supply chain decision problems and propose and evaluate effective solutions and strategies. With a mixture of rigorous academic learning and practical application, graduates can develop supply chain theories, models, methods and best practices to increase supply chain quality, flexibility, and reliability and to increase delivery speed and efficiency in the order fulfilment process. Graduates will be able to communicate results both orally and in writing to an audience of researchers and managers. The MSc Supply Chain Management has two entry moments: September and February. Career prospects In this master you will be prepared for a career as a supply chain manager of an (international) organization, a logistics or quality manager in a production, distribution or service environment or as a consultant in the supply chain

137


management practice. Alternatively, you might opt for an academic career and start as a PhD researcher. D.15.2.

Degree programme

C = Compulsory; E = Elective; EG = Elective Group; lang = language; courses marked with ** may be taken in other periods. See the course description in Ocasys for more details. Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1-2 + 2.1-2 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 2.1-2 2.1 1.2 2.1 NB

course title elective(s) MSc SCM (see list)

code

EC C/E 10 C

lang EN

Logistics and Supply Chain Operations Service Operations Supply Chain Network Design Research Methods for SCM Master’s Thesis SCM Process Improvement & Quality Control Strategic Supply Chain Manag. and/or Purchasing

EBM035A05 EBM634A05 EBM040A05 EBM038A05 EBM720B20 EBM036A05 EBM039A05 EBM037A05

5 5 5 5 20 5 5 5


138


Students choose 5 EC from elective group A. Students choose 10 EC from ‘electives MSc SCM’ (see list). They also may choose the course from elective group A they have not already taken. If you start the MSc SCM in February please note the following changes: Research Methods for SCM in sem. IIb, Service Operations in sem. IIb, Master’s Thesis SCM in sem. I.

Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.2

MSc Supply Chain Management/SCM 1 core programme MSc SCM

MSc Supply Chain Management/SCM 1 electives MSc SCM

course title Behavioural Operations Management Business Process Innovation and Change Healthcare Operations Operations Management in Proc. Industry Demand Man. and Price Optimization Innovation in Healthcare Organizations Inventory Management B2B Marketing

code EBM032A05 EBM044A05 EBM034A05 EBM725C05 EBM033A05 EBM047A05 EBM026A05 EBM808B05

EC 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

C/E E E E E E E E E



2.2 D.15.3.

Innovation & Entrepreneurship

EBM621A05 5

E

EN

Substitution and/or transition rehulations

See Section F.2.9 and Section F.2.21 D.15.4.

Rules and choices

Rules and choices MSc in Supply Chain Management Master’s information days November and April/May Entry requirements for the Master’s degree programme



Bachelor’s degree in Business Administration, or Business Economics, or Econometrics and Operations Research, or Economics and Business Economics, or International Business, or Technology Management or completed Pre-MSc SCM programme, and sufficient command of English. For entry requirements with other bachelor’s degrees, see Section 5 of the MSc OER. 1 September and 1 February Consult the course descriptions in Ocasys. At least 20 EC from the Master’s programme has been earned (including the ‘Research Methods in Finance’ course) and the Master’s programme has been approved. Apply via Progress, no later than 6 weeks before starting the Master’s Thesis. See the information on the internet.

139


D.16.

MSc Technology and Operations Management

D.16.1.


Programme Director: Ms Prof. I.F.A. Vis, 050 363 7364, [email protected] Programme Coordinator: Dr J.A.C. Bokhorst, 050-363 4693, [email protected] Secretary: Ms N. van de Beek, 050 363 3921, [email protected] Information: http://www.rug.nl/feb/informatievoor/studiekiezers/masteropleidingen/MScTM/ Study advisor(s): Student Support Desk, http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/masterstudent Language: English Objective/Content The MSc Technology and Operations Management focuses on operations management aspects during the entire life cycle of products and services and on the introduction of technological innovations in organisations. Within the product life cycle, product design is the first step involved in putting a product in the market. The next step is production and making the product ready for supply to customers. Here, distribution networks and facilities are used to deliver products to consumers. The final step is the support given to the customer while the product is in use by the customer. This aftermarket service includes warranty, parts and repair service, and product replacement. Operations management aspects in all phases need to be organised in an efficient way to ensure high levels of customers' satisfaction and costs efficiency. Technology management enables organisations to create competitive advantage. The main programme includes the courses operations management and control, operations modelling and simulation, behavioural operations management, asset management, and either product and service development or facility design and planning. A course on research methods provides knowledge and skills in specific research methods used in the field of technology and operations management, such as design methods and analytical quantitative methods. Next to these core courses, you will create your own profile with two elective courses. You will complete your MSc study with a master thesis project, where you prove your academic abilities. This last phase of the study offers the opportunity to produce an academic piece of work in the field of technology and operations management and to explore this area in depth. In your thesis, you will demonstrate and report in a systematic, objective and verifiable way, on the knowledge you have acquired and contributions you made in line with academic research. Upon completing the Master Technology and Operations Management you are able to define, diagnose and analyse operations management problems in technology intensive (service) industries and develop and evaluate solution approaches and technological innovations. You can develop new planning and control concepts to improve processes and can assess product and process innovations in terms of their possible impact on the socio-technical system of the firm. You will be able to

140


communicate results orally and in writing both to an audience of researchers and to managers. The MSc Technology and Operations Management has two entry moments: September and February. Double Degree programmes MSc Technology and Operations Management offers the following Double Degree programme: with the Newcastle University: Newcastle and Groningen Dual Masters in Operations Management: MSc in Technology and Operations Management (FEB, RUG) and MSc in Operations and Supply Chain Management (Newcastle University) The TOM Double Degree programme has one entry moment: September. For further information see section E.9. Career prospects In this master you will be prepared for a career as an operations manager in a production, distribution or service environment, as a consultant in the field of innovation and/or technology, a project manager for product and/or process innovations, a product development manager, or a quality manager. Alternatively, you might opt for an academic career and start as a PhD student or might opt for the government sector. D.16.2.

Degree programme

C = Compulsory; E = Elective; EG = Elective Group; lang = language; courses marked with ** may be taken in other periods. See the course description in Ocasys for more details. Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1-2 + 2.1-2 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 2.1-2 2.1 1.1 2.1

MSc Technology and Operations Management/TOM 1 core programme MSc TOM

course title elective(s) MSc TOM (see list)

code

EC C/E 10 C

lang EN

Operations Management and Control Operations Modelling and Simulation Behavioural Operations Management Research Methods for TOM Master’s Thesis TOM Asset Management Facility Design and Planning and/or Product & Service Development

EBM041A05 EBM029A05 EBM032A05 EBM031A05 EBM766B20 EBM024A05 EBM025A05 EBM760B05

5 5 5 5 20 5 5 5



141


NB

Students choose 5 EC from elective group A. Students choose 10 EC from ‘electives MSc TOM’ (see list). They also may choose the course from elective group A they have not already taken. If you start the MSc TOM in February please note the following changes: Behavioural Operations Management in sem. IIb, Research Methods for TOM in sem. IIb, Master’s Thesis TOM in sem. I.

Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.2 2.2 D.16.3.

MSc Technology and Operations Management/TOM 1 electives MSc TOM

course title Healthcare Operations Managerial Decision Making and Control Operations Management in Proc. Industry Planning and Scheduling Methods Strategic Management & Technology Inventory Management Process Improvement & Quality Control Purchasing B2B Marketing Innovation & Entrepreneurship Service Operations

code EBM034A05 EBM027A05 EBM725C05 EBM030A05 EBM051A05 EBM026A05 EBM036A05 EBM037A05 EBM808B05 EBM621A05 EBM634A05

EC 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

C/E E E E E E E E E E E E

lang EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN



Rules and choices

Rules and choices MSc in Technology and Operations Management Master’s information days November and April/May Entry requirements for the Master’s degree programme

142

Bachelor’s degree in Business Administration, or Business Economics, or Econometrics and Operations Research, or Economics and Business Economics, or International Business, or Technology Management, or Industrial Engineering and Management or completed Pre-MSc TOM programme, and sufficient command of English. For entry requirements with other bachelor’s




degrees, see Section 5 of the MSc OER. 1 September and 1 February Consult the course descriptions in Ocasys. At least 20 EC from the Master’s programme has been earned (including the ‘Research Methods in Finance’ course) and the Master’s programme has been approved. Apply via Progress, no later than 6 weeks before starting the Master’s Thesis. See the information on the internet.

143


D.17.

Research Master in Economics & Business

D.17.1.


Programme Director: Dr J.T. van der Vaart, [email protected], 050-363 7060 Programme Coordinator: Dr M.A. Haan, [email protected], 050-363 7327 Research Coordinator: Ms A.C. Koning, [email protected], 050-363 3815 Language: English Objectives and content The Research Master Programme is a two-year programme aiming at the best, brightest, and most ambitious students. It is run by the graduate school SOM. The aim of the programme is to qualify students to do research in Economics and/or Business. There is a strong focus on scientific and academic skills. The programme is especially designed for students who are looking for an intellectual challenge. Graduates are ideally placed to become PhD students or to obtain research positions in public or private organizations. The Research Master Programme is selective in that. Only the most outstanding students are admitted. Also, the most outstanding researchers are involved in teaching this programme. These lecturers come both from Groningen and, through our participation in national and international networks, also from outside Groningen. The small scale of the programme ensures an intensive exchange of knowledge, both between lecturers and students and among students themselves. Each student is individually supervised by a renowned researcher. The Research Master in Economics & Business has one entry moment: September. Profiles Economics, Econometrics and Finance; Global Economics and Management; Human Resource Management and Organizational Behaviour; Innovation and Organization; Marketing Operations Management and Operations Research. Admission Every Bachelor’s degree in business, economics or econometrics and operations research gives access to this Master’s programme. Also motivated students with other Bachelor degrees (like Sociology, Mathematics, Psychology) are welcome to apply. There is a selection procedure for this programme. Criteria for admission include motivation, talent, research attitude, good/excellent study results, and an excellent command of English. The latter can be demonstrated by holding a degree from a Dutch university or an institution at which English is the language of instruction, or by scoring at least 92 on the TOEFL (internet-based) or 6.5 on the IELTS. For students with a degree from a non-Dutch university, a GRE or GMAT test is also required.

144


Career prospects Graduates from our Research Master are ideally placed to become PhD students or to obtain research positions in public or private organizations. Research Master graduates have obtained PhD positions at the universities of Antwerp (Belgium), Bocconi (Milan, Italy), Rotterdam, Sydney (Australia), Tilburg, Leiden and of course Groningen, but others have started working at for instance Accenture, McKinsey, the Dutch Ministry of Sociale Affairs and Employment, and the Dutch Central Bank. Information For more information (e.g. about tuition fees and applications) please contact SOM's research coordinator, Mrs A.C. Koning (tel.: 050-363 3815, e-mail: [email protected]). D.17.2.

Degree programme

C = Compulsory; E = Elective; EG = Elective Group; lang = language; courses marked with ** may be taken in other periods. See the course description in Ocasys for more details. Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1-2 + 2.1-2 1.1-2 + 2.1-2 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.2

course title elective(s) Research Master A (see list)

code

elective(s) Research Master B (see list) Macroeconomic Theory Research in Economics and Business I Microeconomic Theory Research in Economics and Business II Monetary Theory Research in Economics and Business III Research in Economics and Business IV Theoretical Corporate Finance

Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1-2 + 2.1-2 1.1-2 + 2.1-2

Research Master in Economics and Business 1 Profile Economics, Econometrics & Finance

EBM127A05 EBM132A05 EBM128A05 EBM133A05 EBM129A05 EBM134A05 EBM135A05 EBM857B05

EC 10

C/E lang C EN

10

C

EN

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

C C C C C C C C


EC 10

C/E lang C EN

10

C

Research Master in Economics and Business 1 Profile Global Economics & Management

course title elective(s) Research Master A (see list) elective(s) Research Master B (see list)

code

EN

145


1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.2

International Business for ReMa Research in Economics and Business I Economic Growth and Development Research in Economics and Business II Comparative Institutional Anal. for ReMa Research in Economics and Business III Recent Developments in Intern. Economics Research in Economics and Business IV


sem 1.1-2 + 2.1-2 1.1-2 + 2.1-2 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.2

146

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

C C C C C C C C


Research Master in Economics and Business 1 Profile Human Resource Management & Organizational Behaviour


code

elective(s) Research Master B (see list) Creativity and Innovation Research in Economics and Business I Leadership & Power Research in Economics and Business II Research in Economics and Business III Team Work & Work Design Behavioural Ethics in Organizations Research in Economics and Business IV

Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1-2 + 2.1-2 1.1-2 + 2.1-2 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.2

EBM891B05 EBM132A05 EBM890B05 EBM133A05 EBM122A05 EBM134A05 EBM131A05 EBM135A05


EC 10

C/E lang C EN

10

C

EN

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

C C C C C C C C


EC 10

C/E lang C EN

10

C

EN

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

C C C C C C C C


Research Master in Economics and Business 1 Profile Innovation & Organization


code

elective(s) Research Master B (see list) Organizing Innovation & Change for ReMa Research in Economics and Business I Organization Theory for ReMa Research in Economics and Business II Managing Inf. & Control for Innovation Research in Economics and Business III Inter-Firm Cooperation for Innovation Research in Economics and Business IV





code

elective(s) Research Master B (see list) Marketing Theory Research in Economics and Business I Consumer Research Research in Economics and Business II Advanced Market Response Modelling Research in Economics and Business III Advanced Consumer Choice Modelling Research in Economics and Business IV


Research Master in Economics and Business 1 Profile Marketing


EC 10

C/E lang C EN

10

C

EN

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

C C C C C C C C


Research Master in Economics and Business 1 Profile Operations Management & Operations Research


code

elective(s) Research Master B (see list) Analysis and Planning of Operations Research in Economics and Business I Advanced Models in Operations Research in Economics and Business II Research in Economics and Business III Supply Chain Management Research Research in Economics and Business IV Service Operations Research

EBM770C05 EBM132A05 EBM001A05 EBM133A05 EBM134A05 EBM137A05 EBM135A05 EBM136A05

EC 10

C/E lang C EN

10

C

EN

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

C C C C C C C C


147


Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2

course title Analysis and Planning of Operations Creativity and Innovation International Business for ReMa Macroeconomic Theory Marketing Theory Organizing Innovation & Change for ReMa Advanced Models in Operations Consumer Research Economic Growth and Development Leadership & Power Microeconomic Theory Organization Theory for ReMa Advanced Market Response Modelling Comparative Institutional Anal. for ReMa Managing Inf. & Control for Innovation Monetary Theory Supply Chain Management Research Team Work & Work Design Advanced Consumer Choice Modelling Behavioural Ethics in Organizations Inter-Firm Cooperation for Innovation Recent Developments in Intern. Economics Service Operations Research Theoretical Corporate Finance

Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1 1.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.2

148

Research Master in Economics and Business 1 electives Research Master A code EBM770C05 EBM124A05 EBM891B05 EBM127A05 EBM894A05 EBM018A05 EBM001A05 EBM123A05 EBM890B05 EBM126A05 EBM128A05 EBM017A05 EBM119A05 EBM122A05 EBM019A05 EBM129A05 EBM137A05 EBM139A05 EBM118A05 EBM120A05 EBM020A05 EBM131A05 EBM136A05 EBM857B05

EC 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

C/E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E

lang EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN EN

EC 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

C/E E E E E E E E


Research Master in Economics and Business 1 electives Research Master B

course title Multivariate Data Analysis Experimental Research Design Applied Macroeconometrics Applied Microeconometrics Survey Research Case Study Research Productivity and Efficiency Analysis

code EBM895A05 EBM125A05 EBM109A05 EBM110A05 EBM138A05 EBM121A05 EBM130A05


Programme: Year: sem 1.1-2 + 2.1-2 2.1-2 D.17.3.

Research Master in Economics and Business 2

course title Additional profile / specialised courses

code

EC 30

Master’s Thesis RM E&B

EBM897A30 30

C/E lang C EN C

EN



Rules and choices

Rules and choices Research Master’s in Economics and Business Master’s information days November and April/May Entry requirements for the Master’s degree programme

Every Bachelor’s degree in business, economics or econometrics gives access to this Master’s programme. Also motivated students with other Bachelor degrees (like Sociology, Mathematics, Psychology) are welcome to apply. There is a selection procedure for this programme. Criteria for admission include motivation, talent, research attitude, good/excellent study results, and an excellent command of English. The latter can be demonstrated by holding a degree from a Dutch university or an institution at which English is the language of instruction, or by scoring at least 92 on the TOEFL (internet-based) or 6.5 on the IELTS. Starting time for the Master’s degree 1 September. programme Entry requirements for Master’s Consult the course descriptions in Ocasys. courses Approval of the Master’s Apply via Progress, no later than 6 weeks programme before starting the Master’s Thesis. See the information on the internet.

149


D.18.

MSc Lerarenopleiding Economie en Bedrijfswetenschappen

D.18.1.


Opleidingsdirecteur: dr. P.P.M. Smid, 050-363 3668, [email protected] Opleidingscoördinatoren: drs. L. Wouda, [email protected] en drs. M. Eldering,[email protected], 050-363 3738 Studieadviseur: Student Support Desk, http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/masterstudent Taal: Nederlands Doel/inhoud Door deze masteropleiding word je een communicatieve econoom of bedrijfskundige. Je leert je vakkennis productief, creatief en communicatief toepassen. Je bent econoom en/of bedrijfskundige en je manifesteert je als ontwerper, instructeur, coach, presentator en onderzoeker. Als je klaar bent met deze masteropleiding kun je met groepen leerlingen en studenten omgaan. Je kunt ook anderen individueel coachen. Je weet bovendien de weg in het onderwijs. In het eerste masterjaar volg je hoofdzakelijk het programma van een Master of Science bij de Faculteit Economie en Bedrijfskunde. Binnen dat programma maak je kennis met de lerarenopleiding: je volgt in dat jaar in het tweede semester de praktijkgerichte vakken Basiscursus Master Lerarenopleiding (5 EC) en Masterstage 1 Leraar Economie (5 EC), waaraan een korte stage verbonden is In het tweede masterjaar ben je ontwerper van lesmateriaal in de economische vakken en voer je het eigen ontwerp uit op HAVO en VWO. Je wordt vanuit de praktijk opgeleid tot docent, coach en tot economisch en/of bedrijfskundig vakspecialist. Er is ruimschoots de gelegenheid om in dit praktijkjaar je eigen specialisatie in het educatieve en communicatieve veld te kiezen en te realiseren. Je rondt in het tweede masterjaar ook je vakmaster af. Zo haal je twee mastertitels in twee jaar. Met deze studieroute heb je recht op vijf jaar studiefinanciering. Bovendien behoort een betaalde schoolstage in het laatste masterjaar tot de mogelijkheden. Voor studenten die na afronding van hun vakmaster alsnog de lerarenopleiding zouden willen doen is er een eenjarige master: de MSc-opleiding tot Leraar Voorbereidend Hoger Onderwijs in Algemene Economie en/of in Management en Organisatie. De MSc Lerarenopleiding Economie en Bedrijfswetenschappen heeft twee instroommomenten: september en februari. Carrièreperspectieven Aan het eind van het traject van de lerarenopleiding ben je bevoegd in alle Management en Organisatievakken en, afhankelijk van je kennis van de algemene

150


economie, in de Algemeen Economische vakken op Europese middelbare scholen. In Nederland is de studie en stage gericht op zowel de HAVO als het VWO. Het traject is ook van belang als je kiest voor een carrière als docent op het HBO of het WO. Maar de masteropleiding is niet alleen gericht op een functie in het onderwijs. Binnen deze studie werk je namelijk zowel aan vakkennis als aan communicatieve en educatieve competenties: je maatschappelijke oriëntatie en beroepskeuzemogelijkheden worden erdoor verbreed. Je ontwikkelt competenties die nauw gerelateerd zijn aan het onderwijs, zoals consultancy, management op school, (educatieve) journalistiek en het professioneel ontwerpen van lesmateriaal voor een uitgeverij. Daarmee vind je aansluiting bij aantrekkelijke arbeidsmarktperspectieven en bij nieuwe ontwikkelingen binnen de school. D.18.2.


V = Verplicht; K = Keuze; KG = Keuzegroep; ** = Vak kan ook buiten de aangegeven periode gevolgd worden; raadpleeg de vakbeschrijving in Ocasys. Opleiding: Studiejaar: sem 1.1-2 2.1-2 2.1-2 2.1-2 NB

vaknaam vakken uit masterprogramma FEB Basiscursus Master Lerarenopleiding Masterstage 1 Leraar algemene economie vakken uit masterprogramma FEB

vakcode ULOM1005AL ULOM1105AE

EC 30 5 5 20

V/K V V V V

taal NL NL NL NL

Aanbevolen wordt tijdens de bachelorfase de cursus Economie en bedrijf, communicatie en educatie (EBB816A05) te volgen.

Opleiding: Studiejaar: sem 1.1-2 1.1-2 1.1 1.2 1.2 2.1-2 2.1-2



vaknaam Masterstage 2 Leraar algemene economie vak(ken) uit masterprogramma FEB Vakdidactiek 1 algemene economie Onderwijskunde VO** Vakdidactiek 2 algemene economie Masterstage 3 Leraar Algemene Economie Onderzoek Master Lerarenopleiding

vakcode ULOM1215AE ULOM1305AE ULOM1505 ULOM1405AE ULOM1610AE ULOM1710AL

EC 15 10 5 5 5 10 10

V/K V V V V V V V

taal NL NL NL NL NL NL NL

151


D.18.3.

Regels en keuzes

Regels en keuzes MSc Lerarenopleiding Economie en Bedrijfswetenschappen Mastervoorlichting November en april/mei Toelatingseis Lerarenopleiding BSc Bedrijfseconomie, of BSc Economics and Business Economics, of BSc Econometrics & Operations Research, of BSc Fiscale Economie, of BSc Bedrijfskunde, of BSc Accountancy & Controlling, of BSc Technologiemanagement. Om naast de bevoegdheid voor Management en Organisatie ook de bevoegdheid voor Algemene Economie te verkrijgen, is bij de laatste drie opleidingen (dus Bedrijfskunde, A&C en TM) een aanvullende scholing in algemeen economische vakken vereist (10 EC). Toelatingsaanbeveling Economie en Bedrijf, Communicatie en Educatie Lerarenopleiding (EBB816A05, bachelorvak, 5 EC, sterk aanbevolen)

152


E.


E.1.

Introduction

The Faculty of Economics and Business offers double degrees at both the graduate and undergraduate level. In the academic year 2009-2010, the Faculty has launched 5 new double degree Master programmes in economics and business-related fields with renowned partner universities in Norway, England, Germany and Hungary. Double degree programmes are already running with partners in China, Indonesia and Sweden. Double degrees afford access to different courses and research areas than those offered at the home institution. They provide students with a deeper and/or broader approach to their chosen field and a range of new electives. Additionally, the programmes offer a level of international exposure that extends beyond the traditional exchange programme. They are designed for students who already participate in on-line global networks and are concerned with global issues. They enable students to understand how their discipline is unfolding in different parts and sectors of the world. What is the difference between double degrees and joint degrees? Double (or dual) degrees are degrees in which two accredited, degree-awarding institutions cooperate to grant two concurrent, independent degrees. Double degrees are developed on the basis of mutual recognition of the curriculum and course content and credits earned (mandatory, core, electives) at the partner institutions. Joint degrees, by comparison, are arrangements in which two institutions collaborate to award a single degree. Joint degrees involve joint curriculum development, joint administration and joint graduation. What are the benefits of double degrees? Particpating in a double degree programme can offer you several benefits: you can earn two accredited degrees in two specialisation fields for a fraction of the time and cost of two consecutive degree programmes; you can experience international collaboration and function as a full-time student in another country – and improve your language skills at the same time; you can deepen and broaden knowledge of your specialisation field in a different research and teaching environment; you can expand your international network, gain access to national licensing and establish academic and professional links in a foreign country and you can enhance your career opportunities by being an alumnus of two internationally renowned universities in two different countries.

153


E.2.

DD MSc Finance – UAIC of IASI, Romania

E.2.1.


Coördinator: Dr O.V. Iftime, [email protected], 050-363 3485 Study advisor(s): Student Support Desk, http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/masterstudent Key facts Start of programme: Duration (in semesters): Total credits: Language: Type of degree:

Admission:

Application: Tuition fees 2012 – 2013:

1 September 2012 (Year 2 of the 2-year DD, at RUG) 4 120 EC English MSc in Finance (from University of Groningen) MSc in Finance and Risk Management Graduates will also receive a diploma supplement on which is mentioned that the RUG degree is awarded within the framework of the double degree programme with Alexandru Ioan Cuza University. The admission requirements for this double degree are the same as those for the MSc Finance and Risk Management at UAIC. Students are then selected for the second phase of the DD programme in Groningen. Through Alexandru Ioan Cuza University EEA students: € 1.771 Non EEA students: € 13.000

Programme profile The programme is modular in structure, comprising 120 ECTS credits which are studied on a full time basis over a period of 2 years. Students will undertake Year 1 at Alexandru Ioan Cuza University in Iaşi, Romania, and Year 2 at the Faculty of Economics and Business of the University of Groningen. The first phase of the DD programme at UAIC is modeled after the pre-MSc programme offered by RUG-FEB for the MSc Finance. After completing the first phase, students can be selected by UAIC and RUG to enter the second phase of the DD programme, which is RUGFEB’s MSc Finance, with an adapted curriculum. Supervision for the dissertation is managed jointly across the institutions. Programme structure (for students from Iasi, 2012-2014) DD MSc Finance – UAIC of Iasi, Romania Master’s Year 1 Semester 1 (UAIC) Semester 2 (UAIC) 30 EC compulsory courses from the MSc Finance and Risk Management at UAIC

154

30 EC compulsory and elective courses from the MSc Finance and Risk Management at UAIC

Master’s Year 2 Semester 3 (FEB) Semester 3 (FEB or UAIC) 30 EC compulsory 10 EC electives at courses from the FEB or UAIC; MSc Finance at FEB 20 EC joint Master thesis at RUG or UAIC under joint


FEB/UAIC supervision, with final grading by FEB and UAIC

Further information Mr Orest Iftime, [email protected], 050-363 3485 E.2.2.

Programme content (for students from Iasi, 2011-2013)

Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1-2 + 2.1-2

course title Study at UAIC, Iasi

Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.1-2 2.1 2.1 2.2

NB

DD MSc Finance – UAIC of Iasi, Romania 1 (at UACI) core programme for students from Iasi code

EC 60

C/E lang C EN

EC 5 5 5 5 5 5 20 5

C/E C C C C C C C EG


EBM822A05 5

EG

EN

EBM811C05

EG

EN

DD MSc Finance – UAIC of Iasi, Romania 2 (at FEB) core programme for students from Iasi

course title Corporate Finance for MSc Finance Derivative Instruments Research Methods in Finance Corporate Valuation for MSc Finance Portfolio Theory Responsible Finance and Investing Master’s Thesis Finance A Banking, Insurance and Risk Management A Institutional Investment Management A Corporate Governance for MSc Finance

code EBM008B05 EBM068A05 EBM070A05 EBM007C05 EBM015B05 EBM071A05 EBM866B20 EBM067A05

5

Students choose 10 EC from option group A. Students may choose the 3rd elective course from option group A to replace one of the courses from semester I except for Research Methods in Finance and Portfolio Theory

155


E.3.

DD MSc IB&M – NUBS, Newcastle

E.3.1.


Coördinator: Mr H.A.Ritsema, [email protected], 050-363 3844 Information: Ms R. (Ineke) van Est, [email protected], 050-363 6692 Study advisor(s): Student Support Desk, http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/masterstudent Key facts Start of programme: Duration (in semesters): Total credits: Language: Type of degree:

Admission:

Application: Tuition fees 2012 - 2013

1 September 2012 3 90 EC English MSc in International Business and Management (from University of Groningen) MSc in Advanced International Business Management & Marketing (for students who start in Groningen, degree from Newcastle University) or MA in Advanced International Business Management (for students who start in Newcastle, degree from Newcastle University) Graduates will also receive a diploma supplement in Groningen on which is mentioned that the RUG degree is awarded within the framework of the double degree programme with Newcastle University. For students who start in Groningen: The admission requirements for this double degree are the same as those for the MSc International Business & Management plus a GPA of 7 or above and proof of English skills (TOEFL 580 or comparable). For students who start in Newcastle: The admission requirements for this double degree are the same as those for the MSc International Business Management of NUBS. FEB: Please go to: www.rug.nl/howtoapply NUBS: Through Newcastle University Business School For students who start in Groningen: EEA students € 6.000 for the 18-month DD Non EEA students € 18.500 for the 18-month DD (to be paid to the University of Groningen) For students who start in Newcastle: EEA students £ 5.250 Non EEA students £ 16.000 (to be paid to Newcastle University Business School)

Programme profile The Dual Award in Advanced International Business Management & Marketing is a highly unique degree programme, delivered by two academically renowned European institutions– Newcastle University Business School and the University of Groningen. The overall aim of the programme is to provide a pre-experience Masters

156


qualification in business management with a strong international dimension. Specifically the programme aims to provide participants the opportunity to engage with the issues experienced by internationally oriented organisations. Within this context, attention is paid to the comparative analyses of countries, institutions, cultures and the strategic decision-making of companies operating within this environment. The collaborative approach to this programme provides students with the opportunity to: Study a distinctive and internationally focused curriculum in business and management; Study at two highly respected and traditionally focused universities; Gain a postgraduate dual award (MA and MSc) degree enabling participants to prepare for and/or further develop a successful career in international business and management; and Live in two of Europe’s most exciting and friendly cities. The programme is modular in structure, comprising 180 credits which are studied on a full time basis over a period of 17 months. Students will undertake one semester at the Faculty of Economics and Business at the University of Groningen and one semester at Newcastle University Business School. Supervision for the dissertation is managed jointly across the institutions, but participants will be given the choice as to which university to undertake their dissertation from. Programme structure (2012-2014) for students who start in Groningen:: Dual Masters Award in Advanced International Business Management and Marketing (IBM&M) Master’s Year 1 Master’s Year 2 Semester 1 (FEB) Semester 2 (NUBS) Semester 3 (FEB and NUBS) 30 EC Compulsory 30 EC courses and 1. 5 EC elective MSc IB&M MSc IB&M courses electives at NUBS Writing joint Master thesis at RUG or NUBS under joint FEB/NUBS supervision, with final grading by FEB and NUBS.

for students who start in Newcastle: Dual Masters Award in Advanced International Business Management Master’s Year 1 Master’s Year 2 Semester 1 (NUBS) Semester 2 (FEB) Semester 3 (FEB and NUBS) 30 EC courses and 30 EC Compulsory Writing joint Master thesis at RUG or electives at NUBS MSc IB&M courses NUBS under joint FEB/NUBS supervision, 5 EC elective MSc with final grading by FEB and NUBS IB&M

What will you learn? The Dual Award in Advanced International Business Management and Marketing aims to provide participants the opportunity to engage with the issues experienced by internationally orientated organisations. Within this context, attention is paid to

157


the comparative analyses of countries, institutions, cultures and the strategic decision making of companies operating within this environment. More specifically, the programme aims to provide candidates with: An ability to apply their knowledge and understanding of international business management to complex issues, both systematically and creatively. A deep knowledge of marketing theories, including advanced skills in the analysis of markets in an international context. An understanding of management, leadership and business practice within international organisations. An opportunity to conceptualise real world problems using analytical frameworks drawn from marketing, international marketing and international business theory. An ability to critically evaluate these issues within the context of the activities of businesses, government and non-governmental organisations. Career prospects The degree has been designed for individuals who aspire to a career in international business management and will prepare students for a range of positions in international, multinational or transnational companies. Further information Ms R. (Ineke) van Est-van der Weg, [email protected], 050-363 6692 E.3.2.

Programme content (for students who started in Groningen, 2012-14)

Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.1-2

course title Comparative Institutional Anal. for IB&M Foreign Dir. Investment & Trade (MSc) International Business Strategy (MSc) International Corporate Finance International Strategic Alliances Research Seminar for IB&M Study at NUBS, Newcastle

Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1-2 1.1-2

158

DD MSc IB&M – NUBS, Newcastle 1 (sem. 1 at FEB, sem. 2 at NUBS) core programme for students from FEB code EBM084A05 EBM086A05 EBM088A05 EBM098A05 EBM090A05 EBM718B05

EC 5 5 5 5 5 5 30

C/E C C C C C C C


DD MSc IB&M – NUBS, Newcastle 2 (at FEB and/or NUBS) core programme for students from FEB

course title electives MSc IB&M Master’s Thesis IB&M - DD Newcastle

code

EC 5 EBM091A25 25

C/E lang E EN C EN


NB

If students write their thesis in Newcastle they must do the 5 EC elective course in semester I of year 1 (instead of semester 1 of year 2)

E.3.3.

Programme content (for students who started in Newcastle, 2012-14)

Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1-2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.2 2.2 NB

course title Study at NUBS, Newcastle Comparative Corporate Governance Foreign Dir. Investment & Trade (MSc) International Business Strategy (MSc) International Entrepreneurship Emerging Markets (MSc) Research Seminar for IB&M electives MSc IB&M

code EBM083A05 EBM086A05 EBM088A05 EBM089A05 EBM085A05 EBM718B05

EC 30 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

C/E C C C C C C C E


If students write their thesis in Groningen they can choose to substitute either Comparative Corporate Governance or International Entrepreneurship with Comparative Institutional Analysis

Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1-2 1.1

DD MSc IB&M – NUBS, Newcastle 1 (sem. 1 at NUBS, sem. 2 at FEB) core programme for students from Newcastle

DD MSc IB&M – NUBS, Newcastle 2 (at FEB and/or NUBS) core programme for students from Newcastle

course title Master’s Thesis IB&M - DD Newcastle Comparative Institutional Anal. for IB&M

code EC EBM091A25 25 EBM084A05 5

C/E lang C EN C EN

159


E.4.

DD MSc IE&B – Corvinus University, Budapest

E.4.1.


Coordinator: Prof. H. van Ees, [email protected], 050-363 3705 Secretary: Secretariat GEM, [email protected], 050-363 3546 Study advisor(s): Student Support Desk, http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/masterstudent Key facts Start of programme: Duration (in semesters): Total credits: Language: Type of degree:

Admission:

Application:

Tuition fees 2012 - 2013

NB

160

1 September 2012 4 120 EC English MSc in International Economics and Business (from the University of Groningen) MA in International Economy and Business (from Corvinus University Budapest), specialisation Central-East European economies Graduates will also receive a diploma supplement from FEB-RUG on which is mentioned that the degree is awarded within the framework of the double degree programme with Corvinus University Budapest. For incoming students from CUB, the admission requirements for this specialisation are the same as those for the MA in International Economy and Business. For outgoing students from FEB, the admission requirements are the same as those for the MSc International Economics and Business Master’s degree programme, with an additional requirement that candidates for both the double degree Master and the Master certificate programme should have at least a GPA of ≥7. In selecting candidates, the respective selection committees will also take account of factors such as motivation and relevant knowledge of international/development economics. Online, please go to: www.rug.nl/howtoapply Application deadline: 1 February 2013 Maximum number of RUG students admitted: 5 EEA students: € 1. 771 per year Non EEA students: € 13.000 per year An extra participation fee may be required for the period spent at the partner university. For more information please visit the DD website.

Outgoing FEB students remain registered in the RUG MSc IE&B programme until they have completed the 120 EC of the DD programme. Incoming CUB students remain registered in the CUB MA International Economy and Business until they have completed the 120 EC of the DD programme. They register at RUG in their final semester in order to be eligible for a Dutch degree certificate (students with exchange status are not eligible for Dutch degree certificates).


Programme profile Corvinus University Budapest offers degrees in multiple disciplines, but it is characterised by its programmes in economics and management. As the country’s leading institution in business education, the Faculty provides education and research in the field of Hungarian economic policies embedded in a European and global context. Due to its regional determinacy, one of the main assets of the Faculty is its firm commitment to a better perception of Central and Eastern Europe, with a special focus on the process of catching up, transformation and integration. The Faculty offers a wide range of relevant topics in the field of world economy, the European Community and the CEE region, thereby providing the necessary knowledge for those individuals who wish to embark on a career in international or domestic institutions of economic management or governmental agencies. Business leaders and all others who wish to embark on a career in international management or public policy have to understand the trends in the world economy, including the European Community and the CEE region. What makes this DD programme so unique is the combination of topics in the field of international business and international economics, with a special focus on issues of economic transformation and integration, as well as the attention paid to the links between the fields. Topics range from international trade and investment to the consequences of globalization for strategic decision-making, in particular trade and capital flows in relation to multinational enterprises and the socio-economic and institutional differences between countries, with a special focus on the CEE-region. Students are trained to become broadly oriented economists with a strong international profile and a deep analytical understanding of the main current trends in the global world of international (economic) policy and business organizations, ranging from the fields of international business and economics to international politics and international law. The core content of the programme reflects the increasing globalisation and continuous evolution of international economics and business. BSc E&BE graduates and students admitted directly to the MSc International Economics and Business (IE&B) at FEB-RUG, Groningen can apply for admission to the DD Master CEE specialisation prior to starting the MSc IE&B or during their first (winter) semester. Students admitted to the MA International Economy and Business at CUB, Budapest can apply for admission to the DD Master CEE specialisation. They need to complete the first year (60 EC) of the 2-year MA at CUB with above-average grades and satisfy the specific DD admission requirements agreed to by the two partners. In order to be eligible for the Dutch MSc degree at FEB, they need to satisfy the graduation requirements of RUG (see below).

161


Programme structure (2012-2014) for students from FEB: MSc DD IE&B with Corvinus specializing in Central-East European transition economies Master’s Year 1 Master’s Year 2 Semester 1 (FEB) Semester 2 (CUB) Semester 3 (CUB) Semester 4 (FEB) 15 EC compulsory 30 EC CEE core and 30 EC CEE core and 10 EC core MSc IE&B courses specialisation courses specialisation elective/elective and 15 EC core from MA Int. courses from MA courses, 20 EC elective/elective Economy and Int. Economy and Master’s thesis courses (total 30 EC) Business Business FEB thesis supervisor, FEB & CUB thesis graders + comprehensive exam CUB

for students from Corvinus: MSc DD IE&B with Corvinus specializing in Central-East European transition economies Master’s Year 1 Master’s Year 2 Semester 1 (CUB) Semester 2 (CUB) Semester 3 (FEB) Semester 4 (FEB) 30 EC compulsory, 30 EC compulsory, 15 EC compulsory 10 EC core specialisation and specialisation and MSc IE&B courses elective/elective elective MA elective MA and 15 EC core courses International International elective/elective 20 EC Master’s Economy and Economy and courses (total 30 EC) thesis (total 30 EC) Business courses at Business courses at FEB thesis CUB CUB supervisor, FEB & CUB thesis graders + comprehensive exam CUB

What will you learn? Having completed this double degree programme, you will have: knowledge and expertise in the ways individual, group and organizational factors influence organizational performance, problem solving and strategic decision making. insight into the consequences of globalisation for multinational enterprises, and the socio-economic and institutional differences between countries, in particular CEE countries. the ability to apply the tools of modern economic analysis to issues of development policy acquired analytical and business skills in an international context the capacity to evaluate critically different approaches to development analysis and policy

162


Career prospects This double degree programme has been designed for individuals who aspire to a career in national, international, multinational or transnational institutions and enterprises such as: international economist and strategy expert in a multinational corporation. staff member with an (inter)national governmental organisations such as IMF, Worldbank, OECD, WTO, ECB, ODI or the EU professional economist on development and Central-East European transition economic issues in international agencies, governments or the private sector economic consultant with an (inter)national governmental organization business consultant with an internationally operating consultancy firm Further information http://www.rug.nl/feb/informatievoor/doubledegree/index http://www.rug.nl/feb/informatievoor/internationalprospectivestudents/msc/msciean db/index E.4.2.

Programme content (for students from FEB)

Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 2.1-2

course title core elect./electives DD MSc IE&B - CUB Foreign Dir. Investment & Trade (MSc) International Business Strategy (MSc) core elect./electives DD MSc IE&B - CUB Research Seminar for IE&B Study at CUB, Budapest

Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1-2 2.1-2 2.1

DD MSc IE&B – Corvinus University, Budapest 1 (sem. 1 at FEB, sem. 2 at CUB) core programme for students from FEB code EBM086A05 EBM088A05 EBM846B05

EC 5 5 5 10 5 30

C/E C C C C C C


C/E C C C

lang EN EN EN

DD MSc IE&B – Corvinus University, Budapest 2 (sem. 1 at CUB, sem. 2 at FEB) core programme for students from FEB

course title Study at CUB, Budapest Master’s Thesis IE&B core elect./electives DD MSc IE&B - CUB

code

EC 30 EBM868A20 20 10

163




Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1 1.2 2.1 2.1 2.2 NB


EC 5 5 5 5 5 5

C/E E E E E E E


C/E E E E E E

lang EN EN EN EN EN

DD MSc IE&B – Corvinus University, Budapest 1 and/or 2 electives DD MSc IE&B - CUB

course title Comparative Institutional Anal. for IB&M International Strategic Alliances Comparative Corporate Governance International Entrepreneurship Emerging Markets (MSc)

code EBM084A05 EBM090A05 EBM083A05 EBM089A05 EBM085A05

EC 5 5 5 5 5

Students choose 15 EC of core electives DD MSc IE&B - CUB and 10 EC of electives DD MSc IE&B - CUB. Students from FEB can take core elective or elective courses DD MSc IE&B - CUB in semester 1 of year 1 and/or in semester 2 of year 2. Students from Budapest take core elective or elective courses DD MSc IE&B - CUB in year 2

E.4.3.

Programme content (for students from CUB)


164

DD MSc IE&B – Corvinus University, Budapest 1 and/or 2 core electives DD MSc IE&B - CUB

DD MSc IE&B – Corvinus University, Budapest 1 (at CUB) core programme for students from Budapest

course title Study at CUB, Budapest

code

EC 60

C/E lang C EN


Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 2.1-2 2.1

course title core elect./electives DD MSc IE&B - CUB Foreign Dir. Investment & Trade (MSc) International Business Strategy (MSc) core elect./electives DD MSc IE&B - CUB Research Seminar for IE&B Master’s Thesis IE&B core elect./electives DD MSc IE&B - CUB


code

EC 5 EBM086A05 5 EBM088A05 5 10 EBM846B05 5 EBM868A20 20 10

C/E C C C C C C C


C/E E E E E E E


C/E E E E E E

lang EN EN EN EN EN

DD MSc IE&B – Corvinus University, Budapest 2 core electives DD MSc IE&B - CUB



DD MSc IE&B – Corvinus University, Budapest 2 (at FEB) core programme for students from Budapest


EC 5 5 5 5 5 5

DD MSc IE&B – Corvinus University, Budapest 2 electives DD MSc IE&B - CUB



EC 5 5 5 5 5

165


E.5.

DD MSc IE&B – Georg-August University, Göttingen

E.5.1.


Coordinator: Dr Koetter, [email protected], 050-363 2665 Secretary: Secretariat GEM, [email protected], 050-363 3546 Study advisor(s): Student Support Desk, http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/masterstudent Key facts Start of programme: Duration (in semesters): Total credits: Language: Type of degree:

Admission:

Application:


1 September 2012 4 120 EC English MSc in International Economics and Business (from the University of Groningen). MA in International Economics, specialization Development Economics (from Georg-August-University Göttingen). Graduates will receive two diploma supplements on which will be mentioned that the respective degrees are awarded within the framework of the double degree programme between GeorgAugust-University Göttingen and the University of Groningen. The admission requirements for this specialisation are the same as those for the MSc International Economics and Business Master’s degree programme, with an additional requirement that candidates should have at least a GPA of ≥7 and that the grade of the Bachelor degree thesis is ≥ 7.5. In selecting candidates, the respective selection committees will also take account of factors such as motivation and relevant knowledge of international/development economics. For students not yet enrolled in the MSc IE&B programme, please go to: www.rug.nl/howtoapply The application deadline for students enrolled in the FEB MSc IE&B, who start at Göttingen in the 2nd semester, is 15 November For all other applicants, the application deadline (via Studielink and OAS) is May 1st EEA students: € 1. 771 per year Non EEA students: € 13.000 per year An extra participation fee may be required for the period spent at the partner university. For more information please visit the DD website.

N.B. Students remain enrolled, fee-paying students at the ‘home’ university until they have completed the 120 EC of the DD programme. GOT students must also enrol as fee-paying students at RUG in order to be eligible for a Dutch degree certificate. Students with exchange status are not eligible for Dutch degree certificates in the Netherlands.

166


Programme structure (2012-2014) for students from FEB: MSc DD IE&B with Göttingen specializing in development economics Master’s Year 1 Master’s Year 2 Semester 1 (FEB) Semester 2 (GOT) Semester 3 (GOT) Semester 4 (FEB) 30 EC compulsory 30 EC (1 compulsory 30 EC: 18 EC 30 EC: compulsory courses and 4 specialization compulsory, 12 EC courses and Master courses and elective elective courses thesis Master courses at GOT)

for students from Göttingen: MSc DD IE&B with Göttingen specializing in applied international and development economics Master’s Year 1 Master’s Year 2 Semester 1 (GOT) Semester 2 (GOT) Semester 3 (FEB) Semester 4 (FEB) 30 EC compulsory, 30 EC compulsory, 30 EC compulsory 30 EC compulsory specialization and specialization and courses courses and elective Master elective Master Master’s thesis courses at GOT courses at GOT

What will you learn? Having completed this double degree programme, you will have: knowledge and expertise in the ways individual, group and organizational factors influence organizational performance, problem solving and strategic decision making. insight into the consequences of globalization for multinational enterprises, and the socio-economic and institutional differences between countries. the use of quantitative and statistical techniques for policy analysis and evaluation in a development context. the ability to apply the tools of modern economic analysis to issues of development policy. acquired analytical and business skills in an international context. the capacity to evaluate critically different approaches to development analysis and policy that research and applied work in the development field now requires. the qualifications to enter PhD programmes and work in international research instiutions. Career prospects This double degree programme has been designed for individuals who aspire to a career in national, international, multinational or transnational institutions and enterprises such as: international economist and strategy expert in a multinational corporation. staff member with an (inter)national governmental organisations such as IMF, Worldbank, OECD, WTO, ECB, ODI or the EU

167


professional economist on development and Central-East European transition economic issues in international agencies, governments or the private sector economic consultant with an (inter)national governmental organization business consultant with an internationally operating consultancy firm Further information http://www.rug.nl/feb/informatievoor/doubledegree/index http://www.rug.nl/feb/informatievoor/internationalprospectivestudents/msc/msciean db/index E.5.2.


Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.1-2

course title Competitiveness of Firms and Nations Foreign Dir. Investment & Trade (MSc) International Business Strategy (MSc) Growth and Development Policies Research Seminar for IE&B Trade, Environment and Growth Study at GOT, Göttingen

Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1-2 2.1-2 2.1 2.2 E.5.3.

168

code EBM092A05 EBM086A05 EBM088A05 EBM095A05 EBM846B05 EBM097A05

EC 5 5 5 5 5 5 30

C/E C C C C C C C


DD MSc IE&B – Georg-August University, Göttingen 2 (sem. 1 at GOT, sem. 2 at FEB) core programme for students from FEB

course title Study at GOT, Göttingen Master’s Thesis IE&B International Entrepreneurship Country Studies

code

EC 30 EBM868A20 20 EBM089A05 5 EBM093A05 5

C/E C C C C

lang EN EN EN EN

Programme content (for students from GOT)


DD MSc IE&B – Georg-August University, Göttingen 1 (sem. 1 at FEB, sem. 2 at GOT) core programme for students from FEB

DD MSc IE&B – Georg-August University, Göttingen 1 (at GOT) core programme for students from Göttingen

course title Study at GOT, Göttingen

code

EC 60

C/E lang C EN


Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.1-2 2.1 2.2

DD MSc IE&B – Georg-August University, Göttingen 2 (at FEB) core programme for students from Göttingen

course title Competitiveness of Firms and Nations Foreign Dir. Investment & Trade (MSc) International Business Strategy (MSc) Economic Growth and Development Research Seminar for IE&B Trade, Environment and Growth Master’s Thesis IE&B International Entrepreneurship Country Studies

code EBM092A05 EBM086A05 EBM088A05 EBM890B05 EBM846B05 EBM097A05 EBM868A20 EBM089A05 EBM093A05

EC 5 5 5 5 5 5 20 5 5



169


E.6.

DD MSc IE&B-Economics-IB&M – Fudan University, Shanghai

E.6.1.


Director: Prof. S. Brakman, [email protected], 050-363 3746 Coordinator: Dr E.H. van Leeuwen, [email protected], 050-363 3744 Information: Mrs R. van Est, [email protected], 050-363 6692 Secretary: Secretariat GEM, [email protected], 050-363 3458 Study advisor(s): Student Support Desk, http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/masterstudent Key facts Start of programme: Duration (in semesters): Total credits: Language: Type of degree:

Admission:

Application:


1 September 2012 4 120 EC English Master of Science (MSc) Economics, MSc International Economics & Business (IE&B) or MSc International Business & Management (IB&M), from University of Groningen and Master in Economics (Applied Economics) from Fudan University Graduates will also receive a diploma supplement from FEB-RUG on which is mentioned that the degree is being awarded within the framework of a Double Degree Master in Economics, specialization Applied Economics with the School of Economics, Fudan University. The admission requirements for this programme are identical to the admission requirements for each of the three FEB-RUG MSc programmes involved. In selecting candidates, the selection committee(s) will take account of factors such as motivation, GPA, absence of study delay, interest in gaining a global perspective on world economics and business, and in particular, a desire to develop the skills and knowledge needed for an international career in or involving China. Students who are already registered in one of the 3 abovementioned Master of Science programmes at the RUG can contact Ms. Ineke van Est ([email protected]). Application deadline for students already enroled at FEB-RUG (as Bachelor or Master student): 1 June 2013. All other students can apply online. Please go to: www.rug.nl/howtoapply. The general application deadlines apply. EEA students: € 1. 771,-/year; Non EEA students: € 13.000,-/ year (2012-2013) ¥ 65.000, - (approx. € 7.500,-); to be paid directly to Fudan at the start of year 2

Programme profile Located in Shanghai, Fudan University (a member of the U21 network, and the C9 league, an alliance of nine most prestigious Chinese universities) is one of the oldest, most prestigious and most selective universities in the People's Republic of China. It

170


is a comprehensive university highly ranked in physical sciences, humanities, social sciences, and medicine. In 2009, Fudan University ranked third overall among universities in mainland China, and in the 2011 QS World University Rankings, it was ranked 91st in the world. In the subject tables compiled by QS for the rankings, Fudan is ranked 45th in the world for social sciences. Currently, Fudan University has over 45,000 students with over 1,700 students from overseas. The School of Economics Fudan University consists of 5 academic departments and 6 research centres, including the Research Institution of World Economics. The school has 138 Faculty, of which 34 are professors and 42 associate professors. The School of Economics holds a leading position in the field of domestic economics. The school is equipped with excellent teaching and research conditions such as the Reference Room with multi-languages and the creative teaching lab. The school has established collaborative information exchange with academic institutions such as World Bank, in the USA, Japan and other countries, and has set up a European Communities Center, the first data centre established by the EU in China. Economics and business graduates who wish to embark on a career as global economists or business strategists need to have knowledge of the economic and monetary policies and political economics of leading nations and to recognise trends in the world economy. The Double Degree Master specialization: China and the World Economy is a two-year, (post)graduate Dutch Master of Science (phase 1) and Chinese Master (phase 2) programme comprising a total of 34 Chinese Credits (CC), which is the equivalent of ±120 European Credits (EC). The programme is structured in two independent parts, with each part lasting one year. Part one takes place in Groningen, where students enrol in one of three Master programmes offered by FEB-RUG: MSc Economics, MSc International Economics and Business, or MSc International Business and Management. Students are nominally enrolled as non-fee-paying post-graduate students at the School of Economics, Fudan University. During phase one of the Programme at FEB-RUG students can prepare for part two by taking extra-curricular courses in Basic Chinese (HSK Mandarin I and II), and participating in extra-curricular Sino-Dutch activities organised in Groningen. On successful completion of part one, students graduate with a recognised and accredited Dutch Master of Science degree, and deregister from FEBRUG . Part two of the Programme takes place in Shanghai, where students enrol as fee-paying students in an English-taught, post-graduate programme at the Fudan University School of Economics. Part one at FEB-RUG replaces Year 1 of the 2-year Master programme at SE-FU. The curriculum in part two focusses on a variety of themes relating to the economy of China and China’s role in South East Asia, among others, Chinese economic theory, international trade, finance, public administration and law. Students benefit from seminars within the School of Economics, and attend a major international series of cutting-edge business and finance lectures sponsored by HSBC, as well as Overseas Lecturers’ Short Courses. There is also a 3 CC thesis. This 2-year post-graduate programme offers students the possibility to gain comprehensive knowledge of the economies, economic policies, strategies, theories and practices of Europe, China and South East Asia and to obtain a global view of world economics. The core content of the programme reflects the increasing

171


globalisation and evolution taking place in the field of economics. In addition, students have the opportunity to experience international student life in two different cultures with sufficient time spent in each environment to obtain a thorough understanding of both cultures, and to graduate after two years with two nationally and internationally recognised Master’s degrees from two outstanding, research-driven institutions in the PR of China and The Netherlands. Programme structure (2012-2014) for students from FEB: Double Degree MSc in Economics, IE&B, or IB&M: specialization China and the Global Economy Master’s Year 1 (60 European Credits) Master’s Year 2 (19 Chinese Credits) Semester 1 (FEB) 15 EC compulsory and 10 EC elective courses MSc IE&B, MSc Economics or MSc IB&M1 = 30 EC

Semester 2 (FEB) 10 EC core elective/elective courses MSc IE&B, MSc Economics, MSc IB&M, 20 EC Master’s thesis = 30 EC

Semester 3 (FU) 9 CC compulsory and (min.) 2 CC elective courses on themes relating to China and the World Economy = 11 CC

Semester 4 (FU) 3 CC compulsory, (min.) 2 CC electives and 3 CC thesis on theme relating to China and the World Economy = 8 CC

What will you learn? Having completed this double degree programme, you will have: knowledge and expertise in the ways individual, group and organizational factors influence organizational performance, problem solving and strategic decision making. insight into the consequences of globalisation for multinational enterprises, and the socio-economic and institutional differences between countries, in particular differences between countries in Europe, China and South East Asia. the ability to apply the tools of modern economic analysis to issues of development policy. acquired analytical and business skills in an international context. the capacity to evaluate critically different approaches to development analysis and policy. comprehensive knowledge of the economy, business, law, culture and policies of China. the qualifications to enter PhD programmes and work in international research institutions. Career prospects This double degree programme has been designed for individuals who aspire to a career in national, international, multinational or transnational institutions and enterprises such as: MSc IB&M students are strongly advised to take economics-related electives in preparation for phase 2 at SE-FU. 1

172


international economist and strategy expert in a multinational corporation. staff member with an (inter)national governmental organisations such as IMF, Worldbank, OECD, WTO, ECB, ODI or the EU professional economist on development, Chinese and East Asian transition economic issues in international agencies, governments or the private sector economic consultant with an (inter)national governmental organization business consultant with an internationally operating consultancy firm Further information http://www.rug.nl/feb/informatievoor/doubledegree/index http://www.rug.nl/feb/informatievoor/internationalprospectivestudents/msc/msciean db/index http://www.rug.nl/feb/informatievoor/internationalprospectivestudents/msc/msceco nomics/index http://www.rug.nl/feb/informatievoor/internationalprospectivestudents/msc/msciba ndm/index E.6.2.

Programme content (for MSc Economics students from FEB )

Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 en 2.1 1.2 en 2.1 2.1-2 NB

DD MSc IE&B-Economics-IB&M – Fudan University, Shanghai 1 (at FEB) core programme for students from FEB - Economics

course title Empirical Methods of Economics Games and Industrial Organization Macroeconomics for MSc Economics core electives FEB - Econ electives FEB - Econ Master’s Thesis Economics

code EBM103A05 EBM104A05 EBM836C05

EC 5 5 5 10

C/E C C C C

lang EN EN EN EN

15

C

EN

EBM877A20 20

C

EN

In addition to electives FEB - Econ students may also choose remaining courses of core electives FEB - Econ and/or a maximum of 10 EC from MSc EORAS, MSc Finance and MSc IE&B. NB: It is only possible for students to enter part 2 at Fudan in September.

173



course title Competition Policy - Theory and Practice Empirical Macroeconomics Microeconomics of Household Behaviour Monetary Policy and Financial Regulation

Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.2 2.1 2.2

Year: Profile:

E.6.3.

sem 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 2.1-2 2.1

174

EC 5 5 5 5

C/E E E E E

lang EN EN EN EN


EC 5 5 5

C/E E E E

lang EN EN EN

DD MSc IE&B-Economics-IB&M – Fudan University, Shanghai 2 (at FU) core programme for students from FEB - Economics

course title Study at Fudan University, Shanghai

code

EC 60

C/E lang C EN

Programme content (for MSc IB&M students from FEB )


code EBM100A05 EBM102A05 EBM106A05 EBM107A05

DD MSc IE&B-Economics-IB&M – Fudan University, Shanghai 1 electives FEB - Economics

course title Economic Growth in History Public Economics and Social Policy Law and Economics

Programme:

sem 1.1-2 + 2.1-2

DD MSc IE&B-Economics-IB&M – Fudan University, Shanghai 1 core electives FEB - Economics

DD MSc IE&B-Economics-IB&M – Fudan University, Shanghai 1 (at FEB) core programme for students from FEB - IB&M

course title Core elective IE&B or IB&M Foreign Dir. Investment & Trade (MSc) International Business Strategy (MSc) Core elective IE&B or IB&M Research Seminar for IB&M Master’s Thesis IB&M Core elective IE&B or IB&M

code


C/E C C C C C C C



NB

Students choose 15 EC in core electives FEB - IB&M and 10 EC in core electives FEB IE&B. NB: It is only possible for students to enter part 2 at Fudan in September.

Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1 1.2 2.1 2.1 2.2 NB



EC 5 5 5 5 5

C/E E E E E E

lang EN EN EN EN EN

These courses are core electives in the MSc IB&M programme and electives in the MSc IE&B programme.

Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1-2 + 2.1-2 E.6.4.

Year: Profile:

DD MSc IE&B-Economics-IB&M – Fudan University, Shanghai 2 (at FU) core programme for students from FEB - IB&M


code

EC 60

C/E lang C EN

Programme content (for MSc IE&B students from FEB )

Programme:

sem 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 2.1-2 2.1

DD MSc IE&B-Economics-IB&M – Fudan University, Shanghai 1 core electives FEB - IB&M

DD MSc IE&B-Economics-IB&M – Fudan University, Shanghai 1 (at FEB) core programme for students from FEB - IE&B

course title Core elective IE&B or IB&M Foreign Dir. Investment & Trade (MSc) International Business Strategy (MSc) Core elective IE&B or IB&M Research Seminar for IE&B Master’s Thesis IE&B Core elective IE&B or IB&M

code


C/E C C C C C C C


175


NB

Students choose 15 EC in core electives FEB - IE&B and 10 EC in electives FEB - IE&B or core electives FEB-IE&B which they have not already taken. NB: It is only possible for students to enter part 2 at Fudan in September.

Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1 1.2 1.2 2.1 2.1 2.2 NB



EC 5 5 5 5 5 5

C/E E E E E E E


These courses are core electives in the MSc IE&B programme and electives in the MSc IB&M programme.


176

DD MSc IE&B-Economics-IB&M – Fudan University, Shanghai 1 core electives FEB - IE&B

DD MSc IE&B-Economics-IB&M – Fudan University, Shanghai 2 (at FU) core programme for students from FEB - IE&B


code

EC 60

C/E lang C EN


E.7.

DD MSc IFM – UU, Uppsala

E.7.1.


Coördinator: Dr Wim Westerman, [email protected], 050-363 7088 Study advisor(s): Student Support Desk, http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/masterstudent Key facts Start of programme: Duration (in semesters): Total credits: Language: Type of degree:

Admission:

Application: Tuition fees 2012 - 2013

1 September 2012 3 90 EC English MSc in International Financial Management (from University of Groningen) MSc in Business and Economics (from Uppsala University) Graduates will also receive a diploma supplement on which is mentioned that the RUG degree is awarded within the framework of the double degree programme with Uppsala University. The admission requirements for this double degree are the same as those for the MSc International Financial Management at FEBRUG. Please go to: www.rug.nl/howtoapply EEA students € 1.771 tuition fee per year Non EEA students € 13.000 per year

Programme profile The International Financial Management double degree programme is offered jointly by the University of Groningen in the Netherlands and Uppsala University in Sweden. The double degree programme consists of two one-year master programmes: the Master of Science in International Financial Management (MSc IFM) of the University of Groningen, and the Master of Science in Business and Economics of Uppsala University, Sweden. It has a unique set-up. Students take one semester of courses in Groningen, one semester of courses in Uppsala and have to write one master’s thesis (also one semester), which is supervised by staff members from both universities. The thesis will be part of both Master of Science programmes. By organizing the thesis project in this way, students can effectively study two oneyear master programmes in three semesters (i.e. 18 months/90 EC). These days internationally oriented firms and organizations do not merely need financial specialists who are acquainted with the latest tools and techniques. They are rather looking for professionals who can use these tools and techniques for managing information and business resources. The IFM programme is different from most other Master programmes in international finance because it focuses on managerial aspects of international finance. The curriculum is designed to provide students with the skills they will need to function as a financial manager in an internationally operating firm or organization. It will give students a thorough understanding of the different aspects of financial management in an international business environment, and aims at

177


teaching them to think strategically and to explore how change can be initiated and managed. Programme structure (2012-2014) for students from FEB: MSc DD International Financial Management Master’s Year 1 Semester 1 (FEB) Semester 2 (UU)

Master’s Year 2 Semester 3 (FEB and/or UU)

30 EC advanced courses FEB

10 EC compulsory courses; 20 EC joint FEB/UU Master Thesis Project

30 EC advanced courses UU

What will you learn? The Master programme in International Financial Management programme emphasizes the study of the managerial aspects of international financial issues. The curriculum of the MSc IFM is designed to provide students with the skills they will need to operate as a good financial manager in an internationally operating firm or organization. It aims at learning to think strategically, and to explore how one can initiate and manage change. Therefore, the MSc IFM offers students a programme that is more closely connected to the demand of the market for managers who are able to manage international financial operations. Students graduating from this programme will be able to: Make decisions at strategic levels in many different private and public organisations that are internationally oriented. Choose the appropriate analytical techniques for analysing and managing international financial problems. Provide and present relevant information for businesses operating internationally. Appreciate cultural differences in international business. Apply theory of international finance to practical situations. Carry out and present research findings on issues in international finance. Career prospects International Financial Management (IFM) aims to develop future managers to handle the complexities of foreign capital investments and financing, evaluate risks related to operating abroad, manage and control international production and sales activities, manage alliances with foreign parties, and set up information processing and reporting. You will be prepared for managerial careers in financial organizations as well as in multinational companies as corporate financial managers. Students graduating from this programme may have a career in senior management levels at different internationally oriented organizations, such as multinationals and/or international organizations.

178


Graduates may also take on research oriented functions or conduct further research for a Ph.D. (with a view to an academic career), although if you wish to pursue an academic career a research master would probably be a better choice. Further information http://www.rug.nl/feb/Informatievoor/DoubleDegree/Outgoing/Uppsala/index http://www.rug.nl/feb/informatievoor/doubledegree/outgoing/index E.7.2.

Programme content

Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.1-2 NB

course title International Business Strategy (MSc) International Man. Accounting & Control Research Methods in Finance elective from selective list International Corporate Finance International Risk Management study in Uppsala


EC 5 5 5 5 EBM098A05 5 EBM099A05 5 30

C/E C C C C C C C


Selective list - students may choose electives from the following MSc programmes: MSc Finance, MSc BA O&MC, MSc Economics, MSc EORAS, MSc IE&B and MSc IB&M.

Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1-2 1.1

DD MSc IFM – UU, Uppsala 1 (sem. 1 at FEB, sem. 2 at UU) core programme for students from FEB

DD MSc IFM – UU, Uppsala 2 (at FEB and/or UU) core programme for students from FEB

course title Master’s Thesis IFM electives from selective list

code EC EBM022A20 20 10

C/E lang C EN C EN

179


E.8.

DD MSc Marketing – BI, Oslo

E.8.1.


Coördinator: Dr J.A. Voerman, [email protected], 050-363 7069 Secretary: Ms H.G. Tamling, [email protected], 050-363 7065 Study advisor(s): Student Support Desk, http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/masterstudent Key facts Start of programme: Duration (in semesters): Total credits: Language: Type of degree:

Admission:

Application:


1 September 2012 4 120 EC English MSc in Strategic Marketing Management (from BI Norwegian Business School, Oslo) MSc Marketing/profile Marketing Intelligence (from the University of Groningen) Graduates will also receive a diploma supplement on which is mentioned that the RUG degree is awarded within the framework of the double degree programme with BI Norwegian Business School. The admission requirements for this double degree are the same as those for the MSc Marketing, profile Marketing Intelligence at FEBRUG and the MSc in Strategic Marketing Management at BI NBS Oslo. All students should have completed semesters 1 and 2 of Year 1 with a GPA of at least 7.2. Selection for Year 2 of the double degree takes place at the home university during semester 2 of Year 1. Only candidates who can demonstrate that satisfactory progress has been made in semester 1 are eligible for the double degree programme. For students not yet registered at FEB-RUG, please go to: www.rug.nl/howtoapply For students currently registered in Year 1 at FEB-RUG (20122013), the application deadline is 1 February 2013 A maximum of 5 RUG and 5 BI students will be admitted to the double degree each year. EEA students € 1. 771 per year Non EEA students € 13.000 per year An extra participation fee may be required for the period spent at the partner university. For more information please visit the DD website.

N.B. Students remain enrolled, fee-paying students at the ‘home’ university until they have completed the 120 EC of the DD programme. BI students must also enrol as fee-paying students at RUG in order to be eligible for a Dutch degree certificate. Students with exchange status are not eligible for Dutch degree certificates in the Netherlands.

180


Programme profile BI Norwegian Business School, Oslo, Norway and the Faculty of Economics and Business, University of Groningen, the Netherlands, have established a high quality, 2-year Double Degree Master’s programme in Marketing. This is a unique opportunity to expand and deepen your knowledge and expertise in your chosen specialisation field of Marketing, experience a new and challenging research and teaching environment and graduate with two stand-alone Master’s degrees. The double degree MSc in Marketing programme aims to educate market-oriented leaders for the modern economy. In the Groningen programme, the focus is on customer relations and customer insights. Therefore, students learn how to collect qualitative and quantitative data about customers and how to analyse these using the latest and most advanced methods for analysing e.g. consumer behaviour. The Oslo programme is founded on three pillars: marketing theory, statistical methods and financial implications of marketing investments. Marketing managers oversee the research that provides market knowledge to help guide their decisions on a large number of issues such as which markets to target, which new products to develop, what level of distribution will be most cost efficient, what price will optimize sales and profits, and what communication themes and channels will best build brand value. Practitioners in the field give guest lectures relating theory to real business practice. For all students in this programme, a master’s thesis (20 EC) will be written in Groningen and a research paper (10 EC) will be written at BI. Programme structure (2012-2014) for students from FEB: MSc DD Marketing with BI specializing in Marketing/Marketing Intelligence and Strategic Marketing Management Master’s Year 1 Semester 1 (FEB) 30 EC advanced courses MSc Marketing /Marketing Intelligence track

Semester 2 (FEB) 10 EC advanced courses MSc Marketing /Marketing Intelligence track & Master’s Thesis (20 EC)

Master’s Year 2 Semester 3 (BI) 30 EC core & elective courses MSc Strategic Marketing Management

Semester 4 (BI) 34 EC core & elective courses MSc Strategic Marketing Management, including a Research Paper (10 EC)

for students from BI: MSc DD Marketing with BI specializing in Marketing/Marketing Intelligence and Strategic Marketing Management Master’s Year 1 Semester 1 (BI) 30 EC MSc in Strategic Marketing Management

Semester 2 (BI) 34 EC MSc in Strategic Marketing Management, including a Research Paper (10 EC)

Master’s Year 2 Semester 3 (FEB) 30 EC core courses MSc Marketing, specialisation Marketing Intelligence

Semester 4 (FEB) 10 EC core & elective courses & Master’s Thesis (20 EC)

181


What will you learn? Having completed this double degree, you will have: knowledge of traditional and modern marketing techniques and knowledge of basic and advanced marketing research techniques learned how to collect qualitative and quantitative data about customers and how to analyse these using the latest and most advanced methods for analysing consumer behaviour learned how to measure financial implications of marketing strategies knowledge of how movements such as globalization, free-trade agreements, market deregulation, and environmentalism are transforming the marketing environment acquired the qualifications to enter PhD programmes and work in international research institutions Career prospects This double degree programme has been designed for individuals who aspire to a career as a market researcher in the private or public sector, as a strategic marketing expert, customs relations manager, product or brand manager, database analyst or market intelligence expert. Graduates qualify for a range of positions in international, multinational or transnational companies. Further information http://www.rug.nl/feb/informatievoor/internationalprospectivestudents/msc/mscmar keting/index http://www.rug.nl/feb/informatievoor/doubledegree/outgoing/index E.8.2.


Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 2.1-2 2.1 2.2 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.1

182

DD MSc Marketing – BI, Oslo 1 (at FEB) core programme for students from FEB

course title Marketing Research Methods Strategic Marketing Marketing Engineering Market Models Master’s Thesis Marketing Consumer Psychology Customer Models A Retail Marketing A Brand & Product Management A Customer Management A Marketing Research Practice A Marketing Communication

code EBM080A05 EBM081A05 EBM079A05 EBM077A05 EBM867B20 EBM074A05 EBM076A05 EBM880A05 EBM073A05 EBM075A05 EBM881B05 EBM078A05

EC 5 5 5 5 20 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

C/E C C C C C C C EG EG EG EG EG



2.2 NB

A

B2B Marketing

sem 1.1-2 + 2.1-2 E.8.3.

EG

EN

EC 60

C/E lang C EN

EC 60

C/E lang C EN

EC 5 5 5 5 20 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

C/E C C C C C C C EG EG EG EG EG

DD MSc Marketing – BI, Oslo 2 (at BI) core programme for students from FEB

course title Study at BI, Oslo, incl. Research Paper

code

Programme content (for students from BI)


DD MSc Marketing – BI, Oslo 1 (at BI) core programme for students from Oslo

course title Study at BI, Oslo, incl. Research Paper


NB

5

students choose 10 EC from option group A


sem 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 2.1-2 2.1 2.2 1.1 1.2 1.2 2.1 2.2

EBM808B05

code

DD MSc Marketing – BI, Oslo 2 (at FEB) core programme for students from Oslo

course title Marketing Research Methods Strategic Marketing Marketing Engineering Market Models Master’s Thesis Marketing Consumer Psychology Customer Models B Retail Marketing B Brand & Product Management B Customer Management B Marketing Communication B B2B Marketing

code EBM080A05 EBM081A05 EBM079A05 EBM077A05 EBM867B20 EBM074A05 EBM076A05 EBM880A05 EBM073A05 EBM075A05 EBM078A05 EBM808B05


students choose 10 EC from option group B in consultation with the programme director

183


E.9.

DD MSc TOM and SCM – NUBS, Newcastle

E.9.1.


Director: Prof. dr. I.F.A. (Iris) Vis Coordinator: Dr J.A.C. (Jos) Bokhorst, [email protected], 050-363 4693 Secretary: Nicole van der Beek, [email protected], +31 50 363 3921 Study advisor(s): Student Support Desk, http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/masterstudent Key facts Start of programme: Duration (in semesters): Total credits: Language: Type of degree:

Admission:

Application:


1 September 2012 3 90 EC English MSc in Technology and Operations Management (from University of Groningen) MSc in Operations and Supply Chain Management (from Newcastle University) Graduates will also receive a diploma supplement on which is mentioned that the RUG degree is awarded within the framework of the double degree programme with Newcastle University. For students who apply for the double degree with RUG, the admission requirements are the same as those for RUG’s MSc TOM. For students who apply for the double degree with Newcastle University, the entry requirements for the double degree are the same as those for Newcastle University’s MSc in Operations and Supply Chain Management. Students already registered in an undergraduate programme at RUG that grants direct admission to the MSc TOM programme should submit their applications via the double degree programme coordinator. All other students need to apply with Newcastle University Business School (http://www.ncl.ac.uk/nubs/postgrad/apply) For more information, see: http://www.rug.nl/feb/informatievoor/studiekiezers/masteropleidi ngen/msctm/dualmasteroperations. EEA students € 6.000 for the 18-month DD programme Non EEA students € 18.500 for the 18-month DD programme

NB Students from an undergraduate programme of the University of Groningen who have direct admission to the MSc Technology and Operations Management (i.e. all FEB bachelor programmes, the Pre-MSc Technology and Operations Management as well as the BSc Industrial Engineering) may apply for admission to this double degree programme through the procedure described below. They have to send a portfolio to the coordinator (see the website for the deadline), including:

184


Undergraduate programme that provides direct admission to the MSc TOM Proof of completion of undergraduate programme or evidence that it will be completed before the double degree programme starts. Proficiency in mathematics and English through a listing of the grades on relevant courses. Motivation letter which addresses study progress (time needed to complete the undergraduate programme and involvement in related activities). All other students need to apply with Newcastle University Business School. Programme profile The programme enables students to deepen their knowledge and skills in the fields of Operations Management, Technology Management and Supply Chain Management. It provides advanced knowledge and understanding of how to improve business performance and organisation competitive advantages in technology-intensive industries. In addition, it enhances the general intellectual development of students, including the improved capacity for enquiry, problem solving, critical thinking and analysis. Programme structure (2012-2014) MSc DD Technology Management (FEB) with MSc in Operations and Supply Chain Management (NUBS) Master’s Year 1 Master’s Year 2 Semester 1 (NUBS) Semester 2 (FEB) Semester 3 (FEB and NUBS) 30 EC core and 30 EC core and 30 EC joint FEB/NUBS Master Thesis compulsory courses compulsory courses Project

What will you learn? Advanced knowledge of operations management in different business environments and cultural contexts as a means of improving organisational performance. The necessary specialist knowledge and skills appropriate to pursue careers in operations management, technology management, supply chain management, general management or consulting. Personal and interpersonal skills, such as report writing, presentation, group working, and an appreciation of working in a multicultural environment. Advanced research skills, the ability to critically evaluate and utilise current research, and to make an immediate contribution to organisations and research community. Career prospects Graduates are qualified for a wide range of positions, including: Operations Manager Technology manager Supply Chain Manager Consultant in the field of innovation or technology Project manager for product/process innovations

185


Positions in industrial and service organizations Research-oriented positions Graduates are able to address the need for continuous performance improvement and the quest for efficient resource use in any organization. Further information http://www.rug.nl/feb/informatievoor/doubledegree/index http://www.rug.nl/feb/informatievoor/studiekiezers/masteropleidingen/msctm/dual masteroperations/index E.9.2.

Programme content

Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1-2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.2 2.2 NB

course title Study at NUBS, Newcastle Asset Management Inventory Management Process Improvement & Quality Control Product & Service Development Behavioural Operations Management Research Methods for TOM Thesis preparation

186

code EBM024A05 EBM026A05 EBM036A05 EBM760B05 EBM032A05 EBM031A05

EC 30 5 5 5 5 5 5

C/E C C C C C C C C


In semester 2.2 all students participate in the thesis preparation training module, offered in Groningen.

Programme: Year: Profile: sem 1.1-2

DD MSc TOM and SCM – NUBS, Newcastle 1 (sem. 1 at NUBS, sem. 2 at FEB) core programme

DD MSc TOM and SCM – NUBS, Newcastle 2 (at FEB and/or NUBS) core programme

course title Master’s Thesis TOM-DD Newcastle

code EC EBM028A30 30

C/E lang C EN

Substitutie- en overgangsregelingen / Substitution and transition regulations

F.


F.1.

Substitutie- en overgangsregelingen bacheloropleidingen / Substitution and transition regulations Bachelor’s degree programmes

F.1.1.

Algemeen / General

(= BSc-OER bijlage 10.1) 1 Het bachelorprogramma dat ontstaat na toepassing van een substitutieregeling dient te allen tijde tenminste 180 EC te omvatten. Indien dat niet het geval is, dient de student een (of meer) extra keuzevak(ken) af te ronden. 2 Indien een propedeutisch programma na toepassing van een substitutieregeling minder dan 60 EC omvat, wordt de propedeusebul niet eerder uitgereikt dan nadat met het afronden van een (of meer) tweedejaarsvakken de 60 EC-grens is gepasseerd. 3 Een eventueel overschot aan tijdens de propedeuse behaalde EC’s kan gebruikt worden om de vrije keuzeruimte in te vullen. 4 Binnen de substitutieregelingen worden 3 opties onderscheiden: optie 1: het substitutievak verschilt inhoudelijk niet of nauwelijks van het vak uit het oude programma. Wel kunnen naam, vakcode, voertaal of blok gewijzigd zijn. In het geval van een verandering van blok kunnen studenten het substitutievak alleen in het nieuwe blok volgen; ook het (her)tentamen kan alleen in het nieuwe blok worden afgelegd; optie 2: het substitutievak verschilt inhoudelijk (sterk) van het vak uit het oude programma. In dat geval heeft de student de keus om het substitutievak te volgen en daarin ook tentamen af te leggen of hertentamen af te leggen over het vak uit het oude programma. In 2012-2013 wordt hiertoe tweemaal de gelegenheid geboden. De hertentamens voor vakken uit het oude programma worden parallel geroosterd aan de reguliere tentamens voor het substitutievak; optie 3: Er is geen substitutievak voor een vak uit het oude programma. In dat geval wordt in 2012-2013 tweemaal de gelegenheid geboden hertentamen af te leggen over het vak uit het oude programma. De tentamenperiodes kunnen afwijken van die in het studiejaar 2011-2012. 5 Voor substitutieregelingen voor studenten die in 2007-2008 of eerder met de opleiding zijn begonnen, wordt verwezen naar bijlage 9 van de OERen van 20092010, 2010-2011 of 2011-2012. 6 De opmerkingen in lid 1-5 van dit artikel zijn van toepassing op de substitutieregelingen van alle bacheloropleidingen. (= BSc OER appendix 10.1) 1 The Bachelor’s programme, after applying a substition regulation, must at all times comprise at least 180 EC. Should that not be the case, then a student must complete one (or more) additional elective course(s). 2 If a propaedeutic programme after the application of a substitution regulation comprises less than 60 EC, the propaedeutic diploma shall not be awarded until

187


3 4

5

6

the 60 EC threshold has been passed by rounding off one (or more) second year courses. A possible surplus of EC obtained in the propaedeutic phase can be used towards elective courses. Three options can be distinguished in the substitution regulations: Option 1: with respect to content, the substitution course does not differ or differs hardly from the course in the old programme. Although, name, course code, language of communication or block may have changed. In case, the block has changed students can only take the substitution course in the new block; also the (resit) examination can only be taken in the new block; Option 2: the substitution course differs, in respect to content (a lot) from the course in the old programme. In that case, the student has a choice to either take the substitution course and to also take the exam in the substitution course or to take the resit examination of the course in the old programme. In 2012 – 2013 there will be two opportunities to take this resit. The resit examinations for the old programme will be scheduled parallel with the regular examinations of the substitution course; Option 3: There is no substitution course replacing a course of the old programme. In that case two resit opportunities will be offered in 2012-2013 for the course of the old programme. The examination periods may deviate from those of the academic year 2011-2012. For substitution regulations for students who started in 2007 – 2008 or earlier please refer to appendix 9 of the Teaching and Examination Regulations of 20092010, 2010-2011 or 2011-2012. The notes above, 1 - 5, apply to the substitution regulations of all bachelor programmes.

F.1.2.

Substitutieregeling BSc Accountancy en Controlling

(= BSc-OER bijlage 10.2) In 2011-2012 is de propedeuse van de bacheloropleiding Accountancy en Controlling voor het laatst aangeboden. Studenten van de bacheloropleiding Accountancy en Controlling die in 2011-2012 of eerder met de opleiding zijn begonnen en per 1 september 2012 nog niet aan alle eisen van de toenmalige propedeuse hebben voldaan, dienen ter afronding van hun propedeuse gebruik te maken van de navolgende substitutieregeling: propedeuse BSc A&C - substitutieregeling 2012-2013 vak OUDE programma sem. substitutievak(ken) sem. optie (zie F.1.1) en/of (2011-2012) 11-12 2012-2013 12-13 toelichting Boekhouden BE/FE/A&C 2.2 geen optie 3; hertentamens na (EBP001B05) 2.1 en 2.2. Financial Accounting I 2.1 Financial Accounting 2.1 optie 1; de student heeft BE/FE/A&C (EBP803A05) BDK (EBP023A05) de keuze uit: tentamen afleggen (incl. deeltentamen) over het substitutievak, met medeneming van het

188


opdrachtcijfer van het afgelopen jaar

of

Financiering I 2.2 BE/FE/A&C (EBP805A05)

Asset Pricing and Capital Budgeting (EBP032A05)

2.2

participeren in de nieuwe cursus, inclusief alle daarbij behorende regels. optie 1; de student heeft de keuze uit: tentamen afleggen (incl. deeltentamen) over het substitutievak, met medeneming van het opdrachtcijfer van het afgelopen jaar

of

Internationale Economie I BE/A&C (EBP811A05) Juridische grondslagen BE/FE/A&C (EBP004B05) Macro-economie I BE/FE/A&C (EBP813A05) Marketing I BE/FE/A&C (EBP816A05)

2.2 2.1 1.2 1.2

International Economics 2.2 for E&BE (EBP810B05) geen Macroeconomics for E&BE (EBP812B05) Marketing BDK (5 EC; EBP027A05)

1.2 1.1

participeren in de nieuwe cursus, inclusief alle daarbij behorende regels. optie 1 optie 3; hertentamens na 2.1 en 2.2. optie 2 optie 1; de student heeft de keuze uit: tentamen afleggen (incl. deeltentamen) over het substitutievak, met medeneming van het opdrachtcijfer van het afgelopen jaar

of

Micro-economie I 1.1 BE/FE/A&C (EBP820B05)

Operations Management 2.1 BE/FE/A&C (EBP005B05)

Organisatieontwerp (EBP814B05)

1.1

Microeconomics for E&BE: Consumers&Firms (EBP819B05) Operations Management (EBB644A05)

1.1

participeren in de nieuwe cursus, inclusief alle daarbij behorende regels. optie 1

1.2

optie 1.

International Business for E&BE (EBP808C05)

1.1

optie 2: de student heeft de keuze uit:. hertentamen afleggen op basis van de oude stof, met medeneming van het opdrachtcijfer van het

189


afgelopen jaar

of

Statistiek I BE/FE/A&C (EBP824B05)

1.2

geen

Wiskunde I BE/FE/A&C (EBP831B05)

1.1

geen

F.1.3.

participeren in de nieuwe cursus, inclusief alle daarbij behorende regels. optie 3; hertentamens ná 2.1 en 2.2. Studenten die het vak nog niet hebben afgerond, kunnen desgewenst ter ondersteuning de colleges statistiek volgen van Mathematics and Data Analysis for E&BE (EBP034A05; blok 1.2) en Statistics for E&BE (EBP822B05; blok 2.1). optie 3; hertentamens ná 1.1 en 1.2. Voor studenten die het vak nog niet hebben afgerond, wordt in 201213 een bezemklas georganiseerd; inschrijving onder code EBP831B05 (Wiskunde I BE/FE/A&C)

Substitutieregeling BSc Bedrijfseconomie

(= BSc-OER bijlage 10.3) In 2011-2012 is de propedeuse van de bacheloropleiding Bedrijfseconomie voor het laatst aangeboden. Studenten van de bacheloropleiding Bedrijfseconomie die in 20112012 of eerder met de opleiding zijn begonnen en per 1 september 2012 nog niet aan alle eisen van de toenmalige propedeuse hebben voldaan, dienen ter afronding van hun propedeuse gebruik te maken van de navolgende substitutieregeling: propedeuse BSc Bedrijfseconomie - substitutieregeling 2012-2013 vak OUDE programma sem. substitutievak(ken) sem. optie (zie F.1.1) en/of (2011-2012) 11-12 2012-2013 12-13 toelichting Boekhouden BE/FE/A&C 2.2 geen optie 3; hertentamens na (EBP001B05) 2.1 en 2.2. Financial Accounting I 2.1 Financial Accounting 2.1 optie 1; de student heeft BE/FE/A&C (EBP803A05) BDK (EBP023A05) de keuze uit: tentamen afleggen (incl. deeltentamen) over het substitutievak, met medeneming van het opdrachtcijfer van het afgelopen jaar

190


of



2.2


of

Internationale Economie I BE/A&C (EBP811A05) Juridische grondslagen BE/FE/A&C (EBP004B05) Macro-economie I BE/FE/A&C (EBP813A05) Marketing I BE/FE/A&C (EBP816A05)

2.2 2.1 1.2 1.2

International Economics 2.2 for E&BE (EBP810B05) geen Macroeconomics for E&BE (EBP812B05) Marketing BDK (5 EC; EBP027A05)

1.2 1.1

participeren in de nieuwe cursus, inclusief alle daarbij behorende regels. optie 1 optie 3; hertentamens na 2.1 en 2.2. optie 2 optie 1; de student heeft de keuze uit: tentamen afleggen (incl. deeltentamen) over het substitutievak, met medeneming van het opdrachtcijfer van het afgelopen jaar

of




1.1


1.1


1.2

optie 1.


1.1

optie 2: de student heeft de keuze uit:. hertentamen afleggen op basis van de oude stof, met medeneming van het opdrachtcijfer van het afgelopen jaar

of

191


Statistiek I BE/FE/A&C, (EBP824B05)

1.2

geen


1.1

geen

F.1.4.


Substitutie- en overgangsregelingen BSc Bedrijfskunde

(= BSc-OER bijlage 10.4) Studenten van de bacheloropleiding Bedrijfskunde die in 2011-2012 of eerder met de opleiding zijn begonnen en per 1 september 2012 nog niet aan alle eisen van de toenmalige propedeuse hebben voldaan, dienen ter afronding van hun propedeuse gebruik te maken van de navolgende substitutieregeling: propedeuse BSc Bedrijfskunde - substitutieregeling 2012-2013 vak OUDE programma sem. substitutievak(ken) sem. optie (zie F.1.1) en/of (2011-2012) 11-12 2012-2013 12-13 toelichting Fundamenten van 1.1 Supply Chain 1.2 optie 2 Operations (EBP611B05) Operations (EBP029A05) Gedrag in organisaties 1.1 Gedrag in organisaties 1.2 optie 1 (EBP607A05) (EBP607A05) Introductie in de 1.1 Academic Skills I 2.1 optie 2 Bedrijfskunde (EBP021A05) (EBP620B05) Bedrijfseconomie 1.2 Financial Accounting 2.1 optie 2 (EBP602A05) BDK (EBP023A05) Organisatiekunde 1.2 Organisatie en 1.1 optie 2 (EBP619B05) technologie BDK (EBP618B05)

192


Statistiek Bedrijfskunde (EBP624A05) Informatiesystemen (EBP669B05)

1.2

Statistiek BDK (EBP624B05) geen

1.2

optie 1

2.1

Research Methodology for IB (EBP662C05)

2.2

2.1

geen

optie 3; informatie over de opdrachten bij de docent optie 2; informatie over de opdrachten bij de docent optie 3

Onderzoeksmethoden I Bedrijfskunde (EBP616A05) Organisatie en managementtheorie (EBP626B05) Boekhouden Bedrijfskunde (EBP668B02) Economische grondslagen (EBP614A05) Juridische grondslagen Bedrijfskunde (EBP613A04) Onderzoeksmethoden II Bedrijfskunde (EBP625A04)

2.2

geen

optie 3

2.2

geen

2.2

geen

2.2

Qualitative Research Methods for IB (EBB633B05)

2.1

2.2

optie 3

optie 3

2.1

optie 2; informatie over de opdrachten bij de docent

Studenten van de bacheloropleiding Bedrijfskunde die het nieuwe programma van de opleiding volgen, maar reeds vakken uit (het) oude programma(‘s) hebben afgerond, kunnen gebruik maken van onderstaande overgangsregeling: propedeuse BSc Bedrijfskunde - overgangsregeling 2012-2013 vak NIEUWE programma sem. vak(ken) oude programma(‘s) die (indien afgerond) het (2012-2013) 12-13 nieuwe vak mogen vervangen Management Science 1.1 Wiskunde I BE/FE/A&C (EBP831B05) (EBP025A05) Marketing BDK 1.1 Marketing A&C (EBB640A05) (EBP027A05) of Marketing Bedrijfskunde (EBB639A05) of Marketing I BE/FE/A&C (EBP816A05) Organisatie en technologie 1.1 Organisatie en technologie I (EBP618A05) BDK (EBP618B05) of Organisatiekunde (EBP619B05) Gedrag in organisaties 1.2 Gedrag in organisaties (EBP607A05) (EBP607A05) of Gedrag in organisaties A&C/AVV (EBB738B05) of Gedrag in organisaties A&C (EBB738C05) Statistiek BDK 1.2 Statistiek Bedrijfskunde (EBP624A05) (EBP624B05) of Statistiek en stochastiek TM/TBK (EBP009A05) of Statistiek I BE/FE/A&C (EBP824B05) Supply Chain Operations 1.2 Fundamenten van Operations (EBP611B05) (EBP029A05) Academic Skills I 2.1 Introductie in de Bedrijfskunde (EBP620B05) (EBP021A05) Financial Accounting BDK 2.1 Bedrijfseconomie (EBP602A05) (EBP023A05) of Bedrijfseconomie en boekhouden TM/TBK

193


of Informatiemanagement BDK (EBP024A05)

2.1

Academic Skills II (EBP022A05) Management Accounting BDK (EBP026A05)

2.2

of of of geen

2.2 of

Organisatie en omgeving (EBP028A05)

F.1.5.

2.2 of of

(EBP630A05) Financial Accounting I BE/FE/A&C (EBP803A05) Business & ICT A&C (EBB801A05) Informatiemanagement (EBB727B05) Inleiding informatietechnologie (EBP609A05) IT-toepassingen A&C (EBB025A03)

Management Accounting and Control (EBB636A05) Management Accounting BE/FE/A&C (EBB846B05) Macro-economie I BE/FE/A&C (EBP813A05) Omgevingsanalyse (EBB641A05) Organisatie en technologie II (EBB646A05)

Substitution and transition regulations BSc Econometrics and Operations Research

(= BSc OER appendix 10.5) Students in the bachelor programme Econometrics and Operations Research, who began their studies in 2011-2012 or earlier, and who have not satisfied all the requirements for the (old) propaedeutic phase per 1 September 2012 must make use of the following substitution regulation to round off their propaedeutic phase: propaedeutic phase BSc EOR - substitution regulation 2012-2013 course in OLD sem. substitution course(s) sem. option (see F.1.1) and/or programme (2011-2012) 11-12 (2012-2013) 12-13 explanation English for EOR 1.1-2 English for E&BE 2.1-2 option 2; (EBP002B05) (EBP837B05) no resit, but dossier or Linear Algebra for EOR 2.2 option 3 (EBP037A05) Finance I for E&BE/EOR 2.2 Finance for EOR 2.1 option 1 (EBP801A05) (EBP801B05) Hypothesis Testing 2.2 Estimation and Testing 2.2 option 2 (EBP016A05) (EBP036A05) Marketing for EOR 2.1 Marketing for E&BE 2.1 option 3; EOR-students (EBP010B05) (EBP033A05) take this course in a separate group, with (partly) specific EORassignments Mathematics I for EOR 1.1 Mathematics I for EOR 1.1 option 1 (EBP011B05) (EBP011B05) Mathematics II for EOR 1.2 Mathematics II for EOR 1.2 option 1 (EBP012B05) (EBP012B05) Microeconomics I for 1.1 Microeconomics for 1.1 option 1 EOR (EBP841A05) EOR (EBP841B05) Multivariate Analysis 2.1 Multivariate Calculus 2.1 option 1

194


(EBP013A05) OR Modelling (EBP821B05) Probability Theory (EBP014A05)

1.1-2 1.2

Sampling and Estimation 2.1 (EBP015A05) Statistical Modelling 2.2 (EBP008A05)

(EBP013B05) OR Modelling (EBP821B05) Probability Theory for EOR (EBP014B05) or Probability Distributions (EBP038A05) Estimation and Testing (EBP036A05) Statistical Modelling for EOR (EBP008B05)

1.2

option 1

1.2

option 2

option 3 2.1 2.2

option 2

2.2

option 1

Students of the bachelor programme Econometrics and Operations Research who are taking the new programme, and who have already rounded off courses from the old program(s) can make use of the transition regulation below: propaedeutic phase BSc EOR - transition regulation 2012-2013 course NEW programme sem. course(s) of old program(s) that (if completed) may (2012-2013) 12-13 replace the new course Mathematics I for EOR 1.1 Mathematics I for EOR (EBP011B05) (EBP011B05) Microeconomics for EOR 1.1 Microeconomics I for EOR (EBP841A05) (EBP841B05) Programming for EOR 1.1 none (EBP039A05) Mathematics II for EOR 1.2 Mathematics II for EOR (EBP012B05) (EBP012B05) OR Modelling (EBP821B05) 1.2 OR Modelling (EBP821B05) Probability Theory for EOR (EBP014B05) Finance for EOR (EBP801B05) Multivariate Calculus (EBP013B05) Probability Distributions (EBP038A05) Estimation and Testing (EBP036A05) Linear Algebra for EOR (EBP037A05) Statistical Modelling for EOR (EBP008B05)

1.2

Probability Theory (EBP014A05)

2.1

Finance I for E&BE/EOR (EBP801A05)

2.1

Multivariate Analysis (EBP013A05)

2.1

Probability Theory (EBP014A05)

2.2

Hypothesis Testing (EBP016A05) Sampling and Estimation (EBP015A05)

2.2

or none

2.2

Statistical Modelling (EBP008A05)

195


F.1.6.

Substitution and transition regulations BSc Economics and Business Economics

(= BSc OER appendix 10.6) Students in the bachelor programme Economics and Business Economics, who began their studies in 2011-2012 or earlier, and who have not satisfied all the requirements for the (old) propaedeutic phase per 1 September 2012 must make use of the following substitution regulation to round off their propaedeutic phase: propaedeutic phase BSc E&BE - substitution regulation 2012-2013 course in OLD sem. substitution course(s) sem. option (see F.1.1) and/or programme (2011-2012) 11-12 2012-2013 12-13 explanation English for E&BE 1.1-2 + none 2.1-2 option 3 (EBP837B06) 2.1-2 To be able to round off the course English for E&BE, students must take, depending on results obtained in 20112012 , (components of) the new course English for E&BE (EBP837B05) and they must write a supplementary assignment of 1 ECT. Finance I for E&BE/EOR 2.2 Asset Pricing and 2.2 option 1 (EBP801A05) Capital Budgeting (EBP032A05) Financial Accounting for 1.2 Financial Accounting 1.2 option 1 E&BE/IB&M for E&BE (EBP802B05) (EBP802A05) International Business I 1.1 International Business 1.1 option 2 (EBP808B05) for E&BE (EBP808C05) If the resit exam International Business I is chosen, then the assignment grade of 2010 – 2011 shall apply. International Economics I 2.2 International Economics 2.2 option 1 for E&BE (EBP810A05) for E&BE (EBP810B05) International Marketing 2.1 Marketing for E&BE 2.1 option 1 (EBP661B05) (EBP033A05) Macroeconomics I for 1.2 Macroeconomics for 1.2 option 2 E&BE (EBP812A05) E&BE (EBP812B05) Mathematics I for E&BE 1.1-2 none option 3 (EBP817A06) To prepare for the (resit) Students who in 2011 – examination lectures may 2012 have not rounded be attended on off Mathematics I for Mathematics for E&BE E&BE (EBP817A06) and (EBP817B05) and (the 1st Statistics I for E&BE part of) Mathematics and (EBP822A07) can Data Analysis for E&BE

196


substitute both courses by taking: Mathematics for E&BE (EBP817B05) and Mathematics and Data Analysis for E&BE (EBP034A05) and Statistics for E&BE (EBP822B05). Microeconomics for E&BE: Consumers&Firms (EBP819B05) none

Microeconomics I for E&BE (EBP819A05)

1.1

Research Methods I for E&BE (EBP006B06)

2.1-2

Statistics I for E&BE (EBP822A07)

1.2 en none 2.1 Students who in 2011 – 2012 have not rounded off Mathematics I for E&BE (EBP817A06) and Statistics I for E&BE (EBP822A07) can substitute both courses by taking: Mathematics for E&BE (EBP817B05) and Mathematics and Data Analysis for E&BE (EBP034A05) and Statistics for E&BE (EBP822B05).

(EBP034A05).

1.1

option 1

option 3 To be able to round off the course Research Methods I for E&BE students must take the new course Research Paper for E&BE, EBP035A05 and they must write a supplementary assignment of 1 ECT. option 3 To prepare for the (resit) exmination lectures may be attended on (2nd part of) Mathematics and Data Analysis for E&BE (EBP034A05) and of Statistics for E&BE (EBP822B05).

Students of the bachelor programme Economics and Business Economics who are taking the new programme, and who have already rounded off courses from the old program(s) can make use of the transition regulation below:

197


propaedeutic phase BSc E&BE - transition regulation 2012-2013 course NEW programme sem. course(s) of old program(s) that (if completed) may (2012-2013) 12-13 replace the new course International Business for 1.1 International Business I (EBP808B05) E&BE (EBP808C05) Mathematics for E&BE 1.1 Mathematics I for E&BE (EBP817A06) (EBP817B05) Microeconomics for E&BE: 1.1 Microeconomics I for E&BE (EBP819A05) Consumers&Firms (EBP819B05) Financial Accounting for 1.2 Financial Accounting for E&BE/IB&M (EBP802A05) E&BE (EBP802B05) Macroeconomics for E&BE 1.2 Macroeconomics I for E&BE (EBP812A05) (EBP812B05) Mathematics and Data 1.2 none Analysis for E&BE (EBP034A05) English for E&BE 2.1-2 English for E&BE (EBP837B06) (EBP837B05) Research Paper for E&BE 2.1-2 Research Methods I for E&BE (EBP006B06) (EBP035A05) Marketing for E&BE 2.1 International Marketing (EBP661B05) (EBP033A05) Statistics for E&BE 2.1 Statistics I for E&BE (EBP822A07) (EBP822B05) Asset Pricing and Capital 2.2 Finance I for E&BE/EOR (EBP801A05) Budgeting (EBP032A05) International Economics 2.2 International Economics I for E&BE (EBP810A05) for E&BE (EBP810B05)

F.1.7.

Substitutieregeling BSc Fiscale Economie

(= BSc-OER bijlage 10.7) In 2011-2012 is de propedeuse van de bacheloropleiding Fiscale Economie voor het laatst aangeboden. Studenten van de bacheloropleiding Fiscale Economie die in 20112012 of eerder met de opleiding zijn begonnen en per 1 september 2012 nog niet aan alle eisen van de toenmalige propedeuse hebben voldaan, dienen ter afronding van hun propedeuse gebruik te maken van de navolgende substitutieregeling: propedeuse BSc Fiscale Economie - substitutieregeling 2012-2013 vak OUDE programma sem. substitutievak(ken) sem. optie (zie F.1.1) en/of (2011-2012) 11-12 2012-2013 12-13 toelichting Boekhouden BE/FE/A&C 2.2 geen optie 3; hertentamens na (EBP001B05) 2.1 en 2.2. Financial Accounting I 2.1 Financial Accounting 2.1 optie 1; de student heeft BE/FE/A&C (EBP803A05) BDK (EBP023A05) de keuze uit: tentamen afleggen (incl. deeltentamen) over het

198


substitutievak, met medeneming van het opdrachtcijfer van het afgelopen jaar

of



2.2


of

Inleiding Fiscale Economie (EBP842A05) Juridische grondslagen BE/FE/A&C (EBP004B05) Macro-economie I BE/FE/A&C (EBP813A05) Marketing I BE/FE/A&C (EBP816A05)

2.2

geen

2.1

geen

1.2

Macroeconomics for E&BE (EBP812B05) Marketing BDK (5 EC; EBP027A05)

1.2

1.2 1.1

participeren in de nieuwe cursus, inclusief alle daarbij behorende regels. optie 3; hertentamens na 2.1 en 2.2. optie 3; hertentamens na 2.1 en 2.2. optie 2 optie 1; de student heeft de keuze uit: tentamen afleggen (incl. deeltentamen) over het substitutievak, met medeneming van het opdrachtcijfer van het afgelopen jaar

of




1.1


1.1


1.2

optie 1.


1.1

optie 2: de student heeft de keuze uit:. hertentamen afleggen op basis van de oude stof,

199


met medeneming van het opdrachtcijfer van het afgelopen jaar

of

Statistiek I BE/FE/A&C, (EBP824B05)

1.2

geen


1.1

geen

F.1.8.


Substitution and transition regulations BSc International Business

(= BSc OER appendix 10.8) Students in the bachelor programme International Business, who began their studies in 2011-2012 or earlier, and who have not satisfied all the requirements for the (old) propaedeutic phase per 1 September 2012 must make use of the following substitution regulation to round off their propaedeutic phase: propaedeutic phase BSc International Business - substitution regulation 2012-2013 course in OLD sem. substitution course(s) sem. option (see F.1.1) and/or programme (2011-2012) 11-12 (2012-2013) 12-13 explanation English I for IB&M 1.1-2 English for IB 1.1-2 option 1 (EBP665B05) (EBP665C05) English II for IB&M 2.1 option 3; a final class will (EBP667B05) be organised in 2012 – 2013 for students who have not yet rounded off the course Financial Accounting for 1.2 Financial Accounting 1.2 option 1 E&BE/IB&M, for IB,

200


EBP802A05 Global Supply Chain Management, EBP018A05 International Economics for IB&M, EBP660B05 International Marketing, EBP661B05

1.1

2.2

2.1

Introduction to 1.1-2 International Business, EBP003A05 Organizational Behaviour 1.2 for IB&M, EBP654C05 Organizational Structure, 1.1 EBP670C05 Quantitative Research 2.1 Methods I, EBP657B05 Management Accounting 2.2 for IB&M, EBP017A05 Research Methodology 2.2 for IB&M, EBP662B05

EBP030A05 Global Supply Chain Management, EBP018A05 Economics for IB, EBP660C05

1.1

option 1

2.1

option 1

International Marketing for IB, EBP661C05 Introduction to International Business, EBP003A05 Organizational Behaviour for IB, EBP654D05 Organizational Structure, EBP670C05 Statistics I for IB, EBP657C05

2.1

option 1

1.1-2

option 1

1.2

option 1

1.1

option 1

2.1

option 1

Management Accounting for IB, EBP017B05 Research Methodology for IB, EBP662C05

2.2

option 1

2.2

option 1

Students in the bachelor programme International Business, who began their studies in 2011-2012 or earlier, and who have not satisfied all the requirements for the (old) second year per 1 September 2012 must make use of the following substitution regulation: 2nd year BSc International Business - substitution regulation 2012-2013 course in OLD sem. substitution course(s) sem. option (see F.1.1) and/or programme (2011-2012) 11-12 2012-2013 12-13 explanation Business Ethics & 2.2 Ethics and International 2.2 option 1 Corporate Social Resp. Business (EBB608B05) (EBB608A05) Comparative Country 2.1-2 Comparative Country 2.1 option 1 Studies (EBB686A05) Studies (EBB686A05) Financial Management 1.1 Finance & Risk 1.1 option 1 for IB&M (EBB631A05) Management for IB (EBB631B05) French for IE&B/IB&M 2.1-2 none option 3; no more resits (EBB941B05) in 2012-2013 Information Systems 1.1 Information Systems 1.1 option 1 Management Management (EBB632A05) (EBB632A05)

201


Innovation Management in Multinationals (EBB034A05)

2.1

International Business Law II (EBB635A05)

1.2

International Economics and Trade (EBB626A05)

1.1

Management Accounting 2.2 & Inf. Management (EBB845B05) Organizational Change 1.2 for IB&M (EBB634A05) Research Methods II for IB&M (EBB633A05)

2.1

Spanish for IE&B/IB&M (EBB894B05)

2.1-2

Statistics II for IB&M (EBB682A05)

1.2

Innovation Management in Multinationals (EBB034A05) none

2.1

option 1

Foreign Dir. Investment, Trade & Geogr. (EBB037A05) none

1.1

option 3; a final class will be organised in 2012 – 2013 for students who have not yet rounded off the course option 1

CrossCultural Management (EBB036A05) Qualitative Research Methods for IB (EBB633B05) none

1.2

option 2

2.1

option 1

Statistics II for IB (EBB682B05)

1.2

option 3; a final class will be organised in 2012 – 2013 for students who have not yet rounded off the course option 1

option 3

Students of the bachelor programme International Business who are taking the new programme, and who have already rounded off courses from the old program(s) can make use of the transition regulation below: propaedeutic phase BSc International Business - transition regulation 2012-2013 course NEW programme sem. course(s) of old program(s) that (if completed) may (2012-2013) 12-13 replace the new course English for IB (EBP665C05) 1.1-2 English I for IB&M (EBP665B05) or English II for IB&M (EBP667B05) Organizational Structure 1.1 International Management I (EBP670B05) (EBP670C05) Financial Accounting for IB 1.2 Financial Accounting for E&BE/IB&M (EBP802A05) (EBP030A05) Organizational Behaviour 1.2 Organizational Behaviour for IB&M (EBP654C05) for IB (EBP654D05) or International Management II (EBP654B05) Economics for IB 2.1 International Economics for IB&M (EBP660B05) (EBP660C05) or Economics for International Business (EBP660A050) International Marketing for 2.1 International Marketing (EBP661B05) IB (EBP661C05)

202


Statistics I for IB (EBP657C05)

2.1

International Business 2.2 Environment (EBP031A05) Management Accounting 2.2 for IB (EBP017B05) Research Methodology for 2.2 IB (EBP662C05)

or

Quantitative Research Methods I (EBP657B05) Statistics I for IB&M (EBP657A05)

none Management Accounting for IB&M (EBP017A05)

or

Research Methodology for IB&M (EBP662B05) Research methods I for IB&M (EBP662A05)

2nd year BSc International Business - transition regulation 2012-2013 course NEW programme sem. course(s) of old program(s) that (if completed) may (2012-2013) 12-13 replace the new course Finance & Risk 1.1 Financial Management for IB&M (EBB631A05) Management for IB (EBB631B05) Foreign Dir. Investment, 1.1 International Economics and Trade (EBB626A05) Trade & Geogr. (EBB037A05) CrossCultural 1.2 Organizational Change for IB&M (EBB634A05) Management (EBB036A05) History of Globalization 1.2 none (EBB038A05) Statistics II for IB 1.2 Statistics II for IB&M (EBB682A05) (EBB682B05) Qualitative Research 2.1 Research Methods II for IB&M (EBB633A05) Methods for IB (EBB633B05) Ethics and International 2.2 Business Ethics & Corporate Social Resp. (EBB608A05) Business (EBB608B05) International Business Law 2.2 International Business Law 1 (EBB656A05) (EBB635B05) and International Business Law 2 (EBB635A05) International Relations & 2.2 none Europ. Integr. (EBB039A05)

F.1.9.

Substitutieregeling BSc Technologiemanagement

(= BSc-OER bijlage 10.9) In 2011-2012 is de propedeuse van de bacheloropleiding Technologiemanagement voor het laatst aangeboden. Studenten van de bacheloropleiding Technologiemanagement die in 2011-2012 of eerder met de opleiding zijn begonnen en per 1 september 2012 nog niet aan alle eisen van de toenmalige propedeuse hebben voldaan, dienen ter afronding van hun propedeuse gebruik te maken van de navolgende substitutieregeling:

203


propedeuse Technologiemanagement - substitutieregeling 2012-2013 vak OUDE programma sem. substitutievak(ken) sem. optie (zie F.1.1) en/of (2011-2012) 11-12 2012-2013 12-13 toelichting Algoritmiek 2.1 Algoritmiek 2.1 optie 1; periode is nog (INALGTBK09) (INALGTBK09) onzeker Bedrijfseconomie en 1.2 Financial Accounting 2.1 optie 2 boekhouden TM/TBK BDK (EBP023A05) (EBP630A05) Economische 2.2 geen optie 3 grondslagen (EBP614A05) Fundamenten van 1.1 Supply Chain 1.2 optie 2 Operations (EBP611B05) Operations (EBP029A05) Gedrag in organisaties 1.1 Gedrag in organisaties 1.2 optie 1 (EBP607A05) (EBP607A05) Inleiding discrete 2.1 geen optie 3: voor studenten technologie (EBP608A05) die het vak nog niet hebben afgerond, wordt in 2012-13 een bezemklas georganiseerd Inleiding 2.2 geen optie 3; de student dient informatietechnologie contact op te nemen met (EBP609A05) de docent Inleiding 2.2 geen optie 3; de student dient procestechnologie contact op te nemen met (CHTIPT05E) de docent Introductie in de 1.1 Academic Skills I 2.1 optie 2 Bedrijfskunde (EBP021A05) (EBP620B05) Methoden en technieken 2.2 geen optie 3; informatie over ontwerpger.onderz de opdrachten bij de (EBP606B05) docent Organisatie en 1.2 Organisatie en 1.1 optie 2 technologie I technologie BDK (EBP618A05) (EBP618B05) Statistiek en stochastiek 1.2 Statistiek en Stochastiek 1.2 optie 1; periode is nog TM/TBK (EBP009A05) (TBK) (WISTATBK12) onzeker Wiskunde 1 voor TM 2.1 geen 1.1 optie 3; voor studenten (WIW1TM-03) die het vak nog niet hebben afgerond, wordt in 2012-13 een bezemklas georganiseerd; inschrijving voor bezemklas (1.1) of hertentamen (1.1. of 1.2) onder code EBP831B05 (Wiskunde I BE/FE/A&C)

204


Studenten van de bacheloropleiding Technologiemanagement die in 2010-2011 of eerder met de opleiding zijn begonnen en per 1 september 2012 het toenmalige tweede jaar van de opleiding nog niet hebben afgerond, moeten gebruik maken van de navolgende substitutieregeling: 2e studiejaar BSc Technologiemanagement - substitutieregeling 2012-2013 vak OUDE programma sem. substitutievak(ken) sem. optie (zie F.1.1) en/of (2011-2012) 11-12 2012-2013 12-13 toelichting Kern van DT (TBDT05E) 1.1 Productie technieken 1.2 optie 2 (TBPRTE-12) Kern van PT (TBPT05E) 1.1 Structuur en moleculen 1.2 optie 2 (TBSTMO-11)

205


F.2.

Substitutie- en overgangsregelingen masteropleidingen / Substitution and transition regulations master’s degree programmes

F.2.1.

Algemeen / General

(= MSc-OER bijlage 20.1) Onderstaande opmerkingen zijn van toepassing op de substitutieregelingen van alle masteropleidingen: Binnen de substitutieregelingen worden 3 opties onderscheiden: optie 1: het substitutievak verschilt inhoudelijk niet of nauwelijks van het vak uit het oude programma. Wel kunnen naam, vakcode, voertaal of blok gewijzigd zijn. In het geval van een verandering van blok kunnen studenten het substitutievak alleen in het nieuwe blok volgen; ook het (her)tentamen kan alleen in het nieuwe blok worden afgelegd; optie 2: het substitutievak verschilt inhoudelijk (sterk) van het vak uit het oude programma. In dat geval heeft de student de keus om het substitutievak te volgen en daarin ook tentamen af te leggen of hertentamen af te leggen over het vak uit het oude programma. In 2012-2013 wordt hiertoe tweemaal de gelegenheid geboden. De hertentamens voor vakken uit het oude programma worden parallel geroosterd aan de reguliere tentamens voor het substitutievak; optie 3: Er is geen substitutievak voor een vak uit het oude programma. In dat geval wordt in 2012-2013 tweemaal de gelegenheid geboden hertentamen af te leggen over het vak uit het oude programma. De tentamenperiodes kunnen afwijken van die in het studiejaar 2011-2012 (=MSc OER appendix 20.1) The following notes apply to the substitution regulations of all master programmes: Three options can be distinguished in the substitution regulations: option 1: with respect to content, the substitution course does not differ or differs hardly from the course in the old programme. Although, name, course code, language of communication or block may have changed. In case, the block has changed students can only take the substitution course in the new block; also the (resit) examination can only be taken in the new block; option 2: the substitution course differs, in respect to content (a lot) from the course in the old programme. In that case, the student has a choice to either take the substitution course and to also take the exam in the substitution course or to take the resit examination of the course in the old programme. In 2012 – 2013 there will be two opportunities to take this resit. The resit examinations for the old programme will be scheduled parallel with the regular examinations of the substitution course; option 3: There is no substitution course replacing a course of the old programme. In that case two resit opportunities will be offered in 2012-2013 for the course of the old programme. The examination periods may deviate from those of the academic year 2011-2012.

206


F.2.2.

Substitutieregeling MSc Accountancy en Controlling

(= MSc-OER bijlage 20.2) Studenten van de masteropleiding Accountancy en Controlling, traject Controlling die in 2011-2012 of eerder met de opleiding zijn begonnen en per 1 september 2012 nog niet aan alle eisen van de opleiding hebben voldaan, dienen ter afronding van hun opleiding gebruik te maken van de navolgende substitutieregeling: MSc A&C-traject Controlling - substitutieregeling 2012-2013 vak OUDE programma sem. substitutievak(ken) sem. optie (zie F.2.1) en/of (2011-2012) 11-12 2012-2013 12-13 toelichting Field Course O&MC 1.1-2 Management 1.1 of optie 2 (EBM648B10) Accounting Techniques 2.2 (EBM057A05) en Research in 2.1 Management Control (EBM082A05) Ontwerp management1.1 Management 1.1 optie 1 accounting verandering Accounting Change (EBM711A05) (EBM711B05)

F.2.3.

Substitution regulation MSc BA, traject Business & ICT

(= MSc OER appendix 20.3) The track Business & ICT of the master Business Administration was offered for the last time in 2011 – 2012. Students in the master programme Business Administration, track Business & ICT who began their studies in 2011-2012 or earlier, and who have not satisfied all the requirements for the programme per 1 September 2012 must make use of the following substitution regulation to round off their master’s programme: MSc BA, track Business & ICT - substitution regulation 2012-2013 course in OLD sem. substitution course(s) sem. option (see F.2.1) and/or programme (2011-2012) 11-12 2012-2013 12-13 explanation Business Processes & ICT 1.1-2 Organization Design 1.1 option 2 (EBM646A10) (MSc) (EBM049A05) and Business Process 1.2 Innovation and Change (EBM044A05) Field Course Bus. & ICT: 1.1-2 IT Governance 1.1 option 2 Strategy & ICT (EBM048A05) (EBM650A10) and Strategic Management 1.2 & Technology (EBM051A05) ICT Systems 2.1 none option 3

207


(EBM652A10) ICT: Human & Organizational Issues (EBM653A10)

elective(s) Business & ICT, 10 EC

F.2.4.

1.1-2

Managing Technological Change (EBM054A05) and extra research paper electives MSc BA

2.1

option 2

To be determined in consultation with the programme co-ordinator

Substitution regulation MSc BA, track Business Development

(= MSc OER appendix 20.4) The track Business Development of the master Business Administration was offered for the last time in 2011 – 2012. Students in the master programme Business Administration, track Business Development who began their studies in 2011-2012 or earlier, and who have not satisfied all the requirements for the programme per 1 September 2012 must make use of the following substitution regulation to round off their master’s programme: MSc BA, track Business Development - substitution regulation 2012-2013 course in OLD sem. substitution course(s) sem. option (see F.2.1) and/or programme (2011-2012) 11-12 2012-2013 12-13 explanation Business Development 1.1 Strategy & Innovation 1.1 option 2 Management Management (EBM628A05) (EBM066A05) Development Research 2.1 Research & Skills for 1.2 or option 2 Design BD (EBM654A05) MSc BA (EBM050A05) 2.2 Field Course Business 1.1 Developing for Markets 1.1 option 2 Development Ia (EBM062A05) (EBM607A05) Field Course Business 1.2 Developing from 1.2 option 2 Development Ib Technologies (EBM607B05) (EBM063A05) Organizing Innovation 1.2 Organizing for 1.1 option 2 (EBM622B05) Innovation (EBM064A05) Service Innovation 1.2 Innovation in Services 1.2 option 2 (EBM736B05) (EBM736C05) elective Business Elective MSc BA SIM (5 To be determined in Development, 5 EC EC, see Ocasys) consultation with the programme co-ordinator

F.2.5.

Substitution regulation MSc BA, track Change Management

(= MSc OER appendix 20.5) Students in the master programme Business Administration, track Change Management who began their studies in 2011-2012 or earlier, and who have not satisfied all the requirements for the (old) programme per 1 September 2012 must

208


make use of the following substitution regulation to round off their master’s programme: MSc BA, track Change Management - substitution regulation 2012-2013 course in OLD sem. substitution course(s) sem. option (see F.2.1) and/or programme (2011-2012) 11-12 2012-2013 12-13 explanation Field Course Change 1.1-2 Theories & Approaches 1.1 option 2 Management of Change Man. (EBM625A10) (EBM055A05) and papers (5 EC) 1.2 Management Consulting 2.1 Agents and Instruments 2.1 option 2 (EBM706A05) of Change (EBM052A05) Skills Training & Thesis 1.1-2 + Research & Skills for 1.2 or option 2 Prep. MSc BA CM 2.1-2 MSc BA (EBM050A05) 2.2 (EBM626A05) Theories of 1.1 Change and Human 1.1 option 2 Organizational Change Factors (EBM053A05) (EBM013A05) Work Design and Team 1.2 Work Design and Team 2.1 option 1 Processes (EBM012A05) Processes (EBM012A05) elective(s) Change 1.1-2 Electives MSc BA To be determined in Management, 10 EC Change Management consultation with the (see Ocasys) programme co-ordinator

F.2.6.

Substitution regulation MSc BA, track Finance

(= MSc OER appendix 20.6) The track Finance of the master Business Administration was offered for the last time in 2011 – 2012. Students in the master programme Business Administration, track Finance who began their studies in 2011-2012 or earlier, and who have not satisfied all the requirements for the programme per 1 September 2012 must make use of the following substitution regulation to round off their master’s programme: MSc BA, track Finance - substitution regulation 2012-2013 course in OLD sem. substitution course(s) sem. option (see F.2.1) and/or programme (2011-2012) 11-12 2012-2013 12-13 explanation Corporate Finance 2.1 Corporate Finance for 1.1 option 1 (EBM008A05) MSc Finance (EBM008B05) Corporate Governance 2.2 Corporate Governance 2.2 option 1 (EBM811B05) for MSc Finance (EBM811C05) Corporate Valuation 1.1 Corporate Valuation for 1.2 option 1 (EBM007B05) MSc Finance (EBM007C05) Field Course Finance 1.1-2 Research Methods in 1.1 or option 2 (EBM647A10) Finance (EBM070A05) 2.1

209


Portfolio Management (EBM015A05) Risk and Derivatives (EBM848A10)

elective(s) Finance (10 EC)

F.2.7.

1.2 1.1-2

and elective MSc Finance A (5 EC, see Ocasys) Portfolio Theory 1.2 (EBM015B05) Derivative Instruments 1.1 (EBM068A05) and Elective MSc Finance A 1.2 (5 EC, see Ocasys) Electives MSc Finance A (see Ocasys)

option 1 option 2


Substitution regulation MSc BA, track Marketing

(= MSc OER appendix 20.7) The track Marketing of the master Business Administration was offered for the last time in 2011 – 2012. Students in the master programme Business Administration, track Marketing Management who began their studies in 2011-2012 or earlier, and who have not satisfied all the requirements for the programme per 1 September 2012 must make use of the following substitution regulation to round off their master’s programme: MSc BA, track Marketing - substitution regulation 2012-2013 course in OLD sem. substitution course(s) sem. option (see F.2.1) and/or programme (2011-2012) 11-12 2012-2013 12-13 explanation Advanced Market 1.1-2 Marketing Engineering 1.2 option 2 Research (EBM803A10) (EBM079A05) and elective Marketing (5 EC, see Ocasys) Field Course Marketing 1.1-2 Strategic Marketing 1.1 option 2 (EBM819A10) (EBM081A05) and Customer Management 1.2 (EBM075A05) Market Research: Practice 2.1-2 Marketing Research 1.2 or option 1 (EBM881A05) Practice (EBM881B05) 2.2 Marketing Model 1.1-2 Market Models 1.2 option 2 Building (EBM831A10) (EBM077A05) and Customer Models 2.2 (EBM076A05) elective(s) Marketing elective(s) MSc To be determined in Marketing (see Ocasys) consultation with the programme co-ordinator

210


F.2.8.

Substitution regulation MSc BA, track Organizational & Management Control

(= MSc OER appendix 20.8) Students in the master programme Business Administration, track Organizational & Management Control who began their studies in 2011-2012 or earlier, and who have not satisfied all the requirements for the (old) programme per 1 September 2012 must make use of the following substitution regulation to round off their master’s programme: MSc BA, track O&MC - substitution regulation 2012-2013 course in OLD sem. substitution course(s) sem. option (see F.2.1) and/or programme (2011-2012) 11-12 2012-2013 12-13 explanation Advanced Financial 1.1-2 Management 1.1 option 2 Management Accounting Change If the Field Course (EBM608B10) (EBM711B05) O&MC has not been and rounded off either, then Financial Management 2.1 the student must take the for O&MC full compulsory profile (EBM056A05) component of the new MSc BA-O&MC programme. Field Course O&MC 1.1-2 Management 1.1 or option 2 (EBM648B10) Accounting Techniques 2.2 If Advance Financial (EBM057A05) Management has not and been rounded off either, Research in 2.1 then the student must Management Control take the full compulsory (EBM082A05) profile component of the new MSc BA-O&MC programme. elective(s) O&MC elective(s) MSc BA To be determined in O&MC (see Ocasys) consultation with the programme co-ordinator

F.2.9.

Substitution regulation MSc BA, track Operations & Supply Chains

(= MSc OER appendix 20.9) The track Operations & Supply Chains of the master Business Administration was offered for the last time in 2011 – 2012. Students in the master programme Business Administration, track Operations & Supply Chains Management who began their studies in 2011-2012 or earlier, and who have not satisfied all the requirements for the programme per 1 September 2012 must make use of the following substitution regulation to round off their master’s programme:

211


MSc BA, track O&SC - Substitution regulation 2012-2013 course in OLD sem. substitution course(s) sem. option (see F.2.1) and/or programme (2011-2012) 11-12 2012-2013 12-13 explanation Advanced Quality 2.1 Process Improvement & 2.1 option 2 Management Quality Control (EBM632A05) (EBM036A05) Field Course Oper. and 1.1-2 Logistics and Supply 1.1 option 2 Supply Chains Chain Operations (EBM610A10) (EBM035A05) and Research Methods for 1.2 or SCM (EBM038A05) 2.2 Global Operations & 2.1 Strategic Supply Chain 1.2 option 2 Supply Chains Management (EBM614A05) (EBM039A05) Inf. Systems for 1.1-2 none option 3 Operations & Supply Ch. (EBM658A05) Service Operations 1.1-2 Service Operations 1.1 or option 1 (EBM634A05) (EBM634A05) 2.2 elective(s) O&SC elective(s) MSc SCM To be determined in (see Ocasys) consultation with the programme co-ordinator

F.2.10.

Substitution regulation MSc BA, track Small Business & Entrepreneurship

(= MSc OER appendix 20.10) Students in the master programme Business Administration, track Small Business & Entrepreneurship who began their studies in 2011-2012 or earlier, and who have not satisfied all the requirements for the (old) programme per 1 September 2012 must make use of the following substitution regulation to round off their master’s programme: MSc BA, track SB&E - substitution regulation 2012-2013 course in OLD sem. substitution course(s) sem. option (see F.2.1) and/or programme (2011-2012) 11-12 2012-2013 12-13 explanation Field Course Small 1.1-2 Small Business 1.1 option 2 Business Management Management (EBM611A10) (EBM059A05) and elective MSc BA SB&E (5 EC, see Ocasys) New Ventures & 2.1 New Ventures & 2.1 option 2 Entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship (EBM838A10) (EBM838A05) and elective MSc BA SB&E (5 EC, see Ocasys)

212


Small Business 1.1-2 Economics (EBM851A10)

elective(s) SB&E

F.2.11.

Strategic Analysis for Small Business (EBM060A05) and Small Business Economics & Policy (EBM058A05) elective(s) MSc BA SB&E (see Ocasys)

1.1

option 2

2.1


Substitution regulation MSc BA, track Strategy & Innovation

(= MSc OER appendix 20.11) The track Strategy & Innovation of the master Business Administration was offered for the last time in 2011 – 2012. Students in the master programme Business Administration, track Strategy & Innovation who began their studies in 2011-2012 or earlier, and who have not satisfied all the requirements for the programme per 1 September 2012 must make use of the following substitution regulation to round off their master’s programme: MSc BA, track S&I - substitution regulation 2012-2013 course in OLD sem. substitution course(s) sem. option (see F.2.1) and/or programme (2011-2012) 11-12 2012-2013 12-13 explanation Capturing Value from 1.2 Capturing Value from 2.1 option 2 Innovation (EBM738A05) Innovation (EBM738A05) Field Course Strategy & 1.1-2 Organizing for 1.1 option 2 Innovation (EBM609A10) Innovation (EBM064A05) and Cooperating for 2.1 Innovation (EBM061A05) Innovation & 1.1 Innovation & 2.2 option 2 Entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship (EBM621A05) (EBM621A05) Strategy & Innovation 1.1-2 Strategy & Innovation 1.1 (EBM679A10) Management (EBM066A05) and Developing for Markets 1.1 (EBM062A05) or Developing from 1.2 Technologies (EBM063A05) elective(s) S&I elective(s) MSc BA SIM To be determined in (see Ocasys) consultation with the programme co-ordinator

213


F.2.12.

Substitution and transition regulations MSc Econometrics, Operations Research & Actuarial Studies

(= MSc OER appendix 20.12) Students in the master programme Econometrics, Operations Research & Actuarial Studies who began their studies in 2011-2012 or earlier, and who have not satisfied all the requirements for the (old) programme per 1 September 2012 must make use of the following substitution regulation to round off their master’s programme: MSc EORAS - substitution regulation 2012-2013 course in OLD sem. substitution course(s) sem. option (see F.2.1) and/or programme (2011-2012) 11-12 2012-2013 12-13 explanation Applied Econometrics 2.1 Applied 2.1 option 2 (EORAS) (EBM847B10) Macroeconometrics (EBM109A05) and Applied 2.1 Microeconometrics (EBM110A05) Econometric Inference 1.2 Econometric Inference 1.2 option 1 (EBM021A05) (EBM021A05) Econometric Theory and 1.1 Econometric Theory 1.1 option 1 Methods (EBM835B05) and Methods (EBM835B05) Life Insurance 2.1 Asset and Liability 2.1 option 2 (EBM827A10) Management (EBM111A05) and Banking, Insurance and Risk Management (EBM067A05) Quantitative Logistics 2.1 Combinatorial 1.2 option 2 (EBM843A10) Optimization (EBM112A05) and OR Analysis of 2.1 Complex Systems (EBM115A05) or 2.1 Supply Chain Optimization (EBM117A05) Risk Models 1.1-2 Dependence & 1.1 option 2 (EBM849A10) Extremes in Risk Management (EBM113A05) and 1.2 Models for Short Term Risk Management

214


Stochastic Programming (EBM853A10)

elective(s) EORAS

1.1-2

(EBM114A05) Stochastic Programming (EBM853A05) and OR Analysis of Complex Systems (EBM115A05) or Supply Chain Optimization (EBM117A05) elective(s) MSc EORAS (see Ocasys)

1.1

option 2

2.1

2.1


Students of the master programme Econometrics, Operations Research & Actuarial Studies who are taking the new programme, and who have already rounded off courses from the old programme can make use of the transition regulation below: MSc EORAS - transition regulation 2012-2013 course NEW programme sem. course(s) of old program(s) that (if completed) may (2012-2013) 12-13 replace the new course Advanced Industrial 1.1 Advanced Industrial Organization (EBM826A10) Organization (EBM826A05) and elective MSc EORAS (5 EC, see Ocasys) Applied Statistics for 1.1 Applied Statistics for Econometrics (EBM805A10) EORAS (EBM805B05) and elective MSc EORAS (5 EC, see Ocasys) Dependence & Extremes in 1.1 Risk Models (EBM849A10) Risk Management, EBM113A05 and Models for Short Term 1.2 Risk Management (EBM114A05) Stochastic Programming 1.1 Stochastic Programming (EBM853A10) (EBM853A05) and 5 EC profielvak OR Combinatorial 1.2 Quantitative Logistics (EBM843A10) Optimization (EBM112A05) and 5 EC profielvak OR

215


Financial Econometrics (EBM820A05) and elective MSc EORAS (5 EC, see Ocasys) Applied Macroeconometrics (EBM109A050) and Applied Microeconometrics (EBM110A05) 10 EC profielvakken AS Asset and Liability Management (EBM111A05) Banking, Insurance and Risk Management (EBM067A05) OR Analysis of Complex Systems (EBM115A05) Supply Chain Optimization (EBM117A05)

F.2.13.

1.2

Financial Econometrics (EBM820A10)

2.1

Applied Econometrics (EORAS) (EBM847B10)

2.1

Life Insurance (EBM827A10) none

2.1

none

2.1

none

2.1

none

Substitution and transition regulations MSc Economics

(= MSc OER appendix 20.13) Students in the master programme Economics who began their studies in 2011-2012 or earlier, and who have not satisfied all the requirements for the (old) programme per 1 September 2012 must make use of the following substitution regulation to round off their master’s programme: MSc Economics - substitution regulation 2012-2013 course in OLD sem. substitution course(s) sem. option (see F.2.1) and/or programme (2011-2012) 11-12 2012-2013 12-13 explanation Advanced 1.2 Macroeconomics for 1.1 option 1 Macroeconomics MSc Economics (EBM836B05) (EBM836C05) Economic History 1.1-2 Economic Growth in 1.2 option 2; (master) (EBM815A10) History (EBM101A05) elective course to be and determined in elective MSc Economics consultation with the (5 EC, see Ocasys) programme co-ordinator Empirical Micro 2.1 Empirical Methods of 1.1 or option 2; Economics (EBM804B10) Economics 2.1 elective course to be (EBM103A05) determined in and consultation with the elective MSc Economics programme co-ordinator (5 EC, see Ocasys)

216


Markets and Competition 1.1-2 (EBM832A10)

Money and Banking (EBM837A10)

2.1-2

Public Choice & Law and 2.1 Economics (EBM841A10)

Spatial Econometrics for 1.1 MSc Economics (EBM852E05) Spatial Economics for 2.1 MSc Economics (EBM852B05) electives MSc Economics/ MSc BA Finance/ MSc EORAS/ MSC IE&B

Games and Industrial Organization (EBM104A05) and Competition Policy Theory and Practice (EBM100A05) Monetary Policy and Financial Regulation (EBM107A05) and elective MSc Economics (5 EC, see Ocasys) Law and Economics (EBM105A05) and elective MSc Economics (5 EC, see Ocasys) none

1.1

option 1

1.2

2.1

option 2; elective course to be determined in consultation with the programme co-ordinator

2.2

option 2

option 3

none

option 3

elective MSc Economics (see Ocasys)

to be determined in consultation with the programme co-ordinator

Students of the master programme Economics who are taking the new programme, and who have already rounded off courses from the old programme can make use of the transition regulation below: MSc Economics - transition regulation 2012-2013 course NEW programme sem. course(s) of old program(s) that (if completed) may (2012-2013) 12-13 replace the new course Empirical Methods of 1.1 or Empirical Micro Economics (EBM804B10) Economics (EBM103A05) 2.1 and elective MSc Economics (5 EC, see Ocasys) Games and Industrial 1.1 Markets and Competition (EBM832A10) Organization (EBM104A05) and Competition Policy 1.2 Theory and Practice (EBM100A05) Macroeconomics for MSc 1.1 Advanced Macroeconomics (EBM836B05) Economics (EBM836C05)

217


Empirical Macroeconomics (EBM102A05) Microeconomics of Household Behaviour (EBM106A05) Monetary Policy and Financial Regulation (EBM107A05) and elective MSc Economics (5 EC, see Ocasys) Economic Growth in History (EBM101A05) and elective MSc Economics (5 EC, see Ocasys) Public Economics and Social Policy (EBM108A05) Law and Economics (EBM105A05) and elective MSc Economics (5 EC, see Ocasys)

F.2.14.

1.2

none

2.1

none

2.1

Money and Banking (EBM837A10)

1.2

Economic History (master) (EBM815A10)

2.1

none

2.2

Public Choice & Law and Economics (EBM841A10)

Transition regulation MSc Finance

(= MSc OER appendix 20.14) Students of the master programme Finance who have already rounded off courses from the programme of the MScBA Finance can make use of the transition regulation below: MSc Finance - transition regulation 2012-2013 course NEW programme sem. course(s) of old program(s) that (if completed) may (2012-2013) 12-13 replace the new course Corporate Finance for MSc 1.1 Corporate Finance (EBM008A05) Finance (EBM008B05) Derivative Instruments 1.1 Risk and Derivatives (EBM848A10) (EBM068A05) and elective MSc Finance A (5 EC, see Ocasys) Research Methods in 1.1 or Field Course Finance (EBM647A10) Finance (EBM070A05) 2.1 and elective MSc Finance A (5 EC, see Ocasys) Corporate Valuation for 1.2 Corporate Valuation (EBM007B05) MSc Finance (EBM007C05) Portfolio Theory 1.2 Portfolio Management (EBM015A05)

218


(EBM015B05) Responsible Finance and Investing (EBM071A05) Banking, Insurance and Risk Management (EBM067A05) Corporate Governance for MSc Finance (EBM811C05) Finance and Development (EBM069A05)

F.2.15.

1.2

none

2.1

none

2.2

Corporate Governance (EBM811B05)

2.2

none

Substitution and transition regulations MSc Human Resource Management

(= MSc OER appendix 20.15) Students in the master programme Human Resource Management who began their studies in 2011-2012 or earlier, and who have not satisfied all the requirements for the (old) programme per 1 September 2012 must make use of the following substitution regulation to round off their master’s programme: MSc HRM - substitution regulation 2012-2013 course in OLD sem. substitution course(s) sem. option (see F.2.1) and/or programme (2011-2012) 11-12 2012-2013 12-13 explanation HRM & International 1.2 HRM & International 1.1 option 1 Labour Law Labour Law (EBM733A05) (EBM733A05) HRM & Nederlands 1.1 HRM & Nederlands 1.1 option 1 arbeidsrecht arbeidsrecht (EBM016A05) (EBM016A05) Personnel Instruments 1.2 Personnel Instruments 2.2 option 1 (EBM014A05) (EBM014A05) Research and 1.2 Research & Professional 1.2 or option 1 Professional Skills 2.1 Skills for HRM 2.2 (EBM009A05) (EBM009B05) Strategic HRM 1.1 Strategic HRM 1.1 option 1 (EBM011A05) (EBM011A05) Theories of 1.1 Leadership 1.2 option 2 Organizational Change (EBM072A05) (EBM013A05) Work Design and Team 1.2 Work Design and Team 2.1 option 1 Processes (EBM012A05) Processes (EBM012A05) elective(s) MSc HRM elective(s) MSc HRM to be determined in (see Ocasys) consultation with the programme co-ordinator

Students of the master programme Human Resource Management who are taking the new programme, and who have already rounded off courses from the old programme can make use of the transition regulation below:

219


MSc HRM - transition regulation 2012-2013 course NEW programme sem. course(s) of old program(s) that (if completed) may (2012-2013) 12-13 replace the new course Research & Professional 1.2 or Research and Professional Skills (EBM009A05) Skills for HRM 2.2 (EBM009B05) Leadership 1.2 none (EBM072A05)

F.2.16.

Substitution and transition regulations MSc International Business and Management, track IB&M

(= MSc OER appendix 20.16) Students in the master programme International Business and Management, track IB&M who began their studies in 2011-2012 or earlier, and who have not satisfied all the requirements for the (old) programme per 1 September 2012 must make use of the following substitution regulation to round off their master’s programme: MSc IB&M, track IB&M - substitution regulation 2012-2013 course in OLD sem. substitution course(s) sem. option (see F.2.1) and/or programme (2011-2012) 11-12 2012-2013 12-13 explanation Advanced IE&B 1.1-2 two electives MSc option 2 (EBM802A10) IB&M A (see Ocasys) Advanced International 1.1-2 International Business 1.1 or option 2; Business (EBM856A10) Strategy (MSc) 2.1 elective course to be (EBM088A05) determined in and consultation with the elective MSc IB&M A (5 programme co-ordinator EC, see Ocasys) Advanced International 1.2 elective MSc IB&M A (5 option 2; Fin. Management EC, see Ocasys) elective course to be (EBM714A05) determined in consultation with the programme co-ordinator Advanced International 1.1 elective MSc IB&M A (5 option 2; Management EC, see Ocasys) elective course to be (EBM715A05) determined in consultation with the programme co-ordinator Research Methodology 2.1 Research Seminar for 1.2 option 1 for MSc IB&M IB&M (EBM718B05) (EBM718A05) Master’s Thesis IB&M 2.1-2 Master’s Thesis IB&M 2.1-2 option 2; (EBM719A25) (EBM719A20) of in the academic year and 1.1-2 2012-13 the Master’s elective MSc IB&M A (5 Thesis can still be EC, see Ocasys) rounded off for 25 EC in accordance with the programme of 2011-12.

220


Students of the master programme International Business & Management who are taking the new programme, and who have already rounded off courses from the old programme can make use of the transition regulation below: MSc IB&M - transition regulation 2012-2013 course NEW programme sem. course(s) of old program(s) that (if completed) may (2012-2013) 12-13 replace the new course International Business 1.1 or Advanced International Business (EBM856A10) Strategy (MSc) 2.1 (EBM088A05) and elective MSc IB&M A of B (5 EC, see Ocasys) Research Seminar for 1.2 Research Methodology for MSc IB&M (EBM718A05) IB&M (EBM718B05) elective MSc IB&M A of B Advanced International Management (5 EC, see Ocasys) (EBM715A05) or Advanced International Fin. Management (EBM714A05) two electives MSc IB&M A Advanced IE&B (EBM802A10) of B (see Ocasys)

F.2.17.

Substitution regulation MSc International Business and Management, track IFM

(= MSc OER appendix 20.17) The track International Financial Management of the master International Business and Management was offered for the last time in 2011 – 2012. Students in the master programme International Business and Management, track International Financial Management who began their studies in 2011-2012 or earlier, and who have not satisfied all the requirements for the programme per 1 September 2012 must make use of the following substitution regulation to round off their master’s programme: MSc IB&M, track IFM - substitution regulation 2012-2013 course in OLD sem. substitution course(s) sem. option (see F.2.1) and/or programme (2011-2012) 11-12 2012-2013 12-13 explanation Advanced Financial 1.1-2 International Corporate 1.2 option 2; Management Finance (EBM098A05) elective course to be (EBM608B10) and determined in elective MSc IFM consultation with the (5 EC, see Ocasys) programme co-ordinator Advanced International 1.1-2 International Business 1.1 or option 2; Business (EBM856A10) Strategy (MSc) 2.1 elective course to be (EBM088A05) determined in and consultation with the elective MSc IB&M A (5 programme co-ordinator EC, see Ocasys) Advanced International 1.2 International Risk 1.2 option 2

221


Fin. Management (EBM714A05) International Man. Accounting & Control (EBM662A05) Research Methodology for MSc IFM (EBM010A05) Master’s Thesis IFM (EBM022A25)

F.2.18.

1.1-2

1.1

Management (EBM099A05) International Man. Accounting & Control (EBM662A05) Research Methods in Finance (EBM070A05)

1.1-2 + Master’s Thesis IFM 2.1-2 (EBM022A20) and elective MSc IFM (5 EC, see Ocasys)

1.1

option 1

1.1 or 2.1

option 2

1.1-2 of 2.1-2

option 2; elective course to be determined in consultation with the programme co-ordinator

Substitution and transition regulations MSc International Economics and Business

(= MSc OER appendix 20.18) Students in the master programme International Economics and Business who began their studies in 2011-2012 or earlier, and who have not satisfied all the requirements for the (old) programme per 1 September 2012 must make use of the following substitution regulation to round off their master’s programme: MSc IE&B - substitution regulation 2012-2013 course in OLD sem. substitution course(s) sem. option (see F.2.1) and/or programme (2011-2012) 11-12 2012-2013 12-13 explanation Advanced IE&B 1.1-2 two electives MSc IE&B option 2 (EBM802A10) A (see Ocasys) Advanced International 1.1-2 International Business 1.1 or option 2; Business (EBM856A10) Strategy (MSc) 2.1 elective course to be (EBM088A05) determined in and consultation with the elective MSc IE&B A programme co-ordinator (5 EC, see Ocasys) Advanced International 1.1-2 Foreign Dir. Investment 1.1 or option 2; Economics (EBM801A10) & Trade (MSc) 2.1 elective course to be (EBM086A05) determined in and consultation with the elective MSc IE&B A programme co-ordinator (5 EC, see Ocasys) Research Methodology 2.1-2 Research Seminar for 1.2 or option 1 for MSc IE&B IE&B (EBM846B05) 2.2 (EBM846A05) Master’s Thesis IE&B 2.1-2 Master’s Thesis IE&B 2.1-2 option 2; (EBM868A25) (EBM868A20) or in the academic year 1.1-2 2012-13 the Master’s Thesis can still be rounded off for 25 EC in accordance with the

222


programme of 2011-12.

Students of the master programme International Economics & Business who are taking the new programme, and who have already rounded off courses from the old programme can make use of the transition regulation below: MSc IE&B - transition regulation 2012-2013 course NEW programme sem. course(s) of old program(s) that (if completed) may (2012-2013) 12-13 replace the new course International Business 1.1 or Advanced International Business (EBM856A10) Strategy (MSc) 2.1 (EBM088A05) and elective MSc IE&B A of B (5 EC, see Ocasys) Foreign Dir. Investment & 1.1 or Advanced International Economics (EBM801A10) Trade (MSc) (EBM086A05) 2.1 and elective MSc IE&B A of B (5 EC, see Ocasys) Research Seminar for IE&B 1.2 or Research Methodology for MSc IE&B (EBM846A05) (EBM846B05) 2.2 two electives MSc IE&B A Advanced IE&B (EBM802A10) (see Ocasys)

F.2.19.

Transition regulation MSc International Financial Management

(= MSc OER appendix 20.19) Students of the master programme International Financial Management who have already rounded off courses from the old programme of the MSc IB&M, track IFM can make use of the transition regulation below: MSc IFM - transition regulation 2012-2013 course NEW programme sem. course(s) of old program(s) that (if completed) may (2012-2013) 12-13 replace the new course International Business 1.1 or Advanced International Business (EBM856A10) Strategy (MSc) 2.1 (EBM088A05) and elective MSc IFM (5 EC, see Ocasys) Research Methods in 1.1 or Research Methodology for MSc IFM (EBM010A05) Finance (EBM070A05) 2.1 International Corporate 1.2 Advanced Financial Management (EBM608B10) Finance (EBM098A05) and elective MSc IFM (5 EC, see Ocasys) International Risk 1.2 Advanced International Fin. Management (EBM714A05)

223


Management (EBM099A05)

F.2.20.

Transition regulation MSc Marketing

(= MSc OER appendix 20.20) Students of the master programme Marketing who have already rounded off courses from the old programme of the MSc Ba, track Marketing can make use of the transition regulation below: MSc Marketing - transition regulation 2012-2013 course NEW programme sem. course(s) of old program(s) that (if completed) may (2012-2013) 12-13 replace the new course Marketing Research 1.1 Spec. Course Marketing (EBB937A10), if rounded off in Methods (EBM080A05) 2010-2011 or earlier Strategic Marketing 1.1 Field Course Marketing (EBM819A10) (EBM081A05) and Customer Management 1.2 (EBM075A05) Brand & Product 1.2 Brand Management and Communication (EBM834A10) Management (EBM073A05) and Marketing Communication 2.2 (EBM078A05) Market Models 1.2 Marketing Model Building (EBM831A10) (EBM077A05) and Customer Models 2.2 (EBM076A05) Marketing Engineering 1.2 Advanced Market Research (EBM803A10) (EBM079A05) and elective MSc Marketing (5 EC, see Ocasys) Consumer Psychology 2.1 Consumer Behaviour (EBM809A10) (EBM074A05) and elective MSc Marketing (5 EC, see Ocasys) B2B Marketing 2.2 Business Marketing (EBM808A05) (EBM808B05)

F.2.21.

Transition regulation MSc Supply Chain Management

(= MSc OER appendix 20.21) Students of the master programme Supply Chain Management who have already rounded off courses from the old programme of the MSc Ba, track Operations and Supply Chains can make use of the transition regulation below:

224


MSc SCM - transition regulation 2012-2013 course NEW programme sem. course(s) of old program(s) that (if completed) may (2012-2013) 12-13 replace the new course Logistics and Supply Chain 1.1 Field Course Oper. and Supply Chains (EBM610A10) Operations (EBM035A05) and Research Methods for SCM (EBM038A05) Supply Chain Network 1.1 none Design, EBM040A05 Strategic Supply Chain 1.2 Global Operations & Supply Chains (EBM614A05) Management (EBM039A05) Process Improvement & 2.1 Advanced Quality Management (EBM632A05) Quality Control (EBM036A05) Purchasing (EBM037A05) 2.1 none elective MSc SCM (5 EC, see Ocasys)

F.2.22.

Inf. Systems for Operations & Supply Ch. (EBM658A05)

Substitution and transition regulations MSc Technology and Operations Management

(= MSc OER appendix 20.22) Students in the master programme Technology and Operations Management who began their studies in 2011-2012 or earlier, and who have not satisfied all the requirements for the (old) programme per 1 September 2012 must make use of the following substitution regulation to round off their master’s programme: MSc TOM - substitution regulation 2012-2013 sem. substitution course(s) sem. option (see F.2.1) and/or 11-12 (TOM, 2012-2013) 12-13 explanation

course in OLD programme (TM, (2011-2012) Advanced Product & Service Development (EBM760A05) Management Acc. for Techn. Innovation (EBM761A05) Process Innovation & Oper. Excellence (EBM762A05) Social System Analysis of Techn. Innov. (EBM763A05) Strategic Management of Technology

1.1

1.1

1.2

1.2

2.1

Product & Service Development (EBM760B05) Managerial Decision Making and Control (EBM027A05) Behavioural Operations Management (EBM032A05) Planning and Scheduling Methods (EBM030A05)

2.1

option 1

1.2

option 1

1.2

option 1

1.2

Strategic Management & Technology

1.2

option 2; contact the lecturer for the examination on old material option 2; contact the lecturer for the

225


(EBM764A05)

(EBM051A05)

Technology Business Plan (EBM765A05)

1.2

Research Methods for TOM (EBM031A05)

elective(s) MSc TM

2.1-2

electives MSc TOM (see Ocasys)

1.2 or 2.2

examination on old material option 2; contact the programme coordinator for the examination on old material to be determined in consultation with the programme co-ordinator

Students of the master programme Technology and Operations Management who are taking the new programme, and who have already rounded off courses from the old programme can make use of the transition regulation below: MSc TOM - transition regulation 2012-2013 course NEW programme (2012-2013) Facility Design and Planning (EBM025A05) Operations Management and Control (EBM041A05) Operations Modelling and Simulation (EBM029A05) Behavioural Operations Management (EBM032A05) Managerial Decision Making and Control (EBM027A05) Operations Management in Proc. Industry (EBM725C05) Research Methods for TOM (EBM031A05) Strategic Management & Technology (EBM051A05) Asset Management (EBM024A05) Product & Service Development (EBM760B05) Purchasing (EBM037A05) elective MSc TOM (5 EC, see Ocasys)

sem. course(s) of old program(s) that (if completed) may 12-13 replace the new course 1.1 none 1.1

none

1.1

Simulation of business processes (TBSBP05E)

1.2

Process Innovation & Oper. Excellence (EBM762A05)

1.2

Management Acc. for Techn. Innovation (EBM761A05)

1.2

Operations Management Process Industries (EBM725B05)

1.2

none

1.2

Strategic Management of Technology (EBM764A05)

2.1

Flexible manufacturing automation (TBFMA06E)

2.1

Advanced Product & Service Development (EBM760A05)

2.1

Advanced Purchasing & Supply Management (EBM716A05) or or or or

226

Advanced product engineering (CHTAPE05E) Advanced Quality Management (EBM632A05) Applied Capital Budgeting & Finance (EBM661A05) Business intelligence (TBBI05E) Conflict Man. & Industrial Relations (EBM673A05)


or or or or or or or or or or or or 2 electives MSc TOM (10 EC, see Ocasys)

or or or or

F.2.23.

Credit Risk Analysis (EBM860A05) Global Operations & Supply Chains (EBM614A05) ICT-management en –consultancy (TBIMC05E) Inf. Systems for Operations & Supply Ch. (EBM658A05) Innovation & Entrepreneurship (EBM621A05) Management Consulting (EBM706A05) Retail Marketing (EBM880A05) Social System Analysis of Techn. Innov. (EBM763A05) Sustainable and Integrated Inf. Systems (EBM630B05) Systems engineering (TBSE05E) Technology Business Plan (EBM765A05) Work Design and Team Processes (EBM012A05) Business Processes & ICT (EBM646A10) Consumer Behaviour (EBM809A10) Entrepreneurial Skills I (EBM606A02) and Entrepreneurial Skills II (EBM816A08) Field Course Finance (EBM647A10) ICT: Human & Organizational Issues (EBM653A10)

Substitution and transition regulations Research Master Economics and Business

(= MSc OER appendix 20.23) Students in the Research Master Economics and Business who began their studies in 2011-2012 or earlier, and who have not satisfied all the requirements for the (old) programme per 1 September 2012 must make use of the following substitution regulation to round off their programme: ReMa E&B - substitution regulation 2012-2013 course in OLD sem. substitution course(s) sem. option (see F.2.1) and/or programme (2011-2012) 11-12 2012-2013 12-13 explanation Advanced Corporate 2.2 Theoretical Corporate 2.2 option 1 Finance (EBM857B05) Finance (EBM857B05) Advanced Marketing 2.1-2 Advanced Market 2.1 option 2 Models (EBM893A10) Response Modelling, EBM119A05 and Advanced Consumer 2.2 Choice Modelling (EBM118A05) Advanced Models in 1.1-2 Advanced Models in 1.2 option 2 Operations (EBM001A10) Operations (EBM001A05) and profile specific to be determined in

227


Advances in Team Research (EBM004A05)

1.2

Economic Growth and Development (EBM890B10)

1.1-2

International Business for 1.1-2 ReMa (EBM891B10)

International Trade and Location Theory (EBM892A10)

Macroeconomics & Monetary Economics (EBM885A10)

Marketing Theory (EBM894A10)

Microeconomics & Industrial Organization (EBM886A10)

Multivariate Data Analysis (EBM895A10)

Operations: Analysis, Planning & Design

228

2.1-2

1.1-2

1.1-2

1.1-2

1.1-2

1.1-2

compulsory course ReMa (5 EC) Team Work & Work Design, EBM139A05 Economic Growth and Development (EBM890B05) and profile specific compulsory course ReMa (5 EC) International Business for ReMa (EBM891B05) and profile specific compulsory course ReMa (5 EC) Recent Developments in Intern. Economics (EBM131A05) and profile specific compulsory course ReMa (5 EC) Macroeconomic Theory (EBM127A05) and Monetary Theory (EBM129A05) Marketing Theory (EBM894A05) and profile specific compulsory course ReMa (5 EC) Microeconomic Theory (EBM128A05) and profile specific compulsory course ReMa (5 EC) Multivariate Data Analysis (EBM895A05) and profile specific compulsory course ReMa (5 EC) Analysis and Planning of Operations

2.1

consultation with the programme co-ordinator option 1

1.2

option 2

1.1

to be determined in consultation with the programme co-ordinator option 2

2.2


1.1


2.1 1.1

option 2

1.2


1.1


1.1



(EBM770B10)

(EBM770C05) and profile specific compulsory course ReMa (5 EC)

to be determined in consultation with the programme co-ordinator

Students of the Research Master Economics and Business who are taking the new programme, and who have already rounded off courses from the old programme can make use of the transition regulation below: ReMa E&B - transition regulation 2012-2013 course NEW programme sem. course(s) of old program(s) that (if completed) may (2012-2013) 12-13 replace the new course International Business for 1.1 International Business for ReMa (EBM891B10) ReMa (EBM891B05) and elective ReMa (5 EC, see Ocasys) Macroeconomic Theory 1.1 Macroeconomics & Monetary Economics (EBM885A10) (EBM127A05) and 2.1 Monetary Theory

(EBM129A05) Marketing Theory (EBM894A05) and elective ReMa (5 EC, see Ocasys) Multivariate Data Analysis (EBM895A05) and elective ReMa (5 EC, see Ocasys) Analysis and Planning of Operations (EBM770C05) and elective ReMa (5 EC, see Ocasys) Advanced Market Response Modelling, EBM119A05 and Advanced Consumer Choice Modelling (EBM118A05) Advanced Models in Operations (EBM001A05) and elective ReMa (5 EC, see Ocasys)

1.1

Marketing Theory (EBM894A10)

1.1

Multivariate Data Analysis (EBM895A10)

1.1

Operations: Analysis, Planning & Design (EBM770B10)

2.1

Advanced Marketing Models (EBM893A10)

2.2

1.2

Advanced Models in Operations (EBM001A10)

229


Team Work & Work Design, EBM139A05 Economic Growth and Development (EBM890B05) and elective ReMa (5 EC, see Ocasys) Microeconomic Theory (EBM128A05) and elective ReMa (5 EC, see Ocasys) Theoretical Corporate Finance (EBM857B05) Recent Developments in Intern. Economics (EBM131A05) and elective ReMa (5 EC, see Ocasys)

230

2.1

Advances in Team Research (EBM004A05)

1.2

Economic Growth and Development (EBM890B10)

1.2

Microeconomics & Industrial Organization (EBM886A10)

2.2

Advanced Corporate Finance (EBM857B05)

2.2

International Trade and Location Theory (EBM892A10)

Faculteit Economie en Bedrijfskunde Faculty of Economics and Business. Studiegids Student Handbook Opleidingen Degree programmes

Recommend Documents